Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, Alaska, 49921-49961 [2012-20173]
Download as PDF
Vol. 77
Friday,
No. 160
August 17, 2012
Part IV
Department of Commerce
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi
Seas, Alaska; Notice
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49922
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
CONTACT),
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XC091
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic
Survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi
Seas, Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
NMFS received an
application from ION Geophysical (ION)
for an Incidental Harassment
Authorization (IHA) to take marine
mammals, by harassment only,
incidental to a proposed marine seismic
survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi
Seas, Alaska, between October and
December 2012. Pursuant to the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS
is requesting comments on its proposal
to issue an IHA to ION to take, by
harassment, nine species of marine
mammals during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than September 17,
2012.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the
application should be addressed to
Michael Payne, Chief, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West
Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The
mailbox address for providing email
comments is itp.guan@noaa.gov. NMFS
is not responsible for email comments
sent to addresses other than the one
provided here. Comments sent via
email, including all attachments, must
not exceed a 25-megabyte file size.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications without
change. All Personal Identifying
Information (for example, name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit Confidential
Business Information or otherwise
sensitive or protected information.
An electronic copy of the application
used in this document may be obtained
by writing to the address specified
above, telephoning the contact listed
below (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
or visiting the internet at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications. The
following associated document is also
available at the same internet address:
Draft Plan of Cooperation. Documents
cited in this notice may also be viewed,
by appointment, during regular business
hours, at the aforementioned address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Shane Guan, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce to allow,
upon request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public
for review.
An authorization for incidental
takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible
impact on the species or stock(s), will
not have an unmitigable adverse impact
on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible
methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘* * * an
impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably
expected to, and is not reasonably likely
to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.’’
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
established an expedited process by
which citizens of the U.S. can apply for
a one-year authorization to incidentally
take small numbers of marine mammals
by harassment, provided that there is no
potential for serious injury or mortality
to result from the activity. Section
101(a)(5)(D) establishes a 45-day time
limit for NMFS review of an application
followed by a 30-day public notice and
comment period on any proposed
authorizations for the incidental
harassment of marine mammals. Within
45 days of the close of the comment
period, NMFS must either issue or deny
the authorization.
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [‘‘Level A harassment’’]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [‘‘Level B
harassment’’].
Summary of Request
NMFS received an application on
March 1, 2012, from ION for the taking,
by harassment, of marine mammals
incidental to a marine seismic survey in
ice in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas,
Alaska, during October through
December 2012. After addressing
comments from NMFS, ION modified its
application and submitted a revised
application on June 11, 2012. The June
11, 2012, application is the one
available for public comment (see
ADDRESSES) and considered by NMFS
for this proposed IHA. ION also
submitted IHA applications for
essentially the same in-ice seismic
survey activity in 2010 and 2011.
However, in both years ION withdrew
its applications due to logistical issues
in carrying out such activities before
NMFS published a notice of proposed
IHA and request for public comments.
Take by Level B harassment only of nine
species of marine mammals is
anticipated to result from the specified
activity. ION has also requested
authorization for Level A harassment of
a few individuals of bowhead whale,
beluga whale, and ringed seal.
Description of the Specified Activity
ION’s proposed activities consist of a
geophysical in-ice (seismic reflection/
refraction) survey and related vessel
operations to be conducted primarily in
the Alaskan Beaufort and Chukchi seas
from October to December 2012. The
primary survey area extends from the
U.S.–Canadian border in the east to
Point Barrow in the west. Two survey
lines extend west of Point Barrow into
the northern Chukchi Sea, and three
short tie lines are proposed near the
U.S.–Russian border (see Figure 1 of
ION’s IHA application). The bathymetry
of the proposed survey area ranges from
shallow (<20 m [66 ft]) to relatively
deep (≤3,500 m [11,483 ft]) water over
the continental shelf, the continental
slope, and the abyssal plain.
The survey would be conducted from
the seismic vessel Geo Arctic escorted
by the Polar Prince, a medium class
(100A) icebreaker. The survey grid
consists of ∼7,175 km (4,458 mi) of
transect line, not including transits
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
when the airguns are not operating.
There may be small amounts of
additional seismic operations associated
with airgun testing, start up, and repeat
coverage of any areas where initial data
quality is sub-standard. The seismic
source towed by the Geo Arctic would
be an airgun array consisting of 26
active Sercel G-gun airguns with a total
volume of 4,450 in3. A single
hydrophone streamer 4.5–9 km (2.8–5.6
mi) in length, depending on ice
conditions, would be towed by the Geo
Arctic to record the returning seismic
signals.
The survey vessels would access the
survey area from Canadian waters in
late September to begin data collection
on or after October 1, 2012. After
completion of the survey, or when ice
and weather conditions dictate, the
vessels would exit to the south,
transiting through the Chukchi and
Bering Seas. The Polar Prince may be
used to perform an at-sea refueling
(bunkering) operation to supply as
much as 500 metric tons of Arctic diesel
to the Geo Arctic. The Polar Prince
would carry that fuel onboard at the
start of the operation, and it would be
transferred to the Geo Arctic if/when
necessary. Depending on its own fuel
consumption, the Polar Prince may then
transit to Tuktoyuktuk, Canada to take
on additional fuel for itself. Once the
Polar Prince returns to the Geo Arctic
the survey would continue. The entire
refueling operation would therefore
involve one fuel transfer and potentially
one transit to and from Tuktoyuktuk.
The refueling operation would likely
take place in late October, at which time
the Geo Arctic would likely be in the
eastern or east-central Alaskan Beaufort
Sea.
ION’s geophysical survey has been
designed and scheduled to minimize
potential effects to marine mammals,
bowhead whales in particular, and
subsistence users. For mitigation and
operational reasons, the survey area has
been bisected by a line that runs from
70.5° N. 150.5° W. to 73° N. 148° W. (see
Figure 1 of ION’s IHA application).
Weather and ice permitting, ION plans
to begin survey operations east of the
line described above (eastern survey
area) and in offshore waters (>1,000 m
[3,281 ft]) where bowheads are expected
to be least abundant in early October.
This operational plan is based on the
fact that only ∼2% of bowhead whales
observed by Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management’s (BOEM) aerial surveys
from 1979–2007 occurred in areas of
water depth >1,000 m (3,281 ft) (MMS,
2010), and on average ∼97% of
bowheads have passed through the
eastern U.S. Beaufort Sea by October 15
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(Miller et al., 2002). The survey would
then progress to shallower waters in the
eastern survey area before moving to the
western survey area in late October or
early November 2012.
Ice conditions are expected to range
from open water to 10/10 ice cover.
However, the survey cannot take place
in thick multi-year ice as both the
icebreaker and seismic vessel must
make continuous forward progress at 3–
4 kts. In order for the survey to proceed,
areas of high ice concentration can only
consist of mostly newly forming
juvenile first year ice or young first year
ice less than 0.5 m (1.6 ft) thick. Sounds
generated by the icebreaker and seismic
vessel moving through these relatively
light ice conditions are expected to be
far below the high sound levels often
attributed to icebreaking. These high
sound levels (>200 dB re 1 mPa [rms])
have been recorded from icebreakers
during backing and ramming operations
in very heavy ice conditions and are
created by cavitation of the propellers as
the vessel is slowed by the ice or
reverses direction (Erbe and Farmer,
1998; Roth and Schmidt, 2010).
Acoustic Sources
(1) Seismic Airgun Array
The seismic source used during the
project would be an airgun array
consisting of 28 Sercel G-gun airguns, of
which 26 would be active and have a
total discharge volume of 4,450 in3. The
28 airguns would be distributed in two
sub-arrays with 14 airguns per subarray. Individual airgun sizes range from
70 to 380 in3. Airguns would be
operated at 2,000 psi. The seismic array
and a single hydrophone streamer 4.5–
9 km (2.8–5.6 mi) in length would be
towed behind the Geo Arctic.
Additional specifications of the airgun
array are provided in Appendix B of
ION’s IHA application.
(2) Echo Sounders
Both vessels would operate industry
standard echo sounder/fathometer
instruments for continuous
measurements of water depth while
underway. These instruments are used
by all large vessels to provide routine
water depth information to the vessel
crew. Navigation echo sounders send a
single, narrowly focused, high
frequency acoustic signal directly
downward to the sea floor. The sound
energy reflected off the sea floor returns
to the vessel where it is detected by the
instrument, and the depth is calculated
and displayed to the user. Source levels
of navigational echo sounders of this
type are typically in the 180–200 dB re
1 mPA-m (Richardson et al., 1995a).
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49923
The Geo Arctic would use one
navigational echo sounder during the
project. The downward facing singlebeam Simrad EA600 operates at
frequencies ranging from 38 to 200 kHz
with an output power of 100–2000
Watts. Pulse durations are between
0.064 and 4.096 milliseconds, and the
pulse repetition frequency (PRF or ping
rate) depends on the depth range. The
highest PRF at shallow depths is about
40 pings per second. It can be used for
water depths up to 4,000 m (13,123 ft)
and provides up to 1 cm (0.4 in)
resolution.
The Polar Prince would use one echo
sounder, an ELAC LAZ–72. The LAZ–72
has an operating frequency of 30 kHz.
The ping rate depends on the water
depth and the fastest rate, which occurs
in shallow depths, is about 5 pings per
second.
Dates, Duration, and Region of Activity
The proposed geophysical survey
would be conducted for ∼76 days from
approximately October 1 to December
15, 2012. Both the Geo Arctic and the
Polar Prince would leave from
Tuktoyaktuk, Canada, during late
September and enter the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea from Canadian waters. The
survey area would be bounded
approximately by 138° to 169° W.
longitude and 70° to 73° N. latitude in
water depths ranging from <20 to >3,500
m (66 to 11,483 ft) (see Figure 1 of ION’s
IHA application). For mitigation and
operational reasons the survey area has
been bisected by a line that runs from
70.5° N, 150.5° W to 73° N, 148° W.
Weather and ice permitting, ION plans
to begin survey operations east of the
line (eastern survey area) in offshore
waters (>1,000 m [3,281 ft]) where
bowheads are expected to be least
abundant in early October. The survey
would then progress to shallower waters
in the eastern survey area before moving
to the west survey area in late October
or early November. The vessels would
depart the region to the south via the
Chukchi and Bering Seas and arrive in
Dutch Harbor in mid- to late December.
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activity
The marine mammal species under
NMFS jurisdiction most likely to occur
in the seismic survey area include two
cetacean species, beluga
(Delphinapterus leucas) and bowhead
whales (Balaena mysticetus), and two
pinniped species, ringed (Phoca
hispida) and bearded (Erignathus
barbatus) seals. It is possible that some
bowhead whales may be encountered as
they migrate out of the area, particularly
in the portion of the survey area where
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49924
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
water depths are <200 m (656 ft). Beluga
whales are most likely to be
encountered farther offshore than
bowheads.
The ringed seal is the most abundant
marine mammal in the proposed survey
area. Although bearded seals typically
migrate south in the fall, it is possible
that small numbers of them may be
present in the survey area. Most other
marine mammal species have typically
migrated south into the Chukchi and
Bering Seas by the time this survey will
take place. The polar bear is managed by
the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS) and is not considered further
in this proposed IHA notice.
Seven additional cetacean species
have known occurrences within the
proposed project area and some may
occur in the area during the time of the
proposed in-ice seismic survey: harbor
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena); gray
whale (Eschrichtius robustus);
humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae); fin whale (Balaenoptera
physalus); minke whale (B.
acutorostrata); killer whale (Orcinus
orca); and narwhal (Monodon
monoceros). The gray whale occurs
regularly in continental shelf waters
along the Chukchi Sea coast in summer
and to a lesser extent along the Beaufort
Sea coast. Recent evidence from
monitoring activities in the Chukchi and
Beaufort Seas during industry seismic
surveys suggests that the harbor
porpoise and minke whale, which have
been considered uncommon or rare in
the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, may be
increasing in numbers in these areas
(Funk et al., 2010). Additional pinniped
species under NMFS jurisdiction that
could be encountered during the
proposed geophysical in-ice survey
include spotted (P. largha) and ribbon
seals (Histriophoca fasciata). Spotted
seals are more abundant in the Chukchi
Sea and occur in small numbers in the
Beaufort Sea. The ribbon seal is
uncommon in the Chukchi Sea, and
there are few reported sightings in the
Beaufort Sea.
Small numbers of killer whales have
also been recorded during recent
industry surveys, along with a few
sightings of fin and humpback whales.
The narwhal occurs in Canadian waters
and occasionally in the Beaufort Sea but
is rare there and not expected to be
encountered. Each of these species
(killer, fin, and humpback whales and
narwhal) is uncommon or rare in the
Beaufort Sea, particularly during early
winter, and relatively few if any
encounters with these species are
expected during the time period of the
proposed seismic program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
The bowhead, humpback, and fin
whales are listed as ‘‘endangered’’ under
the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and
as depleted under the MMPA. Certain
stocks or populations of gray and beluga
whales and spotted seals are listed as
endangered or proposed for listing
under the ESA; however, none of those
stocks or populations occur in the
proposed activity area. Additionally, the
ribbon seal is considered a ‘‘species of
concern’’, meaning that NMFS has some
concerns regarding status and threats of
this species, but for which insufficient
information is available to indicate a
need to list the species under the ESA.
On December 10, 2010, NMFS
published a notice of proposed
threatened status for subspecies of the
ringed seal (75 FR 77476) and a notice
of proposed threatened and not
warranted status for subspecies and
distinct population segments of the
bearded seal (75 FR 77496) in the
Federal Register. Neither of these two
ice seal species is considered depleted
under the MMPA.
Based on the occurrence of marine
mammal species in the proposed project
area and the time of year in which the
survey is proposed to be conducted,
NMFS is proposing to authorize take by
harassment for the following species:
Beluga, bowhead, gray, and minke
whales; harbor porpoise; and ringed,
bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals.
ION’s application contains
information on the status, distribution,
seasonal distribution, and abundance of
each of the species under NMFS
jurisdiction mentioned in this
document. Please refer to the
application for that information (see
ADDRESSES). Additional information can
also be found in the NMFS Stock
Assessment Reports (SAR). The Alaska
2011 SAR is available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/sars/
ak2011.pdf.
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals
Operating active acoustic sources
such as an airgun array, echo sounders,
and icebreaking activities could
potentially affect marine mammals.
Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on
Marine Mammals
The effects of sounds from airgun
pulses might include one or more of the
following: tolerance, masking of natural
sounds, behavioral disturbance, and, at
least in theory, temporary or permanent
hearing impairment or non-auditory
effects (Richardson et al., 1995). As
outlined in previous NMFS documents,
the effects of noise on marine mammals
are highly variable, and can be
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
categorized as follows (based on
Richardson et al., 1995):
(1) Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally
react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are
often shown as: changing durations of
surfacing and dives; changing number of
blows per surfacing; moving direction
and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain
behavioral activities (such as socializing
or feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where noise sources are located;
and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds
flushing into water from haulouts or
rookeries).
The biological significance of many
behavioral disturbances is difficult to
predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. While many
behavioral responses would not be
expected to likely affect the fitness of an
individual, other more severe behavioral
modifications, especially in certain
circumstances, could potentially have
adverse affects on growth, survival, and/
or reproduction. Some more potentially
significant behavioral modifications
include: drastic change in diving/
surfacing patterns (such as those
thought to be potentially associated
with beaked whale stranding due to
exposure to military mid-frequency
tactical sonar) or longer-term habitat
abandonment.
For example, at the Guerreo Negro
Lagoon in Baja California, Mexico,
which is one of the important breeding
grounds for Pacific gray whales,
shipping and dredging associated with a
salt works may have induced gray
whales to abandon the area through
most of the 1960s (Bryant et al., 1984).
After these activities stopped, the
lagoon was reoccupied, first by single
whales and later by cow-calf pairs.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic sound, which is
difficult to predict, depends on both
external factors (e.g., characteristics of
sound sources and their paths) and the
receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography) (Southall et al.
2007).
Currently NMFS uses 160 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) received level for impulse noises
(such as airgun pulses) as the threshold
for the onset of Level B (behavioral)
harassment.
In addition, behavioral disturbance is
also expressed as the change in vocal
activities of animals. For example, there
is one recent summary report indicating
that calling fin whales distributed in
one part of the North Atlantic went
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
silent for an extended period starting
soon after the onset of a seismic survey
in the area (Clark and Gagnon, 2006). It
is not clear from that preliminary paper
whether the whales ceased calling
because of masking, or whether this was
a behavioral response not directly
involving masking (i.e., important
biological signals for marine mammals
being ‘‘masked’’ by anthropogenic
sound; see below). Also, bowhead
whales in the Beaufort Sea may decrease
their call rates in response to seismic
operations, although movement out of
the area might also have contributed to
the lower call detection rate (Blackwell
et al., 2009a; 2009b). Some of the
changes in marine mammal vocal
communication are thought to be used
to compensate for acoustic masking
resulting from increased anthropogenic
noise (see below). For example, blue
whales are found to increase call rates
when exposed to seismic survey noise
in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio
and Clark, 2009). Researchers have
noted North Atlantic right whales
(Eubalaena glacialis) exposed to high
shipping noise increase call frequency
(Parks et al., 2007) and intensity (Parks
et al., 2010), while some humpback
whales respond to low-frequency active
sonar playbacks by increasing song
length (Miller el al., 2000). These
behavioral responses could also have
adverse effects on marine mammals.
Mysticete: Baleen whales generally
tend to avoid operating airguns, but
avoidance radii are quite variable.
Whales are often reported to show no
overt reactions to airgun pulses at
distances beyond a few kilometers, even
though the airgun pulses remain well
above ambient noise levels out to much
longer distances (reviewed in
Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al.,
2004). However, studies done since the
late 1990s of migrating humpback and
migrating bowhead whales show
reactions, including avoidance, that
sometimes extend to greater distances
than documented earlier. Therefore, it
appears that behavioral disturbance can
vary greatly depending on context and
not just received levels alone.
Avoidance distances often exceed the
distances at which boat-based observers
can see whales, so observations from the
source vessel can be biased.
Observations over broader areas may be
needed to determine the range of
potential effects of some large-source
seismic surveys where effects on
cetaceans may extend to considerable
distances (Richardson et al., 1999;
Moore and Angliss, 2006). Longer-range
observations, when required, can
sometimes be obtained via systematic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
aerial surveys or aircraft-based
observations of behavior (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1986, 1999; Miller et
al., 1999, 2005; Yazvenko et al., 2007a,
2007b) or by use of observers on one or
more support vessels operating in
coordination with the seismic vessel
(e.g., Smultea et al., 2004; Johnson et al.,
2007). However, the presence of other
vessels near the source vessel can, at
least at times, reduce sightability of
cetaceans from the source vessel
(Beland et al., 2009), thus complicating
interpretation of sighting data.
Some baleen whales show
considerable tolerance of seismic
pulses. However, when the pulses are
strong enough, avoidance or other
behavioral changes become evident.
Because the responses become less
obvious with diminishing received
sound level, it has been difficult to
determine the maximum distance (or
minimum received sound level) at
which reactions to seismic activity
become evident and, hence, how many
whales are affected.
Studies of gray, bowhead, and
humpback whales have determined that
received levels of pulses in the 160–170
dB re 1 mPa (rms) range seem to cause
obvious avoidance behavior in a
substantial fraction of the animals
exposed (McCauley et al., 1998, 1999,
2000). In many areas, seismic pulses
diminish to these levels at distances
ranging from 4–15 km (2.5–9.3 mi) from
the source. A substantial proportion of
the baleen whales within such distances
may show avoidance or other strong
disturbance reactions to the operating
airgun array. Some extreme examples
include migrating bowhead whales
avoiding considerably larger distances
(20–30 km [12.4–18.6 mi]) at lower
received sound levels (120–130 dB re 1
mPa (rms)) when exposed to airguns
from seismic surveys. Also, even in
cases where there is no conspicuous
avoidance or change in activity upon
exposure to sound pulses from distant
seismic operations, there are sometimes
subtle changes in behavior (e.g.,
surfacing–respiration–dive cycles) that
are only evident through detailed
statistical analysis (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1986; Gailey et al., 2007).
Data on short-term reactions by
cetaceans to impulsive noises are not
necessarily indicative of long-term or
biologically significant effects. It is not
known whether impulsive sounds affect
reproductive rates or distribution and
habitat use in subsequent days or years.
However, gray whales have continued to
migrate annually along the west coast of
North America despite intermittent
seismic exploration (and much ship
traffic) in that area for decades
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49925
(Appendix A in Malme et al., 1984;
Richardson et al., 1995), and there has
been a substantial increase in the
population over recent decades (Allen
and Angliss, 2010). The western Pacific
gray whale population did not seem
affected by a seismic survey in its
feeding ground during a prior year
(Johnson et al., 2007). Similarly,
bowhead whales have continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each
summer despite seismic exploration in
their summer and autumn range for
many years (Richardson et al., 1987),
and their numbers have increased
notably during that same time period
(Allen and Angliss, 2010). Bowheads
also have been observed over periods of
days or weeks in areas ensonified
repeatedly by seismic pulses
(Richardson et al., 1987; Harris et al.,
2007). However, it is generally not
known whether the same individual
bowheads were involved in these
repeated observations (within and
between years) in strongly ensonified
areas.
Odontocete: Little systematic
information is available about reactions
of toothed whales to airgun pulses. Few
studies similar to the more extensive
baleen whale/seismic pulse work
summarized above have been reported
for toothed whales. However, there are
recent systematic data on sperm whales
(e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et al.,
2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et
al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009). There is
also an increasing amount of
information about responses of various
odontocetes to seismic surveys based on
monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003;
Smultea et al., 2004; Moulton and
Miller, 2005; Holst et al., 2006; Stone
and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al., 2007;
Hauser et al., 2008; Holst and Smultea,
2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009;
Richardson et al., 2009).
Dolphins and porpoises are often seen
by observers on active seismic vessels,
occasionally at close distances (e.g., bow
riding). Marine mammal monitoring
data during seismic surveys often show
that animal detection rates drop during
the firing of seismic airguns, indicating
that animals may be avoiding the
vicinity of the seismic area (Smultea et
al., 2004; Holst et al., 2006; Hauser et
al., 2008; Holst and Smultea, 2008;
Richardson et al., 2009). Also, belugas
summering in the Canadian Beaufort
Sea showed larger-scale avoidance,
tending to avoid waters out to 10–20 km
(6.2–12.4 mi) from operating seismic
vessels. In contrast, recent studies show
little evidence of conspicuous reactions
by sperm whales to airgun pulses,
contrary to earlier indications (e.g.,
Gordon et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker,
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49926
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et
al., 2008), except the lower buzz
(echolocation signals) rates that were
detected during exposure of airgun
pulses (Miller et al., 2009).
There are almost no specific data on
responses of beaked whales to seismic
surveys, but it is likely that most if not
all species show strong avoidance.
There is increasing evidence that some
beaked whales may strand after
exposure to strong noise from tactical
military mid-frequency sonars. Whether
they ever do so in response to seismic
survey noise is unknown. Northern
bottlenose whales seem to continue to
call when exposed to pulses from
distant seismic vessels.
For delphinids, and possibly the
Dall’s porpoise, available data suggest
that individuals may not react until
sounds are ≥170 dB re 1 mPa (rms). With
a medium-to-large airgun array, received
levels typically diminish to 170 dB
within 1–4 km (0.62–2.5 mi), whereas
levels typically remain above 160 dB
out to 4–15 km (e.g., Tolstoy et al.,
2009). Reaction distances for delphinids
are more consistent at the typical 170
dB re 1 mPa (rms) distances. Stone
(2003) and Stone and Tasker (2006)
reported that all small odontocetes
(including killer whales) observed
during seismic surveys in UK waters
remained significantly further from the
source during periods of shooting on
surveys with large volume airgun arrays
than during periods without airgun
shooting.
Due to their relatively higher
frequency hearing ranges when
compared to mysticetes, odontocetes
may have stronger responses to midand high-frequency sources such as subbottom profilers, side scan sonar, and
echo sounders than mysticetes
(Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,
2007).
Pinnipeds: Few studies of the
reactions of pinnipeds to noise from
open-water seismic exploration have
been published (for review of the early
literature, see Richardson et al., 1995).
However, pinnipeds have been observed
during a number of seismic monitoring
studies. Monitoring in the Beaufort Sea
during 1996–2002 provided a
substantial amount of information on
avoidance responses (or lack thereof)
and associated behavior. Additional
monitoring of that type has been done
in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas in
2006–2009. Pinnipeds exposed to
seismic surveys have also been observed
during seismic surveys along the U.S.
west coast. Also, there are data on the
reactions of pinnipeds to various other
related types of impulsive sounds.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Early observations provided
considerable evidence that pinnipeds
are often quite tolerant of strong pulsed
sounds. During seismic exploration off
Nova Scotia, gray seals exposed to noise
from airguns and linear explosive
charges reportedly did not react strongly
(J. Parsons in Greene et al., 1985). An
airgun caused an initial startle reaction
among South African fur seals but was
ineffective in scaring them away from
fishing gear. Pinnipeds in both water
and air sometimes tolerate strong noise
pulses from non-explosive and
explosive scaring devices, especially if
attracted to the area for feeding or
reproduction (Mate and Harvey, 1987;
Reeves et al., 1996). Thus, pinnipeds are
expected to be tolerant of, or to
habituate to, repeated underwater
sounds from distant seismic sources, at
least when the animals are strongly
attracted to the area.
In summary, visual monitoring from
seismic vessels has shown only slight (if
any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds,
and only slight (if any) changes in
behavior. These studies show that many
pinnipeds do not avoid the area within
a few hundred meters of an operating
airgun array. However, based on the
studies with large sample size, or
observations from a separate monitoring
vessel, or radio telemetry, it is apparent
that some phocid seals do show
localized avoidance of operating
airguns. The limited nature of this
tendency for avoidance is a concern. It
suggests that pinnipeds may not move
away, or move very far away, before
received levels of sound from an
approaching seismic survey vessel
approach those that may cause hearing
impairment.
(2) Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
interest by other sounds, often at similar
frequencies. Chronic exposure to
excessive, though not high-intensity,
noise could cause masking at particular
frequencies for marine mammals that
utilize sound for vital biological
functions. Masking can interfere with
detection of acoustic signals such as
communication calls, echolocation
sounds, and environmental sounds
important to marine mammals. Since
marine mammals depend on acoustic
cues for vital biological functions, such
as orientation, communication, finding
prey, and avoiding predators, marine
mammals that experience severe
(intensity and duration) acoustic
masking could potentially suffer some
adverse effects.
Masking occurs when noise and
signals (that animal utilizes) overlap at
both spectral and temporal scales. For
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
the airgun noise generated from the
proposed in-ice marine seismic survey,
these are low frequency (under 1 kHz)
pulses with extremely short durations
(in the scale of milliseconds). Lower
frequency man-made noises are more
likely to affect detection of
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as surf and prey noise. There is
little concern regarding masking due to
the brief duration of these pulses and
relatively longer silence between airgun
shots (9–12 seconds) near the sound
source. However, at long distances (over
tens of kilometers away) in deep water,
due to multipath propagation and
reverberation, the durations of airgun
pulses can be ‘‘stretched’’ to seconds
with long decays (Madsen et al., 2006;
Clark and Gagnon, 2006). Therefore it
could affect communication signals
used by low frequency mysticetes (e.g.,
bowhead and gray whales) when they
occur near the noise band and thus
reduce the communication space of
animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009a, 2009b)
and affect their vocal behavior (e.g.,
Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al., 2009).
Further, in areas of shallow water,
multipath propagation of airgun pulses
could be more profound, thus affecting
communication signals from marine
mammals even at close distances.
Average ambient noise in areas where
received seismic noises are heard can be
elevated. At long distances, however,
the intensity of the noise is greatly
reduced. Nevertheless, partial
informational and energetic masking of
different degrees could affect signal
receiving in some marine mammals
within the ensonified areas. Additional
research is needed to further address
these effects.
Although masking effects of pulsed
sounds on marine mammal calls and
other natural sounds are expected to be
limited, there are few specific studies on
this. Some whales continue calling in
the presence of seismic pulses, and
whale calls often can be heard between
the seismic pulses (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1986; McDonald et al., 1995; Greene
et al., 1999a, 1999b; Nieukirk et al.,
2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al.,
2005a, 2005b, 2006; Dunn and
Hernandez, 2009).
Among the odontocetes, there has
been one report that sperm whales
ceased calling when exposed to pulses
from a very distant seismic ship (Bowles
et al., 1994). However, more recent
studies of sperm whales found that they
continued calling in the presence of
seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 2002;
Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004;
Holst et al., 2006; Jochens et al., 2008).
Madsen et al. (2006) noted that airgun
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
sounds would not be expected to mask
sperm whale calls given the intermittent
nature of airgun pulses. Dolphins and
porpoises are also commonly heard
calling while airguns are operating
(Gordon et al., 2004; Smultea et al.,
2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b; Potter
et al., 2007). Masking effects of seismic
pulses are expected to be
inconsequential in the case of the
smaller odontocetes, given the
intermittent nature of seismic pulses
plus the fact that sounds important to
them are predominantly at much higher
frequencies than are the dominant
components of airgun sounds.
Pinnipeds have best hearing
sensitivity and/or produce most of their
sounds at frequencies higher than the
dominant components of airgun sound,
but there is some overlap in the
frequencies of the airgun pulses and the
calls. However, the intermittent nature
of airgun pulses presumably reduces the
potential for masking.
Marine mammals are thought to be
able to compensate for masking by
adjusting their acoustic behavior, such
as shifting call frequencies and
increasing call volume and vocalization
rates, as discussed earlier (e.g., Miller et
al., 2000; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and
Clark, 2009; Parks et al., 2010); the
biological significance of these
modifications is still unknown and
would certainly depend on the duration
of the masking event, the behavioral
state of the animal, and the overall
context of the exposure.
(3) Hearing Impairment
Marine mammals exposed to high
intensity sound repeatedly or for
prolonged periods can experience
hearing threshold shift (TS), which is
the loss of hearing sensitivity at certain
frequency ranges (Kastak et al., 1999;
Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al.,
2002; 2005). TS can be permanent
(PTS), in which case the loss of hearing
sensitivity is unrecoverable, or
temporary (TTS), in which case the
animal’s hearing threshold will recover
over time (Southall et al., 2007). Marine
mammals that experience TTS or PTS
will have reduced sensitivity at the
frequency band of the TS, which may
affect their capability of
communication, orientation, or prey
detection. The degree of TS depends on
the intensity of the received levels the
animal is exposed to, and the frequency
at which TS occurs depends on the
frequency of the received sound. It has
been shown that in most cases, TS
occurs at the frequencies approximately
one-octave above that of the received
sound. Repeated sound exposure that
leads to TTS could cause PTS. For
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
transient sounds, the sound level
necessary to cause TTS is inversely
related to the duration of the sound.
TTS
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to a strong sound (Kryter,
1985). While experiencing TTS, the
hearing threshold rises, and a sound
must be stronger in order to be heard.
It is a temporary phenomenon, and
(especially when mild) is not
considered to represent physical
damage or ‘‘injury’’ (Southall et al.,
2007). Rather, the onset of TTS is an
indicator that, if the animal is exposed
to higher levels of that sound, physical
damage is ultimately a possibility.
The magnitude of TTS depends on the
level and duration of noise exposure,
and to some degree on frequency,
among other considerations (Kryter,
1985; Richardson et al., 1995; Southall
et al., 2007). For sound exposures at or
somewhat above the TTS threshold,
hearing sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the noise ends. In terrestrial
mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to (in cases of strong TTS) days.
Only a few data have been obtained on
sound levels and durations necessary to
elicit mild TTS in marine mammals
(none in mysticetes), and none of the
published data concern TTS elicited by
exposure to multiple pulses of sound
during operational seismic surveys
(Southall et al., 2007).
For toothed whales, experiments on a
bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus)
and beluga whale showed that exposure
to a single watergun impulse at a
received level of 207 kPa (or 30 psi)
peak-to-peak (p-p), which is equivalent
to 228 dB re 1 mPa (p-p), resulted in a
7 and 6 dB TTS in the beluga whale at
0.4 and 30 kHz, respectively.
Thresholds returned to within 2 dB of
the pre-exposure level within 4 minutes
of the exposure (Finneran et al., 2002).
No TTS was observed in the bottlenose
dolphin.
Finneran et al. (2005) further
examined the effects of tone duration on
TTS in bottlenose dolphins. Bottlenose
dolphins were exposed to 3 kHz tones
(non-impulsive) for periods of 1, 2, 4 or
8 seconds (s), with hearing tested at 4.5
kHz. For 1-s exposures, TTS occurred
with sound exposure levels (SELs) of
197 dB, and for exposures >1 s, SEL
>195 dB resulted in TTS (SEL is
equivalent to energy flux, in dB re 1
mPa2-s). At an SEL of 195 dB, the mean
TTS (4 min after exposure) was 2.8 dB.
Finneran et al. (2005) suggested that an
SEL of 195 dB is the likely threshold for
the onset of TTS in dolphins and
belugas exposed to tones of durations 1–
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49927
8 s (i.e., TTS onset occurs at a nearconstant SEL, independent of exposure
duration). That implies that, at least for
non-impulsive tones, a doubling of
exposure time results in a 3 dB lower
TTS threshold.
However, the assumption that, in
marine mammals, the occurrence and
magnitude of TTS is a function of
cumulative acoustic energy (SEL) is
probably an oversimplification. Kastak
et al. (2005) reported preliminary
evidence from pinnipeds that, for
prolonged non-impulse noise, higher
SELs were required to elicit a given TTS
if exposure duration was short than if it
was longer, i.e., the results were not
fully consistent with an equal-energy
model to predict TTS onset. Mooney et
al. (2009a) showed this in a bottlenose
dolphin exposed to octave-band nonimpulse noise ranging from 4 to 8 kHz
at SPLs of 130 to 178 dB re 1 mPa for
periods of 1.88 to 30 minutes (min).
Higher SELs were required to induce a
given TTS if exposure duration was
short than if it was longer. Exposure of
the aforementioned bottlenose dolphin
to a sequence of brief sonar signals
showed that, with those brief (but nonimpulse) sounds, the received energy
(SEL) necessary to elicit TTS was higher
than was the case with exposure to the
more prolonged octave-band noise
(Mooney et al., 2009b). Those authors
concluded that, when using (nonimpulse) acoustic signals of duration
∼0.5 s, SEL must be at least 210–214 dB
re 1 mPa2-s to induce TTS in the
bottlenose dolphin. The most recent
studies conducted by Finneran et al.
(2010a, 2010b) also support the notion
that exposure duration has a more
significant influence compared to sound
pressure level (SPL) as the duration
increases, and that TTS growth data are
better represented as functions of SPL
and duration rather than SEL alone
(Finneran et al., 2010a, 2010b). In
addition, Finneran et al. (2010b)
conclude that when animals are
exposed to intermittent noises, there is
recovery of hearing during the quiet
intervals between exposures through the
accumulation of TTS across multiple
exposures. Such findings suggest that
when exposed to multiple seismic
pulses, partial hearing recovery also
occurs during the seismic pulse
intervals.
For baleen whales, there are no data,
direct or indirect, on levels or properties
of sound that are required to induce
TTS. The frequencies to which baleen
whales are most sensitive are lower than
those to which odontocetes are most
sensitive, and natural ambient noise
levels at those low frequencies tend to
be higher (Urick, 1983). As a result,
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49928
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
auditory thresholds of baleen whales
within their frequency band of best
hearing are believed to be higher (less
sensitive) than are those of odontocetes
at their best frequencies (Clark and
Ellison, 2004). From this, it is suspected
that received levels causing TTS onset
may also be higher in baleen whales.
However, no cases of TTS are expected
given the size of the airguns proposed
to be used and the strong likelihood that
baleen whales (especially migrating
bowheads) would avoid the
approaching airguns (or vessel) before
being exposed to levels high enough for
there to be any possibility of TTS.
In pinnipeds, TTS thresholds
associated with exposure to brief pulses
(single or multiple) of underwater sound
have not been measured. Initial
evidence from prolonged exposures
suggested that some pinnipeds may
incur TTS at somewhat lower received
levels than do small odontocetes
exposed for similar durations (Kastak et
al., 1999; 2005). However, more recent
indications are that TTS onset in the
most sensitive pinniped species studied
(harbor seal, which is closely related to
the ringed seal) may occur at a similar
SEL as in odontocetes (Kastak et al.,
2004).
Most cetaceans show some degree of
avoidance of seismic vessels operating
an airgun array (see above). It is unlikely
that these cetaceans would be exposed
to airgun pulses at a sufficiently high
enough level for a sufficiently long
enough period to cause more than mild
TTS, given the relative movement of the
vessel and the marine mammal. TTS
would be more likely in any
odontocetes that bow- or wake-ride or
otherwise linger near the airguns.
However, while bow- or wake-riding,
odontocetes would be at the surface and
thus not exposed to strong sound pulses
given the pressure release and Lloyd
Mirror effects at the surface. But if bowor wake-riding animals were to dive
intermittently near airguns, they could
be exposed to strong sound pulses,
possibly repeatedly.
If some cetaceans did incur mild or
moderate TTS (a Level B harassment)
through exposure to airgun sounds in
this manner, this would very likely be
a temporary and reversible
phenomenon. However, even a
temporary reduction in hearing
sensitivity could be deleterious in the
event that, during that period of reduced
sensitivity, a marine mammal needed its
full hearing sensitivity to detect
approaching predators, or for some
other reason.
Some pinnipeds show avoidance
reactions to airguns, but their avoidance
reactions are generally not as strong or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
consistent as those of cetaceans.
Pinnipeds occasionally seem to be
attracted to operating seismic vessels.
There are no specific data on TTS
thresholds of pinnipeds exposed to
single or multiple low-frequency pulses.
However, given the indirect indications
of a lower TTS threshold for the harbor
seal than for odontocetes exposed to
impulse sound (see above), it is possible
that some pinnipeds close to a large
airgun array could incur TTS.
NMFS typically includes mitigation
requirements to ensure that cetaceans
and pinnipeds are not exposed to
pulsed underwater noise at received
levels exceeding, respectively, 180 and
190 dB re 1 mPa (rms). The 180/190 dB
acoustic criteria were taken from
recommendations by an expert panel of
the High Energy Seismic Survey (HESS)
Team that performed an assessment on
noise impacts by seismic airguns to
marine mammals in 1997, although the
HESS Team recommended a 180-dB
limit for pinnipeds in California (HESS,
1999). The 180 and 190 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) levels have not been considered to
be the levels above which TTS might
occur. Rather, they were the received
levels above which, in the view of a
panel of bioacoustics specialists
convened by NMFS before TTS
measurements for marine mammals
started to become available, one could
not be certain that there would be no
injurious effects, auditory or otherwise,
to marine mammals. As summarized
above, data that are now available imply
that TTS is unlikely to occur in various
odontocetes (and probably mysticetes as
well) unless they are exposed to a
sequence of several airgun pulses
stronger than 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms). On
the other hand, for the harbor seal,
harbor porpoise, and perhaps some
other species, TTS may occur upon
exposure to one or more airgun pulses
whose received level equals the NMFS
‘‘do not exceed’’ value of 180 dB re 1
mPa (rms). That criterion corresponds to
a single-pulse SEL of 175–180 dB re 1
mPa2-s in typical conditions, whereas
TTS is suspected to be possible in
harbor seals and harbor porpoises with
a cumulative SEL of ∼171 and ∼164 dB
re 1 mPa2-s, respectively.
It has been shown that most large
whales and many smaller odontocetes
(especially the harbor porpoise) show at
least localized avoidance of ships and/
or seismic operations. Even when
avoidance is limited to the area within
a few hundred meters of an airgun array,
that should usually be sufficient to
avoid TTS based on what is currently
known about thresholds for TTS onset
in cetaceans. In addition, ramping up
airgun arrays, which is standard
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
operational protocol for many seismic
operators, may allow cetaceans near the
airguns at the time of startup (if the
sounds are aversive) to move away from
the seismic source and to avoid being
exposed to the full acoustic output of
the airgun array. Thus, most baleen
whales likely will not be exposed to
high levels of airgun sounds provided
the ramp-up procedure is applied.
Likewise, many odontocetes close to the
trackline are likely to move away before
the sounds from an approaching seismic
vessel become sufficiently strong for
there to be any potential for TTS or
other hearing impairment. Hence, there
is little potential for baleen whales or
odontocetes that show avoidance of
ships or airguns to be close enough to
an airgun array to experience TTS.
Nevertheless, even if marine mammals
were to experience TTS, the magnitude
of the TTS is expected to be mild and
brief, only in a few decibels for minutes.
PTS
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the
ear. In some cases, there can be total or
partial deafness, whereas in other cases,
the animal has an impaired ability to
hear sounds in specific frequency ranges
(Kryter, 1985). Physical damage to a
mammal’s hearing apparatus can occur
if it is exposed to sound impulses that
have very high peak pressures,
especially if they have very short rise
times. (Rise time is the interval required
for sound pressure to increase from the
baseline pressure to peak pressure.)
There is no specific evidence that
exposure to pulses of airgun sound can
cause PTS in any marine mammal, even
with large arrays of airguns. However,
given the likelihood that some mammals
close to an airgun array might incur at
least mild TTS (see above), there has
been further speculation about the
possibility that some individuals
occurring very close to airguns might
incur PTS (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995;
Gedamke et al., 2008). Single or
occasional occurrences of mild TTS are
not indicative of permanent auditory
damage, but repeated or (in some cases)
single exposures to a level well above
that causing TTS onset might elicit PTS.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals but are assumed to be
similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals (Southall et al.,
2007). Based on data from terrestrial
mammals, a precautionary assumption
is that the PTS threshold for impulse
sounds (such as airgun pulses as
received close to the source) is at least
6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on
a peak-pressure basis and probably >6
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
dB higher (Southall et al., 2007). The
low-to-moderate levels of TTS that have
been induced in captive odontocetes
and pinnipeds during controlled studies
of TTS have been confirmed to be
temporary, with no measurable residual
PTS (Kastak et al., 1999; Schlundt et al.,
2000; Finneran et al., 2002; 2005;
Nachtigall et al., 2003; 2004). However,
very prolonged exposure to sound
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorterterm exposure to sound levels well
above the TTS threshold, can cause
PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals
(Kryter 1985). In terrestrial mammals,
the received sound level from a single
non-impulsive sound exposure must be
far above the TTS threshold for any risk
of permanent hearing damage (Kryter,
1994; Richardson et al., 1995; Southall
et al., 2007). However, there is special
concern about strong sounds whose
pulses have very rapid rise times. In
terrestrial mammals, there are situations
when pulses with rapid rise times (e.g.,
from explosions) can result in PTS even
though their peak levels are only a few
dB higher than the level causing slight
TTS. The rise time of airgun pulses is
fast but not as fast as that of an
explosion.
Some factors that contribute to onset
of PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals,
are as follows:
• Exposure to a single very intense
sound,
• Fast rise time from baseline to peak
pressure,
• Repetitive exposure to intense
sounds that individually cause TTS but
not PTS, and
• Recurrent ear infections or (in
captive animals) exposure to certain
drugs.
Cavanagh (2000) reviewed the
thresholds used to define TTS and PTS.
Based on this review and SACLANT
(1998), it is reasonable to assume that
PTS might occur at a received sound
level 20 dB or more above that inducing
mild TTS. However, for PTS to occur at
a received level only 20 dB above the
TTS threshold, the animal probably
would have to be exposed to a strong
sound for an extended period or to a
strong sound with a rather rapid rise
time.
More recently, Southall et al. (2007)
estimated that received levels would
need to exceed the TTS threshold by at
least 15 dB, on an SEL basis, for there
to be risk of PTS. Thus, for cetaceans
exposed to a sequence of sound pulses,
they estimate that the PTS threshold
might be an M-weighted SEL (for the
sequence of received pulses) of ∼198 dB
re 1 mPa2-s. Additional assumptions had
to be made to derive a corresponding
estimate for pinnipeds, as the only
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
available data on TTS-thresholds in
pinnipeds pertained to non-impulse
sound (see above). Southall et al. (2007)
estimated that the PTS threshold could
be a cumulative SEL of ∼186 dB re 1
mPa2-s in the case of a harbor seal
exposed to impulse sound. The PTS
threshold for the California sea lion and
northern elephant seal would probably
be higher given the higher TTS
thresholds in those species. Southall et
al. (2007) also note that, regardless of
the SEL, there is concern about the
possibility of PTS if a cetacean or
pinniped received one or more pulses
with peak pressure exceeding 230 or
218 dB re 1 mPa, respectively. Thus, PTS
might be expected upon exposure of
cetaceans to either SEL ≥198 dB re 1
mPa2-s or peak pressure ≥230 dB re 1
mPa. Corresponding proposed dual
criteria for pinnipeds (at least harbor
seals) are ≥186 dB SEL and ≥ 218 dB
peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
These estimates are all first
approximations, given the limited
underlying data, assumptions, species
differences, and evidence that the
‘‘equal energy’’ model may not be
entirely correct.
Sound impulse duration, peak
amplitude, rise time, number of pulses,
and inter-pulse interval are the main
factors thought to determine the onset
and extent of PTS. Ketten (1994) has
noted that the criteria for differentiating
the sound pressure levels that result in
PTS (or TTS) are location and species
specific. PTS effects may also be
influenced strongly by the health of the
receiver’s ear.
As described above for TTS, in
estimating the amount of sound energy
required to elicit the onset of TTS (and
PTS), it is assumed that the auditory
effect of a given cumulative SEL from a
series of pulses is the same as if that
amount of sound energy were received
as a single strong sound. There are no
data from marine mammals concerning
the occurrence or magnitude of a
potential partial recovery effect between
pulses. In deriving the estimates of PTS
(and TTS) thresholds quoted here,
Southall et al. (2007) made the
precautionary assumption that no
recovery would occur between pulses.
It is unlikely that an odontocete
would remain close enough to a large
airgun array for a sufficiently long
enough period to incur PTS. There is
some concern about bow-riding
odontocetes, but for animals at or near
the surface, auditory effects are reduced
by Lloyd’s mirror and surface release
effects. The presence of the vessel
between the airgun array and bowriding odontocetes could also, in some
but probably not all cases, reduce the
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49929
levels received by bow-riding animals
(e.g., Gabriele and Kipple, 2009). The
TTS (and thus PTS) thresholds of baleen
whales are unknown but, as an interim
measure, assumed to be no lower than
those of odontocetes. Also, baleen
whales generally avoid the immediate
area around operating seismic vessels,
so it is unlikely that a baleen whale
could incur PTS from exposure to
airgun pulses. The TTS (and thus PTS)
thresholds of some pinnipeds (e.g.,
harbor seal) as well as the harbor
porpoise may be lower (Kastak et al.,
2005; Southall et al., 2007; Lucke et al.,
2009). If so, TTS and potentially PTS
may extend to a somewhat greater
distance for those animals. Again,
Lloyd’s mirror and surface release
effects will ameliorate the effects for
animals at or near the surface. NMFS
considers PTS to be a Level A
harassment.
(4) Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might
occur in marine mammals exposed to
strong underwater pulsed sound.
Possible types of non-auditory
physiological effects or injuries that
theoretically might occur in mammals
close to a strong sound source include
neurological effects, bubble formation,
and other types of organ or tissue
damage. Some marine mammal species
(i.e., beaked whales) may be especially
susceptible to injury and/or stranding
when exposed to intense sounds.
However, there is no definitive evidence
that any of these effects occur even for
marine mammals in close proximity to
large arrays of airguns, and beaked
whales do not occur in the proposed
project area. In addition, marine
mammals that show behavioral
avoidance of seismic vessels, including
most baleen whales, some odontocetes
(including belugas), and some
pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to
incur non-auditory impairment or other
physical effects.
Therefore, it is unlikely that such
effects would occur during ION’s
proposed in-ice seismic surveys given
the brief duration of exposure and the
planned monitoring and mitigation
measures described later in this
document.
Additional non-auditory effects
include elevated levels of stress
response (Wright et al., 2007; Wright
and Highfill, 2007). Although not many
studies have been done on noiseinduced stress in marine mammals,
extrapolation of information regarding
stress responses in other species seems
applicable because the responses are
highly consistent among all species in
which they have been examined to date
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49930
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(Wright et al., 2007). Therefore, it is
reasonable to conclude that noise acts as
a stressor to marine mammals.
Furthermore, given that marine
mammals will likely respond in a
manner consistent with other species
studied, repeated and prolonged
exposures to stressors (including or
induced by noise) could potentially be
problematic for marine mammals of all
ages. Wright et al. (2007) state that a
range of issues may arise from an
extended stress response including, but
not limited to, suppression of
reproduction (physiologically and
behaviorally), accelerated aging and
sickness-like symptoms. However, as
mentioned above, ION’s proposed
activity is not expected to result in these
severe effects due to the nature of the
potential sound exposure.
(5) Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater
detonations can be killed or severely
injured, and the auditory organs are
especially susceptible to injury (Ketten
et al., 1993; Ketten, 1995). Airgun
pulses are less energetic, and their peak
amplitudes have slower rise times,
while stranding and mortality events
would include other energy sources
(acoustical or shock wave) far beyond
just seismic airguns. To date, there is no
evidence that serious injury, death, or
stranding by marine mammals can occur
from exposure to airgun pulses, even in
the case of large airgun arrays.
However, in past IHA notices for
seismic surveys, commenters have
referenced two stranding events
allegedly associated with seismic
activities, one off Baja California and a
second off Brazil. NMFS has addressed
this concern several times, and, without
new information, does not deem the
issue to warrant further discussion. For
information relevant to strandings of
marine mammals, readers are
encouraged to review NMFS’ response
to comments on this matter found in 69
FR 74906 (December 14, 2004), 71 FR
43112 (July 31, 2006), 71 FR 50027
(August 24, 2006), and 71 FR 49418
(August 23, 2006).
It should be noted that strandings
related to sound exposure have not been
recorded for marine mammal species in
the Beaufort Sea. NMFS notes that in
the Beaufort Sea, aerial surveys have
been conducted by the Minerals
Management Service (now BOEM) and
industry during periods of industrial
activity (and by BOEM during times
with no activity). No strandings or
marine mammals in distress have been
observed during these surveys, and
none have been reported by North Slope
Borough inhabitants. In addition, there
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
are very few instances that seismic
surveys in general have been linked to
marine mammal strandings, other than
those mentioned above. As a result,
NMFS does not expect any marine
mammals will incur serious injury or
mortality in the Arctic Ocean or strand
as a result of the proposed seismic
survey.
Potential Effects From Echo Sounders
on Marine Mammals
Three types of echo sounders have
been proposed for ION’s 2012 in-ice
seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas. In general, the potential
effects of this equipment on marine
mammals can be expected to be similar
to those from the airgun, except that the
sounds from these sources are at much
higher frequencies than those from
airguns, and thus may have more
potential to affect mid- and highfrequency hearing odontocetes and
pinnipeds than mysticetes, who are
thought to be more sensitive to lowfrequency sounds. Therefore, it is
possible that the onset of hearing
impairment to odontocetes and
pinnipeds that are exposed to mid- or
high-frequency sources could be lower,
or the growth of TTS and/or PTS could
be faster than the earlier empirical
measurements using the watergun
source (Finneran et al., 2002) or 3 kHz
tones (Finneran et al., 2005). However,
the magnitude of the impacts is
expected to be less due to the lower
intensity of the sound from echo
sounders when compared to seismic
airguns. Because of the higher
frequencies of the echo sounder signals,
the propagation ranges of acoustic
signals are also much shorter than those
from the airgun array. Since these echo
sounders will be operating during the
seismic survey, no additional takes of
marine mammals would be considered
as take estimates would be calculated
from ensonified zones from seismic
airguns. In addition, due to the fact that
the operating frequencies of some of this
equipment (e.g., Skipper GDS102 that
operates at frequencies above 200 kHz)
are above the hearing ranges of marine
mammals, use of the equipment is not
expected to cause any take of marine
mammals. Furthermore, the beam
patterns of the echo sounders are
directed downward and are narrow, so
any marine mammals that encounter the
echo sounders at close range are
unlikely to be subjected to repeated
pulses.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Potential Effects From Icebreaking on
Marine Mammals
(1) Noise Source Levels From
Icebreaking
Most sounds generated by icebreaking
activities are caused by cavitation of the
propellers. Propeller cavitation and
resulting sounds tend to be greatest
when a vessel is moving astern or when
its forward progress has been stopped
by heavy ice during ramming. When
making continuous forward progress
through ice, more power is required
than when traveling through open
water. The greater the resistance, the
greater the propeller cavitation and
resulting sounds, although they are
typically less strong during continuous
forward progress than during backing
and ramming in heavy ice.
Measurements of the Robert Lemur
pushing and breaking ice in the Beaufort
Sea in 1986 resulted in an estimated
broadband source level of 193 dB re 1
mPa @ 1 m (Richardson et al., 1995). Ice
conditions were not described in detail,
but at that time of year (in September),
ice is not typically forming, so the ice
pans that were encountered were likely
composed of second year ice or multiyear ice.
The broadband source levels of three
different vessels pushing on or breaking
ice during drilling activities in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea in 1993 were 181–183, 184,
and 174 dB re 1 mPa @ 1 m (Hall et al.,
1994). Similar to the above, ice
conditions in mid-August when these
recordings were made were likely to
have been thick first year (sea ice does
not reach ‘‘second year’’ status until
September 1), second year, or multi-year
ice.
The strongest sounds produced by an
icebreaker backing and ramming an ice
ridge were measured at 203 dB re 1 mPa
@ 1 m at the point when the propellers
were still turning at full speed ahead,
but the vessel had come to a stop when
it failed to break the ice ridge (Erbe and
Farmer, 1998). A similar maximum
source level (200 dB re 1 mPa @ 1m) was
reported during backing and ramming
activities by the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter
Healy as measured by a sonobuoy
deployed from that vessel in 2009 (Roth
and Schmidt, 2010).
Roth and Schmidt (2010) describe
three very recent ‘‘case studies’’ of
Healy breaking ice in the high Arctic.
Ice type is not described, but given the
date, location, and pictures provided the
ice is clearly not first year ice and
instead likely second year or multi-year
ice. The first case study provides an
example of the Healy traveling through
7–9/10ths ice and then entering openwater. Average source levels in ice were
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
estimated to be ∼185 dB while average
source levels in open-water were
estimated between 175–180 dB. The
second case study is an example of
backing and ramming in 8/10ths ice.
Maximum source levels reached 191–
195 dB. The third case study is another
example of backing and ramming, this
time in 9/10ths ice, where maximum
source levels reached 200 dB.
None of these examples apply very
well to ice conditions likely to be
encountered during ION’s proposed
October-December survey. The ice
regimes to be encountered along the
Alaskan Coast in the proposed survey
area during the proposed survey period
will vary considerably from
predominantly or entirely open water in
early October to being predominantly
new, first year ice in November. The
survey work will take advantage of such
variations to complete the more difficult
lines when the ice conditions are
favorable for that work.
This project will involve two ships
working as one when in or near sea ice.
In this mode, the icebreaker (Polar
Prince) would escort the geophysical
survey ship (Geo Arctic). As both ships
must move continuously at near survey
speed throughout this escort, it is
essential that this work is carried out in
ice conditions where the icebreaker is
not obliged to undertake ramming
operations.
ION used the Arctic Ice Regime
Shipping System (AIRSS) to aid in their
determination concerning suitable
conditions for the survey. This system
allows the Arctic Mariner/Ice Master to
calculate the ‘‘toughness’’ of a particular
ice regime. As a ‘‘rule of thumb,’’
seismic is normally considered
achievable in ice where the calculation
indicates navigation can safely be
undertaken by the ice strengthened (Ice
Class A1A, type A) geophysical ship,
operating independently. ION states that
it will take a conservative approach by
using a heavy escort icebreaker. This
means the icebreaker is normally
working well below maximum power
but does have a huge propulsive power
capacity held in reserve in case ridges
or other such ice features are
encountered. Thus the icebreaker is
breaking ice at a fraction of its
maximum or rated capacity.
Compared to the aggressive
icebreaking involved in the examples
above, the icebreaking for in-ice seismic
surveys is of a much different and
considerably lower order. In most ice
regimes expected to be encountered
during ION’s proposed survey, the Polar
Prince will have about 5,123 HP
available for propulsion, which is far
less than the power of the heavy
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
icebreaker Healy reported in Roth and
Schmidt (2010). There would still be a
direct correlation between icebreaking
effort and icebreaking noise, although
there are likely also many other
variables such as thermal gradient, stage
of ice development, speed of impact,
propulsion system characteristics, hull
and bow form, etc., that may
differentiate the sounds produced
during the proposed survey. In the
examples provided in Roth and Schmidt
(2010), the Healy appears to be backing
and ramming in heavy multiyear ice
(based on our interpretation of the
pictures). Such conditions are beyond
the allowable operational conditions of
this project, and, if such conditions
were encountered, the Type A
geophysical ship could not follow such
an ice-encumbered track of multiyear
ice.
It should also be noted that the Healy
was operating at maximum capacity
during the measurements reported in
Roth and Schmidt (2010), while during
ice-seismic the escorting icebreaker
rarely operates in excess of 50%
capacity. Thus, accounting for the
disparity in the horsepower ratings of
the Polar Prince vs. the Healy, the Polar
Prince is rendering an output, in terms
of horsepower expended, of <25% each
of that of the Healy during the reported
measurements.
Based on available information
regarding sounds produced by
icebreaking in various ice regimes and
the expected ice conditions during the
proposed survey, NMFS determined
that vessel sounds generated during ice
breaking are likely to have source levels
between 175 and 185 dB re 1 mPa-m.
(2) Impacts of Icebreaking Noise on
Marine Mammals
Limited information is available about
the effects of icebreaking ships on most
species of marine mammals. Concerns
have arisen in the past due to proposals
(which were never realized) to conduct
shipping of oil and gas in the Arctic via
large icebreakers (Peterson, 1981). In the
past, smaller icebreaking ships were
used by the oil and gas industry in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas to extend the
offshore drilling period in support of
offshore drilling, and several icebreakers
or strengthened cargo ships have been
used in the Russian northern sea route,
as well as elsewhere in the Arctic and
Antarctic (Armstrong, 1984; Barr and
Wilson, 1985; Brigham, 1985).
The primary concern regarding
icebreaking activities involves the
production of intense underwater sound
(Richardson et al., 1995). Estimated
source levels of the ice-breaking cargo
vessel MV Arctic may be detectable by
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49931
seals under fast ice at distances up to
20–35 km (12.4–21.8 mi) (Davis and
Malme, 1997). However, icebreaking
activities may also have non-acoustic
effects, such as the potential for causing
injury, ice entrapment of animals that
follow the ship, and disruption of ice
habitat (reviewed in Richardson et al.,
1989), though, as described below, these
impacts are not anticipated during this
action. The species of marine mammals
that may be present and the nature of
icebreaker activities are strongly
influenced by ice type. Some species are
more common in loose ice near the
margins of heavy pack ice while others
appear to prefer heavy pack ice.
Propeller cavitation noise of icebreaking
ships in loose ice is expected to be
much lower than in areas of heavier
pack ice or thick landfast ice where ship
speed will be reduced, power levels will
be higher, and there will be greater
propeller cavitation and back-ramming
(Richardson et al., 1995).
Beluga Whales—Erbe and Farmer
(1998) measured masked hearing
thresholds of a captive beluga whale.
They reported that the recording of a
Canadian Coast Guard ship, Henry
Larsen, ramming ice in the Beaufort Sea,
masked recordings of beluga
vocalizations at a noise-to-signal
pressure ratio of 18 dB. That occurred
when the noise pressure level was eight
times as high as the call. In linear units,
the ramming noise was 8 times as strong
as the call (Erbe and Farmer, 1998). A
similar study using a software model to
estimate the zones of impact around
icebreakers affecting beluga whales in
the Beaufort Sea predicted that masking
of beluga communication signals by
ramming noise from an icebreaker could
occur within 40–71 km (25–44 mi),
depending on the location. However,
Arctic beluga whales have shown
avoidance of icebreakers when first
detected (Erbe and Farmer, 2000), so
individuals are unlikely to get close
enough for effects such as masking to
occur. In addition, vocal behavior of
beluga whales in the St. Lawrence River
in the presence of a ferry and a small
motorboat have shown that belugas can
change the types of calls they use, as
well as shift the mean call frequency up
during noise exposure (Lesage et al.,
1999). Therefore, it is possible that
beluga whales in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas may also have some
mechanism that would allow them to
adapt to ambient noise due to
icebreaking activities.
In 1991 and 1994 in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea, Richardson et al. (1995b)
recorded reactions of beluga and
bowhead whales to playbacks of
underwater propeller cavitation noise
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49932
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
from the icebreaker Robert Lemeur
operating in heavy ice. Migrating
belugas were observed close to the
playback projectors on three dates, but
interpretable data were only collected
on 17 groups for two of these occasions.
A minimum of six groups apparently
altered their path in response to the
playback, but whales approached within
a few hundred (and occasionally tens of)
meters before exhibiting a response.
Icebreaker sounds were estimated at 78–
84 dB re 1mPa in the 1/3-octave band
centered at 5,000 Hz, or 8–14 dB above
ambient sound levels in that band, for
the six groups that reacted. The authors
estimated that reactions at this level
would be estimated to occur at distances
of approximately 10 km (6.2 mi) from an
operating icebreaker.
Beluga whales are expected to avoid
icebreaking vessels at distances of
approximately 10 km (6.2 mi). The
impacts of icebreaking associated with
the seismic program on the behavior of
belugas are expected to be temporary,
lasting only as long as the activity is ongoing, and would have a negligible
impact on the species or stock.
Bowhead Whales—In 1991 and 1994
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea, Richardson
et al. (1995b) recorded reactions of
beluga and bowhead whales to
playbacks of underwater propeller
cavitation noise from the icebreaker
Robert Lemeur operating in heavy ice.
Bowhead whales migrating in the
nearshore appeared to tolerate exposure
to projected icebreaker sounds at
received levels up to 20 dB or more
above ambient noise levels. However,
some bowheads appeared to divert their
paths to remain further away from the
projected sounds, particularly when
exposed to levels >20 dB above ambient.
Turning frequency, surface duration,
number of blows per surfacing, and two
multivariate indices of behavior were
significantly correlated with the signalto-noise ratio >20 dB (and as low as 10
dB for turning frequency). The authors
suggested that bowheads may
commonly react to icebreakers at
distances up to 10–50 km (6.2–31 mi),
but note that reactions were highly
dependent on several variables not
controlled in the study.
There are few other studies on the
reactions of baleen whales to
icebreaking activities. During fall 1992,
migrating bowhead whales apparently
avoided (by at least 25 km [15.5 mi]) a
drill site that was supported almost
daily by intensive icebreaking activity
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea (Brewer et
al., 1993). However, bowheads also
avoided a nearby drill site in the fall of
another year that had little icebreaking
support (LGL and Greenridge, 1987).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Thus, level of contribution from
icebreaking, ice concentration, and
drilling noise resulting in bowhead
responses is unknown.
Bowhead whales are expected to
avoid vessels that are underway,
including icebreakers. The impacts of
icebreaking on the behavior of
bowheads are likely to occur only if
bowheads are still in the western
portion of the proposed study area,
although most bowheads will likely
have passed through the survey area
prior to the start of survey activities.
The effects of icebreaking activities on
bowhead whales are expected to be
minor and short-term.
Pinnipeds— Reactions of walruses to
icebreakers are described more
thoroughly in the available literature
than are reactions by other pinnipeds.
When comparing the reaction distances
of walrus to icebreaking ships vs. other
ships traveling in open water, Fay et al.
(1984) found that walrus reacted at
longer distances to icebreakers. They
were aware of the icebreaker when it
was >2 km (1.2 mi) away, and females
with pups entered the water and swam
away when the ship was ∼1 km (0.62
mi) away while adult males did so at
distances of 0.1 to 0.3 km (0.1 to 0.2 mi).
However, it was also noted that some
walruses, ringed seals, and bearded
seals also scrambled onto ice when an
icebreaker was oriented toward them.
In another study of 202 walrus groups
observed on ice floes during icebreaking
activities, 32% dove into the water, and
6% became alert while on the ice
(Brueggeman et al., 1990, 1991, 1992).
Concurrent aerial surveys indicated that
walruses hauling out on ice floes may
have avoided icebreaking activities
within 10—15 km (6.2—9.3 mi)
(Brueggeman et al., 1990).
Ringed and bearded seals on pack ice
approached by an icebreaker typically
dove into the water within 0.93 km
(0.58 mi) of the vessel but tended to be
less responsive when the same ship was
underway in open water (Brueggeman et
al., 1992). In another study, ringed and
harp seals remained on the ice when an
icebreaker was 1–2 km (0.62—1.2 mi)
away, but seals often dove into the
water when closer to the icebreaker
(Kanik et al., 1980 in Richardson et al.,
1995a). Ringed seals have also been seen
feeding among overturned ice floes in
the wake of icebreakers (Brewer et al.,
1993).
Seals swimming are likely to avoid
approaching vessels by a few meters to
a few tens of meters, while some
‘‘curious’’ seals are likely to swim
toward vessels. Seals hauled out on ice
also show mixed reaction to
approaching vessels/icebreakers. Seals
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
are likely to dive into the water if the
icebreaker comes within 1 km (0.62 mi).
The impact of vessel traffic on seals is
expected to be negligible.
One potential impact from
icebreaking activities is ice entrapment
of pinnipeds that are following the
vessels. However, NMFS does not
consider this likely because ice
formation at the time of the proposed
survey consists mostly of loose annual
ice floes that will not freeze into
extensive pack ice. In addition, the time
chosen for the icebreaking seismic
survey would occur before ringed seals
start constructing lairs in ice around
early March.
Finally, the breaking of heavy pack
ice or thick landfast ice could also
indirectly increase the level of ambient
noise due to broken ice floes cracking
against each other, and effectively
change the area’s soundscape.
Vessel Sounds
In addition to the noise generated
from seismic airguns and active sonar
systems, various types of vessels will be
used in the operations, including source
vessels and support vessels. Sounds
from boats and vessels have been
reported extensively (Greene and
Moore, 1995; Blackwell and Greene,
2002; 2005; 2006). Numerous
measurements of underwater vessel
sound have been performed in support
of recent industry activity in the
Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. Results of
these measurements have been reported
in various 90-day and comprehensive
reports since 2007 (e.g., Aerts et al.,
2008; Hauser et al., 2008; Brueggeman,
2009; Ireland et al., 2009). For example,
Garner and Hannay (2009) estimated
sound pressure levels of 100 dB at
distances ranging from approximately
2.4 to 3.7 km (1.5 to 2.3 mi) from
various types of barges. MacDonald et
al. (2008) estimated higher underwater
SPLs from the seismic vessel Gilavar of
120 dB at approximately 21 km (13 mi)
from the source, although the sound
level was only 150 dB at 26 m (85 ft)
from the vessel. Compared to airgun
pulses, underwater sound from vessels
is generally at relatively low levels.
The primary sources of sounds from
all vessel classes are propeller
cavitation, propeller singing, and
propulsion or other machinery.
Propeller cavitation is usually the
dominant noise source for vessels (Ross,
1976). Propeller cavitation and singing
are produced outside the hull, whereas
propulsion or other machinery noise
originates inside the hull. There are
additional sounds produced by vessel
activity, such as pumps, generators,
flow noise from water passing over the
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
hull, and bubbles breaking in the wake.
Icebreakers contribute greater sound
levels during ice-breaking activities than
ships of similar size during normal
operation in open water (Richardson et
al., 1995). This higher sound production
results from the greater amount of
power and propeller cavitation required
when operating in thick ice. Source
levels from various vessels would be
empirically measured before the start of
marine surveys.
For this project, the majority of any
vessel noise would occur concurrently
with sounds generated by seismic
airguns or icebreaking and any potential
impacts would be expected to be
subsumed by the impacts of those
louder sources.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Anticipated Effects on Habitat
The primary potential impacts to
marine mammals and other marine
species are associated with elevated
sound levels produced by airguns and
other active acoustic sources, noise
generated from icebreaking, and
breaking of ice during the seismic
survey. However, other potential
impacts to the surrounding habitat from
physical disturbance are also possible.
Potential Impacts on Prey Species
With regard to fish as a prey source
for cetaceans and pinnipeds, fish are
known to hear and react to sounds and
to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
et al., 1981) and possibly avoid
predators (Wilson and Dill, 2002).
Experiments have shown that fish can
sense both the strength and direction of
sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a
sound signal, and potentially react to it,
are the frequency of the signal and the
strength of the signal in relation to the
natural background noise level.
The level of sound at which a fish
will react or alter its behavior is usually
well above the detection level. Fish
have been found to react to sounds
when the sound level increased to about
20 dB above the detection level of 120
dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response
threshold can depend on the time of
year and the fish’s physiological
condition (Engas et al., 1993). In
general, fish react more strongly to
pulses of sound rather than a
continuous signal (such as noise from a
vessel or icebreaking) (Blaxter et al.,
1981), and a quicker alarm response is
elicited when the sound signal intensity
rises rapidly compared to sound rising
more slowly to the same level.
Investigations of fish behavior in
relation to vessel noise (Olsen et al.,
1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990)
have shown that fish react when the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
sound from the engines and propeller
exceeds a certain level. Avoidance
reactions have been observed in fish,
such as cod and herring, when vessels
approached close enough that received
sound levels are 110 dB to 130 dB
(Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and
Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988).
However, other researchers have found
that fish such as polar cod, herring, and
capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim
toward the vessel (Rostad et al., 2006).
Typical sound source levels of vessel
noise in the audible range for fish are
150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al.,
1995).
Further, during the proposed in-ice
seismic survey, only a small fraction of
the available habitat would be
ensonified at any given time.
Disturbance to fish species would be
short-term, and fish would return to
their pre-disturbance behavior once the
seismic activity ceases (McCauley et al.,
2000a, 2000b; Santulli et al., 1999;
Pearson et al., 1992). Thus, the
proposed survey would have little, if
any, impact on the abilities of marine
mammals to feed in the area where
seismic work is planned.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead
whales, feed on concentrations of
zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead
whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, and
others feed intermittently during their
westward migration in September and
October (Richardson and Thomson
[eds.] 2002; Lowry et al., 2004).
However, by the time most bowhead
whales reach the Chukchi Sea (October),
they will likely no longer be feeding, or
if feeding occurs it will be very limited.
A reaction by zooplankton to a seismic
impulse would only be relevant to
whales if it caused concentrations of
zooplankton to scatter. Pressure changes
of sufficient magnitude to cause that
type of reaction would probably occur
only very close to the source. Impacts
on zooplankton behavior are predicted
to be inconsequential, and that would
translate into negligible impacts on
feeding mysticetes. Because ION will
not start operations until early October,
a substantial portion of the bowhead
population that feeds in the Beaufort
Sea during the fall westward migration
will have already completed feeding
and migrated out of the area before the
proposed survey begins. Thus, the
proposed activity is not expected to
have any habitat-related effects on prey
species or feeding marine mammals that
could cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49933
Potential Impacts on Physical
Environment
The proposed airgun operations will
not result in any permanent impact on
habitats used by marine mammals or to
their food sources. The main impact
issue associated with the proposed
activities would be temporarily elevated
noise levels and their associated direct
effects on marine mammals, as
discussed above, as well as the potential
effects of icebreaking. The potential
effects of icebreaking include locally
altered ice conditions and the potential
for the destruction of ringed seal lairs.
However, ringed seals are not expected
to enter these structures until later in
the season, after the completion of ION’s
activities. Ice conditions at this time of
year are typically quite variable with
new leads opening and pressure ridges
forming as wind and waves move the
newly forming ice. This dynamic
environment may be responsible for the
mean date of permanent den entry on
sea ice in the Beaufort Sea being later
than on land (Amstrup and Gardner,
1994). The icebreaker and seismic vessel
transit is not expected to significantly
alter the formation of sea ice during this
period.
Icebreaking would open leads in the
sea ice along the vessel tracklines and
could potentially destroy ringed seal
lairs. However, ringed seals will not
need lairs for pupping until the late
winter or spring (after ION completes
operations), so the impacts are not
expected to impact pup survival. Ringed
seals excavate lairs in snow that
accumulates on sea ice near their
breathing holes, and an individual seal
maintains several breathing holes
(Smith and Stirling, 1975). Ringed seal
lairs are found in snow depths of 20–
150 cm (8–59 in) (Smith and Stirling,
1975), and seals are not expected to
enter lairs before the proposed seismic
survey takes place. Damage to lairs
caused by survey activities is not
expected to exceed that which occurs
naturally, and lair destruction in the
early winter would likely not impact
ringed seal survival. Lanugal pups born
in the spring can become hypothermic
if wetted, but by early winter they are
robust to submersion having spent the
entire summer at sea (Smith et al.,
1991). The highest density of ringed
seals reported from aerial surveys
conducted during spring when seals
were emerging from lairs was in areas
with water depth ranging from 5–35 m
(16.4–115 ft) (Frost et al., 2004). A
relatively small proportion (5%; 364 km
[226 mi]) of the proposed survey
trackline is planned in that area.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49934
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
During the seismic survey only a
small fraction of the available habitat
would be ensonified at any given time.
Disturbance to fish species would be
short-term, and fish are expected to
return to their pre-disturbance behavior
once the seismic activity ceases
(McCauley et al., 2000a, b; Santulli et
al., 1999; Pearson et al., 1992). Thus, the
proposed survey would have little, if
any, impact on the abilities of marine
mammals to feed in the area where
seismic work is planned.
Refueling at sea has the potential to
impact the marine environment if a spill
were to occur. However, there are
multiple procedures and safeguards in
place to avoid such an accident. Prior to
conducting a fuel transfer, the area
around the vessels would be checked for
the presence of marine mammals and
operations delayed until the area is
clear. A leak during refueling would be
detected and the system shut down
within a maximum of 30 seconds. The
diesel oil transfer pump is rated at 50
IGPM @ 60 ft pressure head. Therefore,
the maximum amount of oil that could
be spilled during a transfer is 25
imperial gallons. This risk is reduced
further with the standard use of ‘drybreak’ fittings for fuel transfers.
Based on the information provided in
this section, the proposed activity is not
expected to have any habitat-related
effects that could cause significant or
long-term consequences for individual
marine mammals or their populations.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Potential Impacts on Availability of
Affected Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
Subsistence hunting and fishing
continue to be prominent in the
household economies and social welfare
of some Alaskan residents, particularly
among those living in small, rural
villages (Wolfe and Walker, 1987). The
disturbance and potential displacement
of marine mammals by sounds from the
proposed marine surveys are the
principal concerns related to
subsistence use of the area. Subsistence
remains the basis for Alaska Native
culture and community. Marine
mammals are legally hunted in Alaskan
waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In
rural Alaska, subsistence activities are
often central to many aspects of human
existence, including patterns of family
life, artistic expression, and community
religious and celebratory activities.
Additionally, the animals taken for
subsistence provide a significant portion
of the food that will last the community
throughout the year. The main species
that are hunted include bowhead and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
beluga whales, ringed, spotted, and
bearded seals, walruses, and polar bears.
(Both the walrus and the polar bear are
under the USFWS’ jurisdiction.) The
importance of each of these species
varies among the communities and is
largely based on availability.
(1) Bowhead Whales
Bowhead whale hunting is a key
activity in the subsistence economies of
Barrow and other Native communities
along the Beaufort Sea and Chukchi Sea
coast. The whale harvests have a great
influence on social relations by
strengthening the sense of Inupiat
culture and heritage in addition to
reinforcing family and community ties.
An overall quota system for the
hunting of bowhead whales was
established by the International Whaling
Commission in 1977. The quota is now
regulated through an agreement between
NMFS and the Alaska Eskimo Whaling
Commission (AEWC). The AEWC allots
the number of bowhead whales that
each whaling community may harvest
annually during five-year periods
(USDI/BLM, 2005). NMFS proposed
continuation of the bowhead hunt for
the five-year period 2008–2012 (NMFS,
2008b), and in June 2012, NMFS
released a Draft Environmental Impact
Statement proposing to continue the
bowhead hunt for the period 2013–
2017/2018 (NMFS, 2012).
The community of Barrow hunts
bowhead whales in both the spring and
fall during the whales’ seasonal
migrations along the coast. Often the
bulk of the Barrow bowhead harvest is
taken during the spring hunt. However,
with larger quotas in recent years, it is
common for a substantial fraction of the
annual Barrow quota to remain available
for the fall hunt. The communities of
Nuiqsut and Kaktovik participate only
in the fall bowhead harvest. The fall
migration of bowhead whales that
summer in the eastern Beaufort Sea
typically begins in late August or
September. Fall migration into Alaskan
waters is primarily during September
and October. However, in recent years a
small number of bowheads have been
seen or heard offshore from the Prudhoe
Bay region during the last week of
August (Treacy, 1993; LGL and
Greeneridge, 1996; Greene, 1997; Greene
et al., 1999; Blackwell et al., 2004).
In autumn, westward-migrating
bowhead whales typically reach the
Kaktovik and Cross Island (Nuiqsut
hunters) areas by early September, at
which points the hunts begin (Kaleak,
1996; Long, 1996; Galginaitis and Koski,
2002; Galginaitis and Funk, 2004, 2005;
Koski et al., 2005). Around late August,
the hunters from Nuiqsut establish
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
camps on Cross Island from where they
undertake the fall bowhead whale hunt.
The hunting period starts normally in
early September and may last as late as
mid-October, depending mainly on ice
and weather conditions and the success
of the hunt. Most of the hunt occurs
offshore in waters east, north, and
northwest of Cross Island where
bowheads migrate and not inside the
barrier islands (Galginaitis, 2007).
Hunters prefer to take bowheads close to
shore to avoid a long tow during which
the meat can spoil, but Braund and
Moorehead (1995) report that crews may
(rarely) pursue whales as far as 80 km
(50 mi) offshore. Whaling crews use
Kaktovik as their home base, leaving the
village and returning on a daily basis.
The core whaling area is within 19.3 km
(12 mi) of the village with a periphery
ranging about 13 km (8 mi) farther, if
necessary. The extreme limits of the
Kaktovik whaling limit would be the
middle of Camden Bay to the west. The
timing of the Kaktovik bowhead whale
hunt roughly parallels the Cross Island
whale hunt (Impact Assessment Inc,
1990b; SRB&A, 2009:Map 64). In recent
years, the hunts at Kaktovik and Cross
Island have usually ended by mid- to
late September (prior to the proposed
start date for ION’s seismic survey).
The spring hunts at Wainwright and
Barrow occur after leads open due to the
deterioration of pack ice; the spring
hunt typically occurs from early April
until the first week of June. The location
of the fall subsistence hunt depends on
ice conditions and (in some years)
industrial activities that influence the
bowheads as they move west (Brower,
1996). In the fall, subsistence hunters
use aluminum or fiberglass boats with
outboards. At Barrow the fall hunt
usually begins in mid-September, and
mainly occurs in the waters east and
northeast of Point Barrow. In 2007
however, all bowheads taken in fall at
Barrow were harvested west of Pt.
Barrow in the Chukchi Sea (Suydam et
al., 2008). The whales have usually left
the Beaufort Sea by late October
(Treacy, 2002a; 2002b).
The scheduling of this seismic survey
was introduced to representatives of
those concerned with the subsistence
bowhead hunt including the AEWC and
the North Slope Borough (NSB)
Department of Wildlife Management
during a meeting in Barrow on
December 15, 2009. Additional meetings
occurred in 2010, 2011, and 2012 with
more planned later in 2012 to share
information regarding the survey with
other members of the subsistence
hunting community. The timing of the
proposed geophysical survey in
October–December will not affect the
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
spring bowhead hunt. The fall bowhead
hunt may be occurring near Barrow
during October, and operations will be
coordinated with the AEWC. ION will
operate at the eastern end of the survey
area until fall whaling in the Beaufort
Sea near Barrow is finished. Fall
bowhead whale hunts by members of
the communities of Kaktovik and
Nuiqsut will likely be completed prior
to October.
Whaling communities of the Bering
Strait area, such as Gambell and
Savoonga on St. Lawrence Island, hunt
bowheads in the late fall (typically
around Thanksgiving). Because ION
intends to conduct operations in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas until early to
mid-December, ION’s vessel transits
through the Bering Strait should not
interfere with these late fall hunts.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(2) Beluga Whales
Beluga whales are available to
subsistence hunters at Barrow in the
spring when pack-ice conditions
deteriorate and leads open up. Belugas
may remain in the area through June
and some-times into July and August in
ice-free waters. Hunters usually wait
until after the spring bowhead whale
hunt is finished before turning their
attention to hunting belugas. The
average annual harvest of beluga whales
taken by Barrow for 1962–1982 was five
(MMS, 1996). The Alaska Beluga Whale
Committee recorded that 23 beluga
whales had been harvested by Barrow
hunters from 1987 to 2002, ranging from
0 in 1987, 1988 and 1995 to the high of
8 in 1997 (Fuller and George, 1999;
Alaska Beluga Whale Committee, 2002
in USDI/BLM, 2005). The timing of the
proposed survey will not overlap with
the beluga harvest.
(3) Ice Seals
Ringed seals are hunted mainly from
October through June. Hunting for these
smaller mammals is concentrated
during winter because bowhead whales,
bearded seals and caribou are available
through other seasons. In winter, leads
and cracks in the ice off points of land
and along the barrier islands are used
for hunting ringed seals. The seismic
survey would be largely in offshore
waters where the activities would not
influence ringed seals in the nearshore
areas where they are hunted.
The spotted seal subsistence hunt
peaks in July and August, at least in
1987 to 1990, but involves few animals.
Spotted seals typically migrate south by
October to overwinter in the Bering Sea,
and therefore the proposed October–
December survey will not affect hunting
of this species. Admiralty Bay, less than
60 km (37 mi) to the east of Barrow, is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
a location where spotted seals are
harvested. Spotted seals are also
occasionally hunted in the area off Point
Barrow and along the barrier islands of
Elson Lagoon to the east (USDI/BLM,
2005). The average annual spotted seal
harvest by the community of Barrow
from 1987–1990 was one (Braund et al.,
1993)
Bearded seals, although not favored
for their meat, are important to
subsistence activities in Barrow because
of their skins. Six to nine bearded seal
hides are used by whalers to cover each
of the skin-covered boats traditionally
used for spring whaling. Because of
their valuable hides and large size,
bearded seals are specifically sought.
Bearded seals are harvested during the
summer months in the Beaufort Sea
(USDI/BLM, 2005). The animals inhabit
the environment around the ice floes in
the drifting ice pack, so hunting usually
occurs from boats in the drift ice.
Braund et al. (1993) mapped the
majority of bearded seal harvest sites
from 1987 to 1990 as being within ∼24
km (∼15 mi) of Point Barrow. The
average annual take of bearded seals by
the Barrow community from 1987 to
1990 was 174. Because bearded seal
hunting typically occurs during the
summer months, the proposed October–
December survey is not expected to
affect bearded seal harvests.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable
adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
‘‘* * * an impact resulting from the
specified activity: (1) That is likely to
reduce the availability of the species to
a level insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
physical barriers between the marine
mammals and the subsistence hunters;
and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
mitigated by other measures to increase
the availability of marine mammals to
allow subsistence needs to be met.’’
Seismic surveys and associated
icebreaking operations have the
potential to impact marine mammals
hunted by Native Alaskans. In the case
of cetaceans, the most common reaction
to anthropogenic sounds (as noted
previously in this document) is
avoidance of the ensonified area. In the
case of bowhead whales, this often
means that the animals could divert
from their normal migratory path by up
to several kilometers. Additionally,
general vessel presence in the vicinity of
traditional hunting areas could
negatively impact a hunt.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49935
In the case of subsistence hunts for
bowhead whales in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas, there could be an adverse
impact on the hunt if the whales were
deflected seaward (further from shore)
in traditional hunting areas. The impact
would be that whaling crews would
have to travel greater distances to
intercept westward migrating whales,
thereby creating a safety hazard for
whaling crews and/or limiting chances
of successfully striking and landing
bowheads. Native knowledge indicates
that bowhead whales become
increasingly ‘‘skittish’’ in the presence
of seismic noise. Whales are more wary
around the hunters and tend to expose
a much smaller portion of their back
when surfacing (which makes
harvesting more difficult). Additionally,
natives report that bowheads exhibit
angry behaviors in the presence of
seismic, such as tail-slapping, which
translate to danger for nearby
subsistence harvesters.
However, due to its proposed time
and location, ION’s proposed in-ice
seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas would be unlikely to
result in the aforementioned impacts.
As discussed earlier in detail, the only
potential impacts on subsistence use of
marine mammals from ION’s proposed
icebreaking seismic survey during
October–December period are the fall
bowhead hunt and ringed seal harvest.
Nevertheless, the proposed seismic
survey is expected to occur in waters far
offshore from the regular seal hunting
areas, and ION indicates it would elect
to operate at the eastern end of the
survey area until fall whaling in the
Beaufort Sea near Barrow is finished,
thus reducing the likelihood of
interfering with subsistence use of
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
project area.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under Section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on such species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock
for taking for certain subsistence uses.
For the proposed ION in-ice seismic
survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi
Seas, ION worked with NMFS and
proposed the following mitigation
measures to minimize the potential
impacts to marine mammals in the
project vicinity as a result of the marine
seismic survey activities.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49936
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
As part of the application, ION
submitted to NMFS a Marine Mammal
Monitoring and Mitigation Program
(4MP) for its in-ice seismic survey in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas during the
2012 fall season. The objectives of the
4MP are:
• To ensure that disturbance to
marine mammals and subsistence hunts
is minimized and all permit stipulations
are followed,
• To document the effects of the
proposed survey activities on marine
mammals, and
• To collect baseline data on the
occurrence and distribution of marine
mammals in the study area.
The 4MP may be modified or
supplemented based on comments or
new information received from the
public during the public comment
period or from the peer review panel
(see the ‘‘Monitoring Plan Peer Review’’
section later in this document).
Mitigation Measures Proposed in ION’s
IHA Application
ION listed the following protocols to
be implemented during its marine
seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas.
(1) Exclusion Zones
Under current NMFS guidelines,
‘‘exclusion zones’’ for marine mammals
around industrial sound sources are
customarily defined as the distances
within which received sound levels are
≥180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for cetaceans and
≥190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for pinnipeds.
These criteria are based on an
assumption that sound energy at lower
received levels will not injure these
animals or impair their hearing abilities
but that higher received levels might
have some such effects. Disturbance or
behavioral effects to marine mammals
from underwater sound may occur after
exposure to sound at distances greater
than the exclusion zone (Richardson et
al., 1995; see above).
Received sound levels were modeled
for the full 26 airgun, 4,450 in3 array in
relation to distance and direction from
the source (Zykov et al., 2010). Based on
the model results, Table 1 in this
document shows the distances from the
airguns where ION predicts that
received sound levels will drop below
190, 180, and 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms). A
single 70-in3 airgun would be used
during turns or if a power down of the
full array (see below) is necessary due
to the presence of a marine mammal
within or about to enter the applicable
exclusion zone of the full airgun array.
To model the source level of the 70-in3
airgun, ION used the measurements of
a 30-in3 airgun. Underwater sound
propagation of a 30-in3 airgun was
measured in <100 m (328 ft) of water
near Harrison Bay in 2007, and results
were reported in Funk et al. (2008). The
constant term of the resulting equation
was increased by 2.45 dB based on the
difference between the volume of the
two airguns [2.45 = 20Log(70/30)∧(1⁄3)].
The 190 and 180 dB (rms) distances for
the 70-in3 airgun from the adjusted
equation, 19 m (62 ft) and 86 m (282 ft)
respectively, would be used as the
exclusion zones around the single 70 in3
airgun in all water depths until results
from field measurements are available.
An acoustics contractor would
perform the direct measurements of the
received levels of underwater sound
versus distance and direction from the
energy source arrays using calibrated
hydrophones (see below ‘‘Sound Source
Verification’’ in the ‘‘Proposed
Monitoring’’ section). The acoustic data
would be analyzed as quickly as
reasonably practicable in the field and
used to verify (and if necessary adjust)
the size of the exclusion zones. The
field report will be made available to
NMFS and the Protected Species
Observers (PSOs) within 120 hrs of
completing the measurements. The
mitigation measures to be implemented
at the 190 and 180 dB (rms) sound
levels would include power downs and
shut downs as described below.
TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMAL EXCLUSION ZONES FROM THE 26 AIRGUN, 4,450-IN3 ARRAY, FOR SPECIFIC CATEGORIES
BASED ON THE WATER DEPTH
Exclusion and disturbance zones (meters)
rms (dB re. 1 μPa)
less than
100 m
190 ...............................................................................................................................................
180 ...............................................................................................................................................
160 ...............................................................................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(2) Speed or Course Alteration
If a marine mammal (in water) is
detected outside the exclusion zone
and, based on its position and the
relative motion, is likely to enter the
exclusion zone, the vessel’s speed and/
or direct course shall be changed in a
manner that also minimizes the effect
on the planned objectives when such a
maneuver is safe.
Another measure proposes to avoid
concentrations or groups of whales by
all vessels in transit under the direction
of ION. Operators of vessels should, at
all times, conduct their activities at the
maximum distance possible from such
concentrations of whales.
All vessels during transit shall be
operated at speeds necessary to ensure
no physical contact with whales occurs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
If any barge or transit vessel approaches
within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed
bowhead whales, the vessel operator
shall take reasonable precautions to
avoid potential interaction with the
bowhead whales by taking one or more
of the following actions, as appropriate:
(A) Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
274 m) of the whale(s);
(B) Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
(C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
(D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction; and
(E) Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
600
2,850
27,800
100 m–
1,000 m
180
660
42,200
more than
1,000 m
180
580
31,600
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged.
When weather conditions require,
such as when visibility drops, adjust
vessel speed accordingly to avoid the
likelihood of injury to whales.
In the event that any aircraft (such as
helicopters) are used to support the
planned survey, the proposed mitigation
measures below would apply:
(A) Under no circumstances, other
than an emergency, shall aircraft be
operated at an altitude lower than 1,000
feet above sea level (ASL) when within
0.3 mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
(B) Helicopters shall not hover or
circle above or within 0.3 mile (0.5 km)
of groups of whales.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(3) Ramp Ups
A ramp up of an airgun array provides
a gradual increase in sound levels and
involves a step-wise increase in the
number and total volume of airguns
firing until the full volume is achieved.
The purpose of a ramp up is to ‘‘warn’’
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
airguns and to provide the time for them
to leave the area and thus avoid any
potential injury or impairment of their
hearing abilities.
During the proposed seismic survey
program, the seismic operator will ramp
up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp
ups (i.e., from a cold start after a shut
down or when no airguns have been
firing) will begin by firing a single
airgun in the array. A full ramp up,
following a cold start, can be applied if
the exclusion zone has been free of
marine mammals for a consecutive 30minute period. The entire exclusion
zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion
zone is not visible, then ramp up from
a cold start cannot begin.
Ramp up procedures from a cold start
shall be delayed if a marine mammal is
sighted within the exclusion zone
during the 30-minute period prior to the
ramp up. The delay shall last until the
marine mammal(s) has been observed to
leave the exclusion zone or until the
animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15 or
30 minutes. The 15 minutes applies to
small odontocetes and pinnipeds, while
a 30 minute observation period applies
to baleen whales and large toothed
whales.
A ramp up, following a shutdown,
can be applied if the marine mammal(s)
for which the shutdown occurred has
been observed to leave the exclusion
zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted
for at least 15 minutes (small
odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30
minutes (baleen whales and large
toothed whales).
If, for any reason, electrical power to
the airgun array has been discontinued
for a period of 10 minutes or more,
ramp-up procedures shall be
implemented. Only if the PSO watch
has been suspended, a 30-minute
clearance of the exclusion zone is
required prior to commencing ramp-up.
Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a
ramp-up.
The seismic operator and PSOs shall
maintain records of the times when
ramp-ups start and when the airgun
arrays reach full power.
During turns and transit between
seismic transects, the 70 in3 mitigation
gun will remain operational. The ramp
up procedure will still be followed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
when increasing the source levels from
one airgun to the full array. PSOs will
be on duty whenever the airguns are
firing during daylight and during the 30
minute periods prior to full ramp ups.
Daylight will occur for ∼11 hours/day at
the start of the survey in early October
diminishing to ∼3 hours/day in midNovember.
(4) Power Down Procedures
A power down involves decreasing
the number of airguns in use such that
the radii of the 190 and 180 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) zones are decreased to the extent
that observed marine mammals are not
in the applicable exclusion zone. A
power down may also occur when the
vessel is moving from one seismic line
to another. During a power down, only
one airgun is operated. The continued
operation of one airgun is intended to
(a) alert marine mammals to the
presence of the seismic vessel in the
area, and (b) retain the option of
initiating a ramp up to full array under
poor visibility conditions. In contrast, a
shutdown is when all airgun activity is
suspended (see next section).
If a marine mammal is detected
outside the exclusion zone but is likely
to enter the exclusion zone, and if the
vessel’s speed and/or course cannot be
changed to avoid having the mammal
enter the exclusion zone, the airguns
may (as an alternative to a complete
shutdown) be powered down before the
mammal is within the exclusion zone.
Likewise, if a mammal is already within
the exclusion zone when first detected,
the airguns will be powered down
immediately if this is a reasonable
alternative to a complete shutdown.
During a power down of the array, the
number of guns operating will be
reduced to a single 70 in3 airgun. The
pre-season estimates of the 190 dB re 1
mPa (rms) and 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
exclusion zones around the power down
source are 19 m (62 ft) and 86 m (282
ft), respectively. The 70 in3 airgun
power down source will be measured
during acoustic sound source
measurements conducted at the start of
seismic operations. If a marine mammal
is detected within or near the applicable
exclusion zone around the single 70 in3
airgun, it too will be deactivated,
resulting in a complete shutdown (see
next subsection).
Marine mammals hauled out on ice
may enter the water when approached
closely by a vessel. If a marine mammal
on ice is detected by PSOs within the
exclusion zones, it will be watched
carefully in case it enters the water. In
the event the animal does enter the
water and is within an applicable
exclusion zone of the airguns during
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49937
seismic operations, a power down or
other necessary mitigation measures
will immediately be implemented. If the
animal does not enter the water, it will
not be exposed to sounds at received
levels for which mitigation is required;
therefore, no mitigation measures will
be taken.
Following a power down, operation of
the full airgun array will not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it:
• Is visually observed to have left the
exclusion zone, or
• Has not been seen within the zone
for 15 min in the case of pinnipeds
(excluding walruses) or small
odontocetes, or
• Has not been seen within the zone
for 30 min in the case of mysticetes or
large odontocetes.
(5) Shutdown Procedures
The operating airgun(s) will be shut
down completely if a marine mammal
approaches or enters the then-applicable
exclusion zone and a power down is not
practical or adequate to reduce exposure
to less than 190 or 180 dB re 1 mPa
(rms). The operating airgun(s) will also
be shut down completely if a marine
mammal approaches or enters the
estimated exclusion zone around the
reduced source (one 70 in3 airgun) that
will be used during a power down.
Airgun activity will not resume until
the marine mammal has cleared the
exclusion zone. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it is visually observed
to have left the exclusion zone, or if it
has not been seen within the zone for
15 min (pinnipeds and small
odontocetes) or 30 min (mysticetes and
large odontocetes). Ramp up procedures
will be followed during resumption of
full seismic operations after a shutdown
of the airgun array.
Additional Mitigation Measures
Proposed by NMFS
In addition to ION’s proposed
mitigation measures discussed above,
NMFS proposes the following
additional measures during the long
periods of darkness when the seismic
survey is proposed. Specifically in this
case, With the exception of turns when
starting a new trackline, or short transits
or maintenance with a duration of less
than one hour, NMFS does not
recommend keeping one airgun (also
referred to as the ‘‘mitigation gun’’ in
past IHAs) firing for long periods of time
during darkness or other periods of poor
visibility, as it would only introduce
more noise into the water with no
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49938
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
potential near-term avoidance benefits
for marine mammals.
Furthermore, NMFS proposes that the
airgun array be shut down if a pinniped
is sighted hauled out on ice within the
underwater exclusion zone (received
level 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms)). Even
though the pinniped may not be
exposed to in-air noise levels that could
be considered a take, the presence of the
seismic vessel could prompt the animal
to slip into the water, and thus be
exposed to a high intensity sound field
as a result.
Mitigation Measures for Subsistence
Activities
(1) Subsistence Mitigation Measures
Since ION’s proposed October–
December in-ice seismic survey in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas is not
expected to affect subsistence use of
marine mammals by Alaskan Natives
due to its proposed time and location,
no specific mitigation measures are
proposed other than those general
mitigation measures discussed above.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(2) Plan of Cooperation (POC)
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)
require IHA applicants for activities that
take place in Arctic waters to provide a
POC or information that identifies what
measures have been taken and/or will
be taken to minimize adverse effects on
the availability of marine mammals for
subsistence purposes.
ION has developed a ‘‘Plan of
Cooperation’’ (POC) for the proposed
2012 seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas in consultation with
representatives of Barrow, Nuiqsut,
Kaktovik, and Wainwright and
subsistence users within these
communities. NMFS received a final
draft of the POC on May 22, 2012. The
final draft POC is posted on NMFS Web
site at https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
permits/incidental.htm#applications.
ION will continue to engage with the
communities of Barrow, Nuiqsut,
Kaktovik, and Wainwright to identify
and avoid areas of potential conflict.
The meetings with stakeholders that
took place in 2010 and 2011 are listed
in Table 16 and Table 17, respectively,
of ION’s IHA application. The meetings
that have taken place in 2012, as well
as additional proposed meetings, are
listed in Table 18 of ION’s IHA
application. Members of marine
mammal co-management groups and
groups that address subsistence
activities were specifically notified of
the public meetings so that they could
provide input. A record of all
consultation with subsistence users will
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
be included in the 2012 Final POC
document.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated the
applicant’s proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of
other measures in the context of
ensuring that NMFS prescribes the
means of effecting the least practicable
impact on the affected marine mammal
species and stocks and their habitat. Our
evaluation of potential measures
included consideration of the following
factors in relation to one another:
• The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure is
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, as well
as other measures considered by NMFS,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on marine mammal
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)
indicate that requests for ITAs must
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that will result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the proposed
action area.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
The monitoring plan proposed by ION
can be found in the 4MP. The plan may
be modified or supplemented based on
comments or new information received
from the public during the public
comment period. A summary of the
primary components of the plan
follows.
(1) Protected Species Observers
Vessel-based monitoring for marine
mammals will be performed by trained
PSOs throughout the period of survey
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
activities, supplemented by the officers
on duty, to comply with expected
provisions in the IHA (if issued). The
observers will monitor the occurrence
and behavior of marine mammals near
the survey vessels during all daylight
periods. PSO duties will include
watching for and identifying marine
mammals; recording their numbers,
distances, and reactions to the survey
operations; and documenting ‘‘take by
harassment’’ as defined by NMFS.
A. Number of Observers
A sufficient number of PSOs will be
required onboard the survey vessel to
meet the following criteria:
• 100% monitoring coverage during
all periods of survey operations in
daylight;
• Maximum of 4 consecutive hours
on watch per PSO; and
• Maximum of ∼12 hours of watch
time per day per PSO.
An experienced field crew leader will
supervise the PSO team onboard the
survey vessels. ION’s proposed survey
will occur in October–December when
the number of hours of daylight is
significantly reduced, and thus will
require fewer PSOs to be aboard the
survey vessel than required for surveys
conducted during the open water season
with nearly 24 hrs of daylight. PSOs
aboard the icebreaker operating 0.5–1
km (0.31–0.62 mi) ahead of the survey
vessel will provide early detection of
marine mammals along the survey track.
Three PSOs will be stationed aboard the
icebreaker Polar Prince to take
advantage of this forward operating
platform and provide advance notice of
marine mammals to the PSO on the
survey vessel. Three PSOs will be
stationed aboard the survey vessel Geo
Arctic to monitor the exclusion zones
centered on the airguns and to request
mitigation actions when necessary.
B. Observer Qualifications and Training
Crew leaders and most other
biologists serving as observers will be
individuals with recent experience as
observers during one or more seismic
monitoring projects in Alaska, the
Canadian Beaufort Sea, or other offshore
areas.
Biologist-observers will have previous
marine mammal observation experience,
and field crew leaders will be highly
experienced with previous vessel-based
marine mammal monitoring and
´
´
mitigation projects. Resumes for all
individuals will be provided to NMFS
for review and acceptance of their
qualifications. Inupiat observers will be
experienced in the region, familiar with
the marine mammals of the area, and
complete an approved observer training
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
course designed to familiarize
individuals with monitoring and data
collection procedures. A PSO handbook,
adapted for the specifics of the planned
survey program, will be prepared and
distributed beforehand to all PSOs (see
summary below).
Biologist-observers and Inupiat
observers will also complete a two or
three-day training and refresher session
together on marine mammal monitoring,
to be conducted shortly before the
anticipated start of the seismic survey.
When possible, experienced observers
will be paired with inexperienced
observers. The training session(s) will
be conducted by qualified marine
mammalogists with extensive crewleader experience during previous
vessel-based seismic monitoring
programs.
Primary objectives of the training
include:
• Review of the marine mammal
monitoring plan for this project,
including any amendments specified by
NMFS in the IHA (if issued);
• Review of marine mammal sighting,
identification, and distance estimation
methods using visual aids;
• Review of operation of specialized
equipment (reticle binoculars, night
vision devices (NVDs), and GPS
system);
• Review of, and classroom practice
with, data recording and data entry
systems, including procedures for
recording data on marine mammal
sightings, monitoring operations,
environmental conditions, and entry
error control. These procedures will be
implemented through use of a
customized computer database and
laptop computers;
• Review of the specific tasks of the
Inupiat Communicator; and
• Exam to ensure all observers can
correctly identify marine mammals and
record sightings.
C. PSO Handbook
A PSOs’ Handbook will be prepared
for ION’s monitoring program.
Handbooks contain maps, illustrations,
and photographs, as well as text, and are
intended to provide guidance and
reference information to trained
individuals who will participate as
PSOs. The following topics will be
covered in the PSO Handbook for the
ION project:
• Summary overview descriptions of
the project, marine mammals and
underwater noise, the marine mammal
monitoring program (vessel-based,
aerial, acoustic measurements), the
NMFS’ IHA (if issued) and other
regulations/permits/agencies, the
Marine Mammal Protection Act;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
• Monitoring and mitigation
objectives and procedures, initial
exclusion zones;
• Responsibilities of staff and crew
regarding the marine mammal
monitoring plan;
• Instructions for ship crew regarding
the marine mammal monitoring plan;
• Data recording procedures: codes
and coding instructions, common
coding mistakes, electronic database;
navigational, marine physical, field data
sheet;
• List of species that might be
encountered: identification cues, natural
history information;
• Use of specialized field equipment
(reticle binoculars, NVDs, forwardlooking infrared (FLIR) system);
• Reticle binocular distance scale;
• Table of wind speed, Beaufort wind
force, and sea state codes;
• Data storage and backup
procedures;
• Safety precautions while onboard;
• Crew and/or personnel discord;
conflict resolution among PSOs and
crew;
• Drug and alcohol policy and testing;
• Scheduling of cruises and watches;
• Communication availability and
procedures;
• List of field gear that will be
provided;
• Suggested list of personal items to
pack;
• Suggested literature, or literature
cited; and
• Copies of the NMFS IHA and
USFWS LOA when available.
(2) Monitoring Methodology
A. General Monitoring Methodology
The observer(s) will watch for marine
mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels,
typically the bridge. The observer(s) will
scan systematically with the unaided
eye and 7×50 reticle binoculars,
supplemented during good visibility
conditions with 20×60 image-stabilized
Zeiss Binoculars or Fujinon 25×150
‘‘Big-eye’’ binoculars, a thermal imaging
(FLIR) camera, and night-vision
equipment when needed (see below).
Personnel on the bridge will assist the
marine mammal observer(s) in watching
for marine mammals.
Information to be recorded by
observers will include the same types of
information that were recorded during
recent monitoring programs associated
with Industry activity in the Arctic (e.g.,
Ireland et al., 2009). When a mammal
sighting is made, the following
information about the sighting will be
recorded:
• Species, group size, age/size/sex
categories (if determinable), behavior
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49939
when first sighted and after initial
sighting, heading (if determinable),
bearing and distance from observer,
apparent reaction to activities (e.g.,
none, avoidance, approach, etc.), closest
point of approach, and pace;
• Additional details for any
unidentified marine mammal or
unknown observed;
• Time, location, speed, and activity
of the vessel, sea state, ice cover,
visibility, and sun glare; and
• The positions of other vessel(s) in
the vicinity of the observer location.
The ship’s position, speed of the
vessel, water depth, sea state, ice cover,
visibility, airgun status (ramp up,
mitigation gun, or full array), and sun
glare will also be recorded at the start
and end of each observation watch,
every 30 minutes during a watch, and
whenever there is a change in any of
those variables.
Distances to nearby marine mammals
will be estimated with binoculars
containing a reticle to measure the
vertical angle of the line of sight to the
animal relative to the horizon.
Observers may use a laser rangefinder to
test and improve their abilities for
visually estimating distances to objects
in the water. However, previous
experience has shown that a Class 1 eyesafe device was not able to measure
distances to seals more than about 70 m
(230 ft) away. The device was very
useful in improving the distance
estimation abilities of the observers at
distances up to about 600 m (1,968 ft),
the maximum range at which the device
could measure distances to highly
reflective objects such as other vessels.
Humans observing objects of more-orless known size via a standard
observation protocol, in this case from
a standard height above water, quickly
become able to estimate distances
within about ±20% when given
immediate feedback about actual
distances during training.
When a marine mammal is seen
within the exclusion zone applicable to
that species, the geophysical crew will
be notified immediately so that
mitigation measures required by the
IHA (if issued) can be implemented. It
is expected that the airgun array will be
shut down within several seconds, often
before the next shot would be fired, and
almost always before more than one
additional shot is fired. The protected
species observer will then maintain a
watch to determine when the
mammal(s) appear to be outside the
exclusion zone such that airgun
operations can resume.
ION will provide or arrange for the
following specialized field equipment
for use by the onboard PSOs: 7 × 50
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49940
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
reticle binoculars, Big-eye binoculars or
high power image-stabilized binoculars,
GPS unit, laptop computers, night
vision binoculars, digital still and
possibly digital video cameras in
addition to the above mentioned FLIR
camera system (see below).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
B. Monitoring At Night and In Poor
Visibility
Night-vision equipment (Generation 3
binocular image intensifiers, or
equivalent units) will be available for
use when/if needed. Past experience
with NVDs in the Beaufort Sea and
elsewhere has indicated that NVDs are
not nearly as effective as visual
observation during daylight hours (e.g.,
Harris et al., 1997, 1998; Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). A FLIR camera system
mounted on a high point near the bow
of the icebreaker will also be available
to assist with detecting the presence of
seals and polar bears on ice and,
perhaps also in the water, ahead of the
airgun array. The FLIR system detects
thermal contrasts and its ability to sense
these differences is not dependent on
daylight.
Additional details regarding the
monitoring protocol during NVD and
FLIR system use has been developed in
order to collect data in a standardized
manner such that the effectiveness of
the two devices can be analyzed and
compared.
B. (1) FLIR and NVD Monitoring
The infrared system is able to detect
differences in the surface temperature of
objects making it potentially useful
during both daylight and darkness
periods. NVDs, or light intensifiers,
amplify low levels of ambient light from
moonlight or sky glow light in order to
provide an image to the user. Both
technologies have the potential to
improve monitoring and mitigation
efforts in darkness. However, they
remain relatively unproven in regards to
their effectiveness under the conditions
and it the manner of use planned for
this survey. The protocols for FLIR and
NVD use and data collection described
below are intended to collect the
necessary data in order to evaluate the
ability of these technologies to aid in the
detection of marine mammals from a
vessel.
• All PSOs will monitor for marine
mammals according to the
procedures outlined in the PSO
handbook.
• One PSO will be responsible for
monitoring the FLIR system (IR–
PSO) during most darkness and
twilight periods. The on-duty IR–
PSO will monitor the IR display
and alternate between the two
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
search methods described below. If
a second PSO is on watch, they will
scan the same area as the FLIR
using the NVDs for comparison.
The two PSOs will coordinate what
area is currently being scanned.
• The IR–PSO should rotate between
the search methods (see below)
every 30 minutes in the suggested
routine (see below):
Æ 00:00–00:30: Method I
Æ 00:30–01:00: Method II, Port side
Æ 01:00–01:30: Method I
Æ 01:30–02:00: Method II, Starboard
side
methodologies to estimate marine
mammal densities in the survey area.
Method II: Set the horizontal tilt of
the camera to an angle that provides an
adequate view out in front of the vessel
(similar or identical to the above), and
then set the camera at a fixed position
that creates a swath of view off the bow
and to one side of the vessel (see Figure
1 of ION’s monitoring plan). This
method essentially establishes a fixedstrip width that is intended to produce
sightings data that can be analyzed
using strip-transect methodologies to
estimate marine mammal densities.
B. (2) FLIR Search Methods
The FLIR system consists of a camera
that will be mounted on high point in
front of the vessel. The camera is
connected to a joystick control unit
(JCU) and a display monitor that will be
located on the bridge of the vessel. The
IR–PSO will manually control the view
that is displayed by adjusting the pan
(360° continuous pan) and tilt (+/¥90°
tilt) settings using the JCU. The FLIR
manufacturer has indicated that they
have tested the FLIR unit (model
M626L) to ¥25 °C (¥13 °F), but expect
that it will operate at colder
temperatures. During the time of the
proposed seismic survey, the average
minimum temperatures at Prudhoe Bay
in October and November are +10 °F
and ¥10 °F, respectively. Colder
temperatures are certainly likely at
times, but overall the temperatures
should generally be within the
operational range of the equipment.
As noted above, two different search
methods will be implemented for FLIR
monitoring and results from the two
will be compared. The first method
involves a back-and-forth panning
motion and the second utilizes the FLIR
unit focused on a fixed swath ahead and
to one side of the vessel track:
Method I: Set the horizontal tilt of the
camera to an angle that provides an
adequate view out in front of the vessel
and also provides good resolution to
potential targets (this will likely mean
that the lower portion of the view
displayed on the monitor is of an area
relatively close to the vessel (<100 m
[328 ft]) while the middle and upper
portions of the view are at greater
distances (500–2,000 m [1,640–6,562
ft]). Pan back and forth across the
forward 180° of the vessels heading at
a slow-scanning rate of approximately
1–2°/sec, as one would with binoculars.
This method is intended to replicate the
type of observations conducted using
binoculars and cover a relatively wider
swatch compared to Method II. It should
produce sightings data that can be
analyzed using line-transect
B. (3) NVD Methods
The NVDs are goggles worn by the
observer and are to be used in a similar
fashion as binoculars. When observing
in conjunction with the FLIR system,
the objective will be to replicate the
monitoring methodology being
employed by the FLIR system. Method
I requires a full 180° scan (or as large
of a range as possible from the
observer’s location) with the NVDs, and
Method II requires a focused scan of the
∼60° swath being monitored by the FLIR
system.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
C. Field Data-Recording, Verification,
Handling, and Security
The observers will record their
observations onto datasheets or directly
into handheld computers. During
periods between watches and periods
when operations are suspended, those
data will be entered into a laptop
computer running a custom computer
database. The accuracy of the data entry
will be verified in the field by
computerized validity checks as the
data are entered, and by subsequent
manual checking of the database
printouts. These procedures will allow
initial summaries of data to be prepared
during and shortly after the field season,
and will facilitate transfer of the data to
statistical, graphical or other programs
for further processing. Quality control of
the data will be facilitated by (1) the
start-of-season training session, (2)
subsequent supervision by the onboard
field crew leader, and (3) ongoing data
checks during the field season.
The data will be backed up regularly
onto CDs and/or USB disks, and stored
at separate locations on the vessel. If
possible, data sheets will be
photocopied daily during the field
season. Data will be secured further by
having data sheets and backup data CDs
carried back to the Anchorage office
during crew rotations.
In addition to routine PSO duties,
observers will use Traditional
Knowledge and Natural History
datasheets to record observations that
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
are not captured by the sighting or effort
data. Copies of these records will be
available to observers for reference if
they wish to prepare a statement about
their observations. If prepared, this
statement would be included in the 90day and final reports documenting the
monitoring work.
Comparison of NVD and FLIR sighting
rates will allow for a comparison of
marine mammal detection ability of the
two methods. However, results and
analyses could be limited if relatively
few sightings are recorded during the
survey.
D. Effort and Sightings Data Collection
Methods
Observation effort data will be
designed to capture the amount of PSO
effort itself, environmental conditions
that impact an observer’s ability to
detect marine mammals, and the
equipment and method of monitoring
being employed. These data will be
collected every 30 minutes or when an
effort variable changes (e.g., change in
the equipment or method being used to
monitor, on/off-signing PSO, etc.), and
will be linked to sightings data. Effort
and sightings data forms are the same
forms used during other marine
mammal monitoring in the open water
season, but additional fields have been
included to capture information specific
to monitoring in darkness and to more
accurately describe the observation
conditions. The additional fields
include the following.
• Observation Method: FLIR, NVD,
spotlight, eye (naked eye or regular
binoculars), or multiple methods. This
data is collected every 30 minutes with
the Observer Effort form and with every
sighting.
• Cloud Cover: Percentage. This can
impact lighting conditions and
reflectivity.
• Precipitation Type: Fog, rain, snow,
or none.
• Precipitation Reduced Visibility:
Confirms whether or not visibility is
reduced due to precipitation. This will
be compared to the visibility distance (#
km) to determine when visibility is
reduced due to lighting conditions
versus precipitation.
• Daylight Amount: Daylight,
twilight, dark. The addition of the
twilight field has been included to
record observation periods where the
sun has set and observation distances
may be reduced due to lack of light.
• Light Intensity: Recorded in
footcandles (fc) using an incident light
meter. This procedure was added to
quantify the available light during
twilight and darkness periods and may
allow for light-intensity bins to be used
during analysis.
Analysis of the sightings data will
include comparisons of nighttime (FLIR
and NVD) sighting rates to daylight
sighting rates. FLIR and NVD analysis
will be independent of each other and
according to method (I or II) used.
A. Sound Source Measurements
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(3) Acoustic Monitoring Plan
As described above, received sound
levels were modeled for the full 26
airgun, 4,450 in3 array in relation to
distance and direction from the source
(Zykov et al., 2010). These modeled
distances will be used as temporary
exclusion zones until measurements of
the airgun sound source are conducted.
The measurements will be made at the
beginning of the field season, and the
measured radii will be used for the
remainder of the survey period. An
acoustics contractor with experience in
the Arctic conducting similar
measurements in recent years will use
their equipment to record and analyze
the underwater sounds and write the
summary reports as described below.
The objectives of the sound source
measurements planned for 2012 in the
Beaufort Sea will be (1) to measure the
distances in potentially ice covered
waters in the broadside and endfire
directions at which broadband received
levels reach 190, 180, 170, 160, and 120
dB re 1 mPa (rms) for the energy source
array combinations that may be used
during the survey activities, and (2)
measure the sounds produced by the
icebreaker and seismic vessel as they
travel through sea ice. Conducting the
sound source and vessel measurements
in ice-covered waters using bottom
founded recorders creates a risk of not
being able to retrieve the recorders and
analyze the data until the following
year. If the acoustic recorders are not
deployed or are unable to be recovered
because of too much sea ice, ION will
use measurements of the same airgun
source taken in the Canadian Beaufort
Sea in 2010, along with sound velocity
measurements taken in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea at the start of the 2012
survey to update the propagation model
and estimate new exclusion zones.
These modeled results will then be used
for mitigation purposes during the
remainder of the survey.
The airgun configurations measured
will include at least the full 26 airgun
array and the single 70 in3 mitigation
airgun that will be used during power
downs. The measurements of airgun
array sounds will be made by an
acoustics contractor at the beginning of
the survey and the distances to the
various radii will be reported as soon as
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49941
possible after recovery of the
equipment. The primary area of concern
will be the 190 and 180 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) exclusion zones for pinnipeds and
cetaceans, respectively, and the 160 dB
re 1 mPa Level B harassment (for
impulsive sources) radii. In addition to
reporting the radii of specific regulatory
concern, nominal distances to other
sound isopleths down to 120 dB re 1
mPa (rms) will be reported in increments
of 10 dB.
Data will be previewed in the field
immediately after download from the
hydrophone instruments. An initial
sound source analysis will be supplied
to NMFS and the airgun operators
within 120 hours of completion of the
measurements. The report will indicate
the distances to sound levels based on
fits of empirical transmission loss
formulae to data in the endfire and
broadside directions. A more detailed
report will be issued to NMFS as part of
the 90-day report following completion
of the acoustic program.
B. Seismic Hydrophone Streamer
Recordings of Vessel Sounds
Although some measurements of
icebreaking sounds have previously
been reported, acoustic data on vessels
traveling through relatively light ice
conditions, as will be the case during
the proposed survey, are not available.
In order to gather additional information
on the sounds produced by this type of
icebreaking, ION proposes to use the
hydrophones in the seismic streamer on
a routine basis throughout the survey.
Once every hour the airguns would not
be fired at 2 consecutive intervals (one
seismic pulse interval is typically ∼18
seconds, so there will be ∼54 seconds
between seismic pulses at this time) and
instead a period of background sounds
would be recorded, including the
sounds generated by the vessels. Over
the course of the survey this should
generate as many as 750 records of
vessel sounds traveling through various
ice conditions (from open water to
100% cover juvenile first year ice or
lighter multi-year ice). The acoustic data
during each sampling period from each
hydrophone along the 9 km (5.6 mi)
streamer would be analyzed and used to
estimate the propagation loss of the
vessel sounds. The acoustic data
received from the hydrophone streamer
would be recorded at an effective
bandwidth of 0–400 Hz. In order to
estimate sound energy over a larger
range of frequencies (broadband), results
from previous measurements of
icebreakers could be generalized and
added to the data collected during this
project.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49942
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
C. Over-winter Acoustic Recorders
In order to collect additional data on
the propagation of sounds produced by
icebreaking and seismic airguns in icecovered waters, as well as on vocalizing
marine mammals, ION intends to
collaborate with other Industry
operators to deploy acoustic recorders
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in fall 2012,
to be retrieved during the 2013 openwater season.
During winter 2011–2012, AURAL
acoustic recorders were deployed at or
near each of the 5 acoustic array sites
established by Shell for monitoring the
fall bowhead whale migration through
the Beaufort Sea, as well as one site near
the shelf break in the central Alaskan
Beaufort Sea. These recorders will be
retrieved in July 2012, when Shell
deploys Directional Autonomous
Seafloor Acoustic Recorders (DASARs)
at 5 array locations. When the DASAR
arrays are retrieved in early October,
ION intends to coordinate with Shell to
re-deploy the 6 AURAL recorders to the
same locations used during the 2011–
2012 winter. Redeploying the recorders
in the same locations will provide
comparable data from a year with little
to no offshore industrial activity (2011)
to a year with more offshore industrial
activity (2012). Acoustic data from the
over-winter recorders will be analyzed
to address the following objectives:
• Characterize the sounds and
propagation distances produced by
ION’s source vessel, icebreaker, and
airguns on and to the edge of the U.S.
Beaufort Sea shelf,
• Characterize ambient sounds and
marine mammal calls during October
and November to assess the relative
effect of ION’s seismic survey on the
background conditions, and to
characterize marine mammal calling
behavior, and
• Characterize ambient sound and
enumerate marine mammal calls
through acoustic sampling of the
environment form December 2012
through July 2013, when little or no
anthropogenic sounds are expected.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring
plans be independently peer reviewed
‘‘where the proposed activity may affect
the availability of a species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses’’ (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this
requirement, NMFS’ implementing
regulations state, ‘‘Upon receipt of a
complete monitoring plan, and at its
discretion, [NMFS] will either submit
the plan to members of a peer review
panel for review or within 60 days of
receipt of the proposed monitoring plan,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
schedule a workshop to review the
plan’’ (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS convened independent peer
review panels to review ION’s
mitigation and monitoring plan in its
IHA applications submitted in 2010 and
2011 for taking marine mammals
incidental to the proposed seismic
survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi
Seas, during 2010 and 2011. The panels
met on March 25 and 26, 2010, and on
March 9, 2011, and provided their final
report to NMFS on April 22, 2010 and
on April 27, 2011, respectively. The full
panel reports can be viewed at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#applications.
ION’s proposed 2012 action is
essentially the same as described in its
2010 and 2011 IHA applications. NMFS
worked with ION in 2010 and 2011 to
address the peer review panels’
recommendations on its 2010 and 2011
4MPs. Since ION’s 2012 4MP addressed
all issues raised during the 2010 and
2011 peer reviews and incorporated all
of NMFS’ requested changes, no peerreview of ION’s 2012 4MP was
conducted.
In 2010, NMFS provided the panel
with ION’s 4MP and asked the panel to
address the following questions and
issues for ION’s plan:
(1) The monitoring program should
document the effects (including
acoustic) on marine mammals and
document or estimate the actual level of
take as a result of the activity. Does the
monitoring plan meet this goal?
(2) Ensure that the monitoring
activities and methods described in the
plan will enable the applicant to meet
the requirements listed in (1) above;
(3) Are the applicant’s objectives
achievable based on the methods
described in the plan?
(4) Are the applicant’s objectives the
most useful for understanding impacts
on marine mammals?
(5) Should the applicant consider
additional monitoring methods or
modifications of proposed monitoring
methods for the proposed activity? and
(6) What is the best way for an
applicant to report their data and results
to NMFS?
In 2011, NMFS revised its guidance to
the peer review panel and asked the
panel to focus on more specific
questions:
(1) Are the applicant’s stated
objectives the most useful for
understanding impacts on marine
mammals and otherwise accomplishing
the goals stated in the paragraph above?
(2) Are the applicant’s stated
objectives able to be achieved based on
the methods described in the plan?
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(3) Are there techniques not proposed
by the applicant, or modifications to the
techniques proposed by the applicant,
that should be considered for inclusion
in the applicant’s monitoring program to
better accomplish the goals stated
above?
(4) What is the best way for an
applicant to present their data and
results (formatting, metrics, graphics,
etc.) in the required reports that are to
be submitted to NMFS?
In 2010, the panel members provided
general recommendations that were
applicable to all monitoring plans from
all seismic activities during that year in
section 3 of the report and
recommendations that were specific to
ION’s in-ice seismic survey 4MP in
section 4.1.
In 2011, the panel members provided
general recommendations that were
applicable to all monitoring plans from
all seismic activities during that year in
section 4 of the report and
recommendations that were specific to
ION’s in-ice seismic survey 4MP in
section 5.2.
NMFS reviewed the reports and
evaluated all recommendations made by
the panel. NMFS determined that there
were several measures that ION could
incorporate into its 2012 in-ice seismic
survey monitoring plan. Additionally,
there were other recommendations that
NMFS has determined would also result
in better data collection, and could
potentially be implemented by oil and
gas industry applicants, but which
likely could not be implemented for the
2012 in-ice season due to technical
issues (see below). While it may not be
possible to implement those changes
this year, NMFS believes that they are
worthwhile and appropriate suggestions
that may require additional technology
advancement for them to be
implemented, and ION should consider
incorporating them into future
monitoring plans should ION decide to
apply for IHAs in the future.
The following subsections lay out
measures from the panel reports that
NMFS recommended for
implementation as part of the 2012 inice seismic survey by ION and those
that are recommended for future
programs.
Recommendations for Inclusion in the
2012 4MP and IHA
Section 3.3 of the 2010 panel report
contains several recommendations
regarding PSOs, which were also
included in a general list in the 2011
panel report. NMFS agreed that ION
should incorporate these measures:
• Observers should be trained using
visual aids (e.g., videos, photos), to help
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
them identify the species that they are
likely to encounter in the conditions
under which the animals will likely be
seen.
• Observers should understand the
importance of classifying marine
mammals as ‘‘unknown’’ or
‘‘unidentified’’ if they cannot identify
the animals to species with confidence.
In those cases, they should note any
information that might aid in the
identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an
unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the
animal had a dorsal fin.
• Observers should attempt to
maximize the time spent looking at the
water and guarding the exclusion zones.
They should avoid the tendency to
spend too much time evaluating animal
behavior or entering data on forms, both
of which detract from their primary
purpose of monitoring the exclusion
zone.
• ‘Big eye’ binoculars (e.g., 25 x 150
power) should be used from high
perches on large, stable platforms. They
are most useful for monitoring impact
zones that extend beyond the effective
line of sight. With two or three
observers on watch, the use of big eyes
should be paired with searching by
naked eye, the latter allowing visual
coverage of nearby areas to detect
marine mammals. When a single
observer is on duty, the observer should
follow a regular schedule of shifting
between searching by naked-eye, lowpower binoculars, and big-eye
binoculars based on the activity, the
environmental conditions, and the
marine mammals of concern.
• Observers should use the best
possible positions for observing (e.g.,
outside and as high on the vessel as
possible), taking into account weather
and other working conditions.
• Whenever possible, new observers
should be paired with experienced
observers to avoid situations where lack
of experience impairs the quality of
observations. If there are Alaska Native
MMOs, the MMO training that is
conducted prior to the start of the
survey activities should be conducted
with both Alaska Native MMOs and
biologist MMOs being trained at the
same time in the same room. There
should not be separate training courses
for the different MMOs.
In Section 3.4 of the 2010 panel
report, panelists recommend collecting
some additional data to help verify the
utility of the ‘‘ramp-up’’ requirement
commonly contained in IHAs. To help
evaluate the utility of ramp-up
procedures, NMFS recommends that
observers be required to record, analyze,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
and report their observations during any
ramp-up period. NMFS also supports
the inclusion of specific studies using
multiple types of monitoring (visual,
acoustic, tagging) to evaluate how
marine mammals respond to increasing
received sound levels. Such information
should provide useful evidence as to
whether ramp-up procedures are an
effective form of mitigation.
In the same section of the 2010 report,
panelists recommend collecting data to
evaluate the efficacy of using FLIR vs.
night-vision binoculars. The panelists
note that while both of these devices
may increase detection capabilities by
PSOs of marine mammals, the reliability
of these technologies should be tested
under appropriate conditions and their
efficacy evaluated. NMFS recommends
that ION design a study using both FLIR
and night-vision binoculars and collect
data on levels of detection of marine
mammals using each type of device.
Among other things, Section 3.5 of the
2010 panel report recommends
recording visibility data because of the
concern that the line-of-sight distance
for observing marine mammals is
reduced under certain conditions. PSOs
should ‘‘carefully document visibility
during observation periods so that total
estimates of take can be corrected
accordingly’’.
Section 4.1 of the 2010 panel report
contained recommendations specific to
ION’s 2010 2D marine seismic survey
monitoring plan, which were also
relevant to ION’s 2012 4MP. NMFS
worked with ION and decided that some
of the measures presented in this
section of the report, such as supporting
overwintering buoy studies and
coordinating in conducting tagging
studies using satellite linked telemetry,
were not ready for ION’s to implement
for its 2010 season operations, but are
feasible for its 2012 season as ION has
worked to make the necessary
preparations over the past two years. In
addition, the following
recommendations will also be
implemented for the 2012 season:
• Conduct sound source verification
measurements to verify calculated
exclusion zones to account for possible
sound channels in deeper water.
• Summarize observation effort and
conditions, the number of animals seen
by species, the location and time of each
sighting, position relative to the survey
vessel, the company’s activity at the
time, each animal’s response, and any
adjustments made to operating
procedures. Provide all spatial data on
charts (always including vessel
location).
• Make all data available in the report
or (preferably) electronically for
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49943
integration with data from other
companies.
• Accommodate specific requests for
raw data, including tracks of all vessels
and aircraft associated with the
operation and activity logs documenting
when and what types of sounds are
introduced into the environment by the
operation.
NMFS spoke with ION about the
inclusion of these recommendations
into the 2012 4MP and IHA. ION
indicated to NMFS that they will
incorporate these recommendations into
the 4MP, and NMFS will make several
of these recommendations requirements
in any issued IHA.
Section 4.3 of the 2011 report
contains several recommendations
regarding PSOs. NMFS agreed that the
following measures should be
incorporated into the 2012 4MP.
• PSOs record additional details
about unidentified marine mammal
sightings, such as ‘‘blow only’’,
mysticete with (or without) a dorsal fin,
‘‘seal splash’’, etc. That information
should also be included in 90-day and
final reports.
In Section 4.7 of the 2011 panel
report, panelists included a section
regarding the need for a more robust and
comprehensive means of assessing the
collective or cumulative impact of many
of the varied human activities that
contribute noise into the Arctic
environment. Specifically, for data
analysis and integration, the panelists
recommended, and NMFS agrees, that
the following recommendations be
incorporated into the 2012 program:
• To better assess impacts to marine
mammals, data analysis should be
separated into periods when a seismic
airgun array (or a single mitigation
airgun) is operating and when it is not.
Final and comprehensive reports to
NMFS should summarize and plot:
Æ Data for periods when a seismic
array is active and when it is not; and
Æ The respective predicted received
sound conditions over fairly large areas
(tens of km) around operations.
• To help evaluate the effectiveness
of PSOs and more effectively estimate
take, reports should include sightability
curves (detection functions) for
distance-based analyses.
• To better understand the potential
effects of oil and gas activities on
marine mammals and to facilitate
integration among companies and other
researchers, the following data should
be obtained and provided electronically
in the final and comprehensive reports:
Æ The location and time of each aerial
or vessel-based sighting or acoustic
detection;
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49944
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
Æ Position of the sighting or acoustic
detection relative to ongoing operations
(i.e., distance from sightings to seismic
operation, drilling ship, support ship,
etc.), if known;
Æ The nature of activities at the time
(e.g., seismic on/off);
Æ Any identifiable marine mammal
behavioral response (sighting data
should be collected in a manner that
will not detract from the PSO’s ability
to detect marine mammals); and
Æ Any adjustments made to operating
procedures.
In Section 4.9 of the 2011 panel
report, the panelists discussed
improving take estimates and statistical
inference into effects of the activities.
NMFS agreed that the following
measures should be incorporated into
the 2012 4MP:
• Reported results from all hypothesis
tests should include estimates of the
associated statistical power.
• Estimate and report uncertainty in
all take estimates. Uncertainty could be
expressed by the presentation of
confidence limits, a minimummaximum, posterior probability
distribution, etc.; the exact approach
would be selected based on the
sampling method and data available.
Section 5.2 of the 2011 report
contained recommendations specific to
ION’s 2011 2D seismic survey
monitoring plan. Of the
recommendations presented in this
section, NMFS determined that the
following should be implemented for
the 2012 season:
• ION should test thermal imaging
technologies during the proposed
activities.
• Airguns should be turned off for
two shots (i.e., 60 seconds) to provide
sufficient time to record the background
noise associated with the vessels.
• ION should deploy overwintering
acoustic recorders within their survey
area during their eastward transit across
the Alaskan Beaufort to the Canadian
Beaufort Sea early in the summer. The
recorders would monitor sounds during
the summer, the seismic shoot, and over
the winter. ION should contract
someone to return in 2012 (2013 in the
case that the seismic survey is delayed
to 2012) to retrieve the instruments and
analyze the data. These acoustic data
would provide some true baseline
information to compare the occurrence,
distribution, and behavior of marine
mammals at times when ION’s activities
are occurring and when they are absent.
To accomplish this, ION should present
a plan for an acoustic monitoring
program to a NMFS-approved expert for
review. The plan should consider the
best placement of the instruments
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
relative to ION’s proposed activities, the
expected distribution and gradients in
marine mammal distribution, and other
existing overwintering recorders. There
are relatively few data on the
distribution and relative abundance of
marine mammals in the Beaufort Sea
during ION’s planned seismic survey.
• The report should clearly compare
authorized takes to the level of actual
estimated takes.
• Sightability curves (detection
functions) for PSOs should be provided.
In addition, the panelists included a
list of general recommendations from
the 2010 Peer-review Panel Report to be
implemented by operators in their 2011
open-water season activities. NMFS
agreed that the following
recommendations should be
implemented in ION’s 2012 monitoring
plan (only those not mentioned
previously in this document are noted
here):
• Sightings should be entered and
archived in a way that enables
immediate geospatial depiction to
facilitate operational awareness and
analysis of risks to marine mammals.
Real-time monitoring is especially
important in areas of seasonal migration
or influx of marine mammals. Various
software packages for real-time data
entry, mapping, and analysis are
available for this purpose.
• Whenever possible, new observers
should be paired with experienced
observers to avoid situations where lack
of experience impairs the quality of
observations.
Recommendations for Inclusion in
Future Monitoring Plans
Section 3.5 of the 2010 report
recommends methods for conducting
comprehensive monitoring of a largescale seismic operation. One method for
conducting this monitoring
recommended by panel members is the
use of passive acoustic devices.
Additionally, Section 3.2 of the 2010
report encourages the use of such
systems if aerial surveys will not be
used for real-time mitigation
monitoring. NMFS acknowledges that
there are challenges involved in using
this technology in conjunction with
seismic airguns in this environment,
especially in real time. However, NMFS
recommends that ION work to help
develop and improve this type of
technology for use in the Arctic (and use
it once it is available and effective), as
it could be valuable both for real-time
mitigation implementation, as well as
for archival data collection.
The panelists also recommend adding
a tagging component to monitoring
plans. ‘‘Tagging of animals expected to
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
be in the area where the survey is
planned also may provide valuable
information on the location of
potentially affected animals and their
behavioral responses to industrial
activities. Although the panel
recognized that such comprehensive
monitoring might be difficult and
expensive, such an effort (or set of
efforts) reflects the complex nature of
the challenge of conducting reliable,
comprehensive monitoring for seismic
or other relatively-intense industrial
operations that ensonify large areas of
ocean.’’ While this particular
recommendation is not feasible for
implementation in 2012, NMFS
recommends that ION consider adding a
tagging component to future seismic
survey monitoring plans should ION
decide to conduct such activities in
future years.
To the extent possible, NMFS
recommends implementing the
recommendation contained in Section
4.1.6 of the 2010 report: ‘‘Integrate all
observer data with information from
tagging and acoustic studies to provide
a more comprehensive description of
the acoustic environment during its
survey.’’ However, NMFS recognizes
that this integration process may take
time to implement. Therefore, ION
should begin considering methods for
the integration of the observer data now
if ION intends to apply for IHAs in the
future.
In Section 4.7 of the 2011 report, the
panelists stated that advances in
integrating data from multiple platforms
through the use of standardized data
formats are needed to increase the
statistical power to assess potential
effects. Therefore, the panelists
recommended that industry examine
this issue and jointly propose one or
several data integration methods to
NMFS at the Open Water Meeting in
2012 (in this case, at the Open Water
Meeting in 2013, since ION cancelled its
proposed 2011 operation). NMFS
concurs with the recommendation and
encourages ION to collaborate with
other companies to discuss data
integration methods to achieve these
efforts and to present the results of those
discussions at the 2013 Open Water
Meeting.
Other Recommendations in the Report
The panel also made several
recommendations in 2010, which were
not discussed in the two preceding
subsections. NMFS determined that
many of the recommendations were
made beyond the bounds of what the
panel members were tasked to do. For
example, the panel recommended that
NMFS begin a transition away from
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
using a single metric of acoustic
exposure to estimate the potential
effects of anthropogenic sound on
marine living resources. This is not a
recommendation about monitoring but
rather addresses a NMFS policy issue.
NMFS is currently in the process of
revising its acoustic guidelines on a
national scale. Section 3.7 of the 2010
report contains several
recommendations regarding
comprehensive ecosystem assessments
and cumulative impacts. These are
good, broad recommendations, however,
the implementation of these
recommendations would not be the
responsibility solely of oil and gas
industry applicants. The
recommendations require the
cooperation and input of several groups,
including Federal, state, and local
government agencies, members of other
industries, and members of the
scientific research community. NMFS
will encourage the industry and others
to build the relationships and
infrastructure necessary to pursue these
goals, and incorporate these
recommendations into future MMPA
authorizations, as appropriate. Section
3.8 of the 2010 report makes a
recommendation regarding data sharing
and reducing the duplication of seismic
survey effort. While this is a valid
recommendation, it does not relate to
monitoring or address any of the six
questions which the panel members
were tasked to answer.
For some of the recommendations,
NMFS determined that additional
clarification was required by the panel
members before NMFS could determine
whether or not applicants should
incorporate them into the monitoring
plans. NMFS asked for additional
clarification on some of the
recommendations regarding data
collection and take estimate
calculations. In addition, NMFS asked
the panel members for clarification on
the recommendation contained in
Section 3.6 of the 2010 report regarding
baseline studies.
Reporting Measures
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Reporting
(1) SSV Report
A report on the preliminary results of
the acoustic verification measurements,
including as a minimum the measured
190-, 180-, 160-, and 120-dB re 1 mPa
(rms) radii of the airgun arrays will be
submitted within 120 hr after collection
and analysis of those measurements at
the start of the field season. This report
will specify the distances of the
exclusion zones that were adopted for
the marine survey activities.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(2) Field Reports
Throughout the survey program, the
observers will prepare a report each day
or at such other intervals as the IHA
may specify (if issued), or ION may
require summarizing the recent results
of the monitoring program. The field
reports will summarize the species and
numbers of marine mammals sighted.
These reports will be provided to NMFS
and to the survey operators.
(3) Technical Reports
The results of the vessel-based
monitoring, including estimates of ‘‘take
by harassment’’, will be presented in the
90-day and final technical reports.
Reporting will address the requirements
established by NMFS in the IHA (if
issued). The technical report will
include:
(a) Summaries of monitoring effort:
total hours, total distances, and
distribution of marine mammals
through the study period accounting for
sea state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals;
(b) Methods, results, and
interpretation pertaining to all acoustic
characterization work and vessel-based
monitoring;
(c) Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals including sea state,
number of observers, and fog/glare;
(d) Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories,
group sizes, and ice cover; and
(e) Analyses of the effects of survey
operations:
• Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without airgun
activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability);
• Initial sighting distances versus
airgun activity state;
• Closest point of approach versus
airgun activity state;
• Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus airgun activity state;
• Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus airgun activity state;
• Distribution around the survey
vessel versus airgun activity state; and
• Estimates of ‘‘take by harassment’’.
(4) Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
In addition to the reporting measures
proposed by ION, NMFS will require
that ION notify NMFS’ Office of
Protected Resources and NMFS’
Stranding Network of sighting an
injured or dead marine mammal in the
vicinity of marine survey operations.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49945
Depending on the circumstance of the
incident, ION shall take one of the
following reporting protocols when an
injured or dead marine mammal is
discovered in the vicinity of the action
area.
(a) In the unanticipated event that
survey operations clearly cause the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by this Authorization, such
as an injury, serious injury or mortality
(e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or
entanglement), ION shall immediately
cease survey operations and
immediately report the incident to the
Supervisor of Incidental Take Program,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
and the Alaska Regional Stranding
Coordinators. The report must include
the following information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
(ii) The name and type of vessel
involved;
(iii) The vessel’s speed during and
leading up to the incident;
(iv) Description of the incident;
(v) Status of all sound source use in
the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vi) Water depth;
(vii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(viii) Description of marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
(ix) Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
(x) The fate of the animal(s); and
(xi) Photographs or video footage of
the animal (if equipment is available).
Activities shall not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS shall work with ION to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. ION may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS via
letter, email, or telephone.
(b) In the event that ION discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), ION
will immediately report the incident to
the Supervisor of the Incidental Take
Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report must
include the same information identified
above. Activities may continue while
NMFS reviews the circumstances of the
incident. NMFS will work with ION to
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49946
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
determine whether modifications in the
activities are appropriate.
(c) In the event that ION discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in the IHA
(if issued) (e.g., previously wounded
animal, carcass with moderate to
advanced decomposition, or scavenger
damage), ION shall report the incident
to the Supervisor of the Incidental Take
Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours
of the discovery. ION shall provide
photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
ION can continue its operations under
such a case.
Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here (military
readiness activities), the MMPA defines
‘‘harassment’’ as: any act of pursuit,
torment, or annoyance which (i) has the
potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level
A harassment]; or (ii) has the potential
to disturb a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild by causing
disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration,
breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment]. For the
most part, only take by Level B
behavioral harassment is anticipated as
a result of the proposed marine seismic
survey. However, due to the limited
effectiveness of marine mammal
monitoring during ice cover and in
darkness, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that Level A takes of a few
individuals of marine mammals could
occur if the animals remain undetected
within the exclusion zones for a
prolonged period of time. Although
NMFS believes this is not very likely,
NMFS is proposing to authorize limited
takes from Level A harassment in order
to address the uncertainty regarding the
effectiveness of the proposed
monitoring measures in these
conditions. Anticipated impacts to
marine mammals are associated with
noise propagation from the seismic
airgun(s) and the icebreaking used
during the seismic survey.
The full suite of potential impacts to
marine mammals was described in
detail in the ‘‘Potential Effects of the
Specified Activity on Marine Mammals’’
section found earlier in this document.
The potential effects of sound from the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
proposed marine survey programs might
include one or more of the following:
tolerance; masking of natural sounds;
behavioral disturbance; non-auditory
physical effects; and, at least in theory,
temporary or permanent hearing
impairment (Richardson et al. 1995). As
discussed earlier in this document, the
most common impact will likely be
from behavioral disturbance, including
avoidance of the ensonified area or
changes in speed, direction, and/or
diving profile of the animal.
NMFS uses the 160 dB and 120 dB re
1 mPa (rms) isopleths to indicate the
onset of Level B harassment by seismic
airgun impulses and by icebreaking
noises, respectively. ION provided
calculations for the 160-dB and 120-dB
isopleths produced by these active
acoustic sources and then used those
isopleths to estimate takes by
harassment. NMFS used the
calculations to make preliminary
findings under the MMPA. ION
provided a full description of the
methodology used to estimate takes by
harassment in its IHA application (see
ADDRESSES), which is also described in
the following sections.
ION has requested an authorization to
take ten marine mammal species by
Level B harassment. These ten marine
mammal species are: beluga whale,
harbor porpoise, bowhead whale, gray
whale, humpback whale, minke whale,
bearded seal, ringed seal, spotted seal,
and ribbon seal. However, NMFS does
not anticipate that humpback whales are
likely to be encountered during the
season of ION’s icebreaking seismic
survey. Therefore, NMFS determined
that only nine of the species could be
affected and potentially taken by
harassment. In addition, although
unlikely, NMFS determined that Level
A takes of beluga whales, bowhead
whales, and ringed seals could also
occur, as the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures may not be 100%
effective due to ice coverage and long
periods of darkness.
Basis for Estimating ‘‘Take by
Harassment’’
As stated previously, it is current
NMFS practice to estimate take by Level
A harassment for received levels above
180 dB re 1mPa (rms) for cetaceans and
190 dB re 1mPa (rms) for pinnipeds, and
take by Level B harassment for all
marine mammals under NMFS
jurisdiction by impulse sounds at a
received level above 160 dB re 1mPa
(rms) and by non-impulse sounds at a
received level above 120 dB re 1mPa
(rms). However, not all animals are
equally affected by the same received
noise levels and, as described earlier, in
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
most cases marine mammals are not
likely to be taken by Level A harassment
(injury) when exposed to received levels
higher than 180 dB for a brief period of
time.
For behavioral harassment, marine
mammals will likely not show strong
reactions (and in some cases any
reaction) until sounds are much stronger
than 160 or 120 dB (for impulse and
continuous sounds, respectively).
Southall et al. (2007) provide a severity
scale for ranking observed behavioral
responses of both free-ranging marine
mammals and laboratory subjects to
various types of anthropogenic sound
(see Table 4 in Southall et al. (2007)).
Tables 7, 9, and 11 in Southall et al.
(2007) outline the numbers of lowfrequency cetaceans, mid-frequency
cetaceans, and pinnipeds in water,
respectively, reported as having
behavioral responses to multi-pulses in
10-dB received level increments. These
tables illustrate that the more severe
reactions did not occur until sounds
were much higher than 160 dB re 1mPa
(rms).
Anticipated takes would include
‘‘takes by harassment’’ involving
temporary changes in behavior (Level B
harassment) and TTS (Level B
harassment). NMFS does not consider
injury (Level A harassment) to be likely,
however, due to the limited
effectiveness of monitoring and
mitigation measures for animals
undetected under the ice and/or during
the long periods of darkness, a small
amount of Level A harassment takes are
also proposed to be authorized. The
sections below describe methods used
to estimate ‘‘take by harassment’’ and
present estimates of the numbers of
marine mammals that might be affected
during the proposed seismic survey in
the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The estimates are
based on data obtained during marine
mammal surveys in the Beaufort Sea
and on estimates of the sizes of the areas
where effects could potentially occur. In
some cases, these estimates were made
from data collected from regions and
habitats that differed from the proposed
project area. Adjustments to reported
population or density estimates were
made on a case by case basis to account
for differences between the source data
and the available information on the
distribution and abundance of the
species in the project area. This section
provides estimates of the number of
potential ‘‘exposures’’ to impulsive
sound levels ≥160 dB re 1 mPa (rms),
non-pulse sound levels ≥120 dB (rms)
from icebreaking, and also includes
estimates of exposures to ≥180 dB (rms)
for cetaceans and ≥190 dB (rms) for
seals.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Although several systematic surveys
of marine mammals have been
conducted in the southern Beaufort Sea
during spring and summer, few data
(systematic or otherwise) are available
on the distribution and numbers of
marine mammals during the early
winter period of this survey,
particularly in the northern Beaufort
Sea. The main sources of distributional
and numerical data used in deriving the
estimates are described in the next
subsection. There is some uncertainty
about how representative those data are
and the assumptions used below to
estimate the potential ‘‘take by
harassment’’. However, the approach
used here is accepted by NMFS as the
best available at this time. The following
estimates are based on a consideration
of the number of marine mammals that
might be disturbed appreciably by
∼7,250 line kilometers (4,505 line miles)
of seismic surveys across the Beaufort
Sea and, to a lesser extent, the northern
Chukchi Sea.
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
This section describes the estimated
densities of marine mammals that may
occur in the survey area. The area of
water that may be ensonified to various
levels is described below in the section
Potential Number of ‘‘Takes by
Harassment.’’ Although a marine
mammal may be exposed to icebreaking
sounds >120 dB (rms) or airgun sounds
>160 dB (rms), this does not mean that
it will actually exhibit a disruption of
behavioral patterns in response to the
sound source. Rather, the estimates
provided here are simply the best
estimates of the number of animals that
potentially could have a behavioral
modification due to the noise. However,
not all animals react to sounds at this
low level, and many will not show
strong reactions (and in some cases any
reaction) until sounds are much
stronger. There are several variables that
determine whether or not an individual
animal will exhibit a response to the
sound, such as the age of the animal,
previous exposure to this type of
anthropogenic sound, habituation, etc.
The survey has been designed to
minimize interactions with marine
mammals by planning to conduct the
work at times and in areas where the
relative density of marine mammals is
expected to be quite low. The survey
will begin in offshore waters (≤1,000 m
[3,281 ft] deep) of the eastern U.S.
Beaufort Sea (east survey area) in early
October. Weather and ice permitting,
the waters <1,000 m (3,281 ft) deep will
not be surveyed until mid-October and
thereafter, in order to avoid migrating
bowhead whales. The western U.S.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Beaufort Sea and north-eastern Chukchi
Sea (west survey area) is not expected
to be surveyed until late October
through December.
Separate densities were calculated for
habitats specific to cetaceans and
pinnipeds. For cetaceans, densities were
estimated for areas of water depth <200
m (656 ft), 200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft),
and >1,000 m (3,281 ft), which
approximately correspond to the
continental shelf, the continental slope,
and the abyssal plain, respectively.
Separate densities of both cetacean and
pinnipeds were also estimated for the
east and west survey areas within each
water depth category. However,
pinniped densities in the west survey
area and <200 m (656 ft) water depth
category were further sub-divided into
<35 m (115 ft) and 35–200 m (115–656
ft) depth categories. This was done
because the west survey area is not
expected to be surveyed until
November–December, and based on
historic sea ice data (NOAA National Ice
Center, available online at
www.natice.noaa.gov), it is expected
that substantial amounts of sea ice,
including shorefast ice, will be present
in the west survey area at that time. Past
studies have found that seal densities in
ice-covered areas of the Beaufort Sea are
different where water depths are <35 m
(115 ft) and >35 m (Moulton et al., 2002;
Frost et al., 2004); therefore, densities
were calculated separately for these
water depths. The north-eastern
Chukchi Sea is composed of mostly
continental shelf waters between 30 m
(98 ft) and 200 m (656 ft) in depth, so
only a single density estimate for each
marine mammal species was used in
that area. Since most marine mammals
will be continuing their southerly
migration in November and early
December, the same density estimates
for continental shelf waters in the west
survey area of the Beaufort Sea were
used in the Chukchi Sea. When the
seismic survey area is on the edge of the
range of a species at this time of year,
it is assumed that the average density
along the seismic trackline will be 10%
(0.10×) the density determined from
available survey data within the main
range. Density estimates for the Chukchi
Sea during the period of November–
December were taken from the west
survey density estimates at the
appropriate depth.
Detectability bias, quantified in part
by f(0), is associated with diminishing
sightability with increasing lateral
distance from the survey trackline.
Availability bias, g(0), refers to the fact
that there is <100% probability of
sighting an animal that is present along
the survey trackline. Some sources used
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49947
below took account of one or both of
these correction factors in reporting
densities. When these factors had not
been accounted for, the best available
correction factors from similar studies
and/or species were applied to reported
results. Details regarding the application
of correction factors are provided below
for each species.
(1) Cetaceans
Beluga Whales: Beluga density
estimates were calculated based on
aerial survey data collected in October
in the eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea by
the NMML (as part of the Bowhead
Whale Aerial Survey Project (BWASP)
program funded by BOEM) in 2007–
2010. They reported 31 sightings of 66
individual whales during 1,597 km (992
mi) of on-transect effort over waters
200–2,000 m (656–6,562 ft) deep. An
f(0) value of 2.326 was applied and it
was calculated using beluga whale
sightings data collected in the Canadian
Beaufort Sea (Innes et al. 2002). A g(0)
value of 0.419 was used that represents
a combination of ga(0) = 0.55 (Innes et
al., 2002) and gd(0) = 0.762 (Harwood et
al., 1996). The resulting density
estimate (0.1169 individuals/km2; Table
2 in this document) was applied to areas
of 200–1,000 m (656 –3,281 ft). There
were 3 sightings of 4 individual beluga
whales during 7,482 km (4,649 mi) of
on-transect effort over waters 0–200 m
(0–656 ft) deep during this same time
period. Using the same f(0) and g(0)
values from above, the resulting density
estimate for continental shelf waters (0–
200 m deep) is 0.0015 individuals/km2
(Table 2 in this document). The density
estimate for waters >1000 m (3,281 ft)
deep was estimated as 40% of the 200–
1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) density based on
the relative number of sightings in the
two water depth categories. For all
water depth and survey area categories,
the maximum beluga density estimates
represent the mean estimates multiplied
by four to allow for chance encounters
with unexpected large groups of animals
or overall higher densities than
expected.
Beluga density estimates for the west
survey area, which is planned to be
surveyed beginning in November,
represent the east survey area estimates
multiplied by 0.1 because the Beaufort
Sea and north-eastern Chukchi Sea is
believed to be at the edge of the species’
range in November–December. Belugas
typically migrate into the Bering Sea for
the winter (Allen and Angliss, 2011)
and are not expected to be present in the
study area in high numbers in
November–December. Satellite tagging
data support this and indicate belugas
migrate out of the Beaufort Sea in the
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49948
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
October–November period (Suydam et
al., 2005).
Bowhead Whales: Bowhead whale
density estimates were calculated based
on aerial survey data collected in the
Beaufort Sea as part of the BWASP
program funded by BOEM. The average
density estimate was based on surveys
in October 2007–2010 and the
maximum density estimate was based
on surveys conducted in October 1997–
2004. The earlier data were used to
calculate the maximum estimate
because they include some years of
unusually high numbers of bowhead
sightings in the western Alaskan
Beaufort Sea at that time of year. The
2007–2010 data included 25 on-transect
sightings collected during 7,482 km
(4,649 mi) of effort over waters 0–200 m
(0–656 ft) deep in the eastern Alaskan
Beaufort Sea. The 1997–2004 data
included 147 on-transect sightings of
472 individual whales collected during
20,340 km (12,639 mi) of effort over
waters 0–200 m (0–656 ft) deep in the
eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea. An f(0)
correction factor of 2.33 used in the
density calculation was the result of a
weighted average of the f(0) values
applied to each of the flights
(Richardson and Thomson, 2002). The
multiplication of ga(0) = 0.144 and gd(0)
= 0.505 correction factors reported in
Richardson and Thomson (2002) gave
the g(0) value of 0.0727 used in the
density calculation. The resulting
density estimates (0.0942 whales/km2
and 0.3719 whales/km2) represent the
average and maximum densities,
respectively for October for areas of
<200 m (656 ft) water depth, and are
referred to below as the reference
density for bowhead whales.
Because bowhead whale density is
typically higher in continental shelf
waters of the Beaufort Sea in early
October, the survey has been planned to
start in the eastern U.S. Beaufort Sea in
waters deeper than 1,000 m (3,281 ft; ice
conditions permitting), where bowhead
density is expected to be much lower.
Survey activity in shallower waters will
proceed from east to west starting later
in October as bowhead whales migrate
west out of the Beaufort Sea. The
nearshore lines in the east survey area
will be surveyed during late October.
Bowhead density in the east survey area
in waters <200 m (656 ft) deep was
estimated by taking ten percent of the
reference density above (Table 2 in this
document). This adjustment was based
on data from Miller et al. (2002) that
showed a ∼90% decrease in bowhead
whale abundance in the eastern Alaskan
Beaufort Sea from early to late October.
Bowhead whale densities in
intermediate (200–1,000 m [656–3,281
ft]) and deep (≤1,000 m [3,281 ft]) water
depths in the east survey area are
expected to be quite low. Ninety-seven
percent of sightings recorded by MMS
aerial surveys 1997–2004 occurred in
areas of water depth <200 m (656 ft)
(Treacy, 1998, 2000, 2002a, 2000b;
Monnett and Treacy, 2005). Therefore,
density estimates for areas of water
depth 200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) were
estimated to be ∼3% of the values for
areas with depth <200 m (656 ft). This
is further supported by Mate et al.
(2000), who found that 87% of locations
from satellite-tagged bowhead whales
occurred in areas of water depth <100
m (328 ft). In areas with water depth
>1,000 m (3,281 ft), ∼4,225 km (2,625
mi) of aerial survey effort occurred
during October 1997–2004; however no
bowhead sightings were recorded. The
effort occurred over eight years, so it is
unlikely that this result would have
been influenced by ice cover or another
single environmental variable that might
have affected whale distribution in a
given year. Therefore, a minimal density
estimate (0.0001 whales/km2) was used
for areas with water depth >1,000 m
(3,281 ft).
Several sources were used to estimate
bowhead whale density in the west
survey area, including the north-eastern
Chukchi Sea, which is expected to be
surveyed beginning in late October or
early November. Mate et al. (2000)
found that satellite-tagged bowhead
whales in the Beaufort Sea travelled at
an average rate of 88 km (55 mi) per day.
At that rate, an individual whale could
travel across the extent of the east
survey area in four days and across the
entire east-west extent of the survey area
in ten days, if it did not stop to feed
during its migration, as bowhead whales
have been observed to do earlier in the
year (Christie et al., 2010). Also, Miller
et al. (2002) presented a 10-day moving
average of bowhead whale abundance in
the eastern Beaufort Sea using data from
1979–2000 that showed a decrease of
∼90% from early to late October. Based
on these data, it is expected that almost
all whales that had been in the east
survey area during early October would
likely have migrated beyond the survey
areas by November–December. In
addition, kernel density estimates and
animal tracklines generated from
satellite-tagged bowhead whales, along
with acoustic monitoring data, suggest
that few bowhead whales are present in
the proposed survey area in November
(near Point Barrow), and no whales
were present in December (ADFG, 2010;
Moore et al., 2010). Therefore, density
estimates for the <200 m (656 ft) and
200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) water depth
categories in the west survey area were
estimated to be one tenth of those
estimates for the east survey area.
Minimal density estimates (0.0001
whales/km2) were used for areas of
water depth >1,000 m (3,281 ft).
Other Cetaceans: Other cetacean
species are not expected to be present in
the area at the time of the planned
survey. These species, including
humpback and fin whales, typically
migrate during autumn and are expected
to be south of the proposed survey area
by the October–December period. Gray
whales have been detected near Point
Barrow during the period of the
proposed project, and even throughout
the winter (Moore et al., 2006; Stafford
et al., 2007). Authorization for minimal
takes of other cetacean species that are
known to occur in the Beaufort Sea
during the summer have been requested
in case of a chance encounter of a few
remaining individuals.
TABLE 2—EXPECTED DENSITIES OF CETACEANS IN THE ARCTIC OCEAN IN OCTOBER–DECEMBER BY WATER DEPTH AND
SURVEY AREA
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Species
<200 m
Beaufort East Survey Area:
Beluga whale ........................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ....................................................................................................................
Bowhead whale ....................................................................................................................
Gray whale ...........................................................................................................................
Minke whale ..........................................................................................................................
Beaufort West Survey Area:
Beluga whale ........................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ....................................................................................................................
Bowhead whale ....................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
200–1,000 m
>1,000 m
0.0015
0.0001
0.0094
0.0001
0.0001
0.1169
0.0001
0.0028
0.0001
0.0001
0.0468
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0002
0.0001
0.0009
0.0117
0.0001
0.0003
0.0047
0.0001
0.0001
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49949
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
TABLE 2—EXPECTED DENSITIES OF CETACEANS IN THE ARCTIC OCEAN IN OCTOBER–DECEMBER BY WATER DEPTH AND
SURVEY AREA—Continued
Species
<200 m
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Gray whale ...........................................................................................................................
Minke whale ..........................................................................................................................
Chukchi Survey Area:
Beluga whale ........................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ....................................................................................................................
Bowhead whale ....................................................................................................................
Gray whale ...........................................................................................................................
Minke whale ..........................................................................................................................
(2) Pinnipeds
In polar regions, most pinnipeds are
associated with sea ice, and typical
census methods involve counting
pinnipeds when they are hauled out on
ice. In the Beaufort Sea, surveys
typically occur in spring when ringed
seals emerge from their lairs (Frost et al.,
2004). Depending on the species and
study, a correction factor for the
proportion of animals hauled out at any
one time may or may not have been
applied (depending on whether an
appropriate correction factor was
available for the particular species and
area). By applying a correction factor,
the total density of the pinniped species
in an area can be estimated. Only the
animals in water would be exposed to
the pulsed sounds from the airguns;
however, densities that are presented
generally represent either only the
animals on the ice or all animals in the
area. Therefore, only a fraction of the
pinnipeds present in areas where ice is
present (and of sufficient thickness to
support hauled-out animals) would be
exposed to seismic sounds during the
proposed seismic survey. Individuals
hauled out on ice in close proximity to
the vessels are likely to enter the water
as a reaction to the passing vessels, and
the proportion that remain on the ice
will likely increase with distance from
the vessels.
Ringed Seals: Ringed seal density for
the east survey area for waters <1,000 m
(3,281 ft) deep was estimated using
vessel-based data collected in the
Beaufort Sea during autumn (Sep–Oct)
2006–2008 and reported by Savarese et
al. (2010; Table 3 in this document).
Correction factors for sightability and
availability were used when the authors
calculated the estimates, so no further
adjustments were required. For the east
survey area for waters >1,000 m (3,281
ft) deep, few data on seal distribution
are available. Harwood et al. (2005)
recorded a ringed seal sighting in the
Beaufort Sea in an area where water
depth was >1,000 m (3,281 ft) in
September–October 2002 during an
oceanographic cruise. It is therefore
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
possible that ringed seals would occur
in those areas, and their presence would
likely be associated with ephemeral
prey resources. If a relatively warm
surface eddy formed that concentrated
prey in offshore areas at depths that
would be possible for ringed seals to
access, it is possible that seals would be
attracted to it. A warm eddy was found
in the northern Beaufort Sea in October
2002 in an area where water depth was
>1,000 m (3,281 ft) (Crawford, 2010), so
it is possible that such an oceanographic
feature might develop again and attract
seals offshore. However, it is unclear
whether such a feature would attract
many seals, especially since the marine
mammal observers present on the ship
in 2002 did not observe very many seals
associated with the offshore eddy. In the
absence of standardized survey data
from deep-water areas, but with
available data suggesting densities are
likely to be quite low, minimal density
estimates (0.0001 seals/km2) were used
in areas where water depth is >1,000 m
(3,281 ft). For all water depth categories
in the east survey area, the maximum
ringed seal density was assumed to be
the mean estimate multiplied by four to
allow for chance encounters with
unexpected large groups of animals or
overall higher densities than expected.
Habitat zones and associated densities
were defined differently in the west
survey area, which will be surveyed in
November–December, because more ice
is expected to be encountered at that
time than in October (NOAA National
Ice Center: www.natice.noaa.gov). The
density estimates for the west survey
area were calculated using aerial survey
data collected by Frost et al. (2004) in
the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during the
spring. A g(0) correction factor of 0.60
from tagging data reported by Bengtson
et al. (2005) was used to adjust all
density estimates from Frost et al.
(2004) described below. Seal
distribution and density in spring, prior
to breakup, are thought to reflect
distribution patterns established earlier
in the year (i.e., during the winter
months; Frost et al., 2004). Density
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
200–1,000 m
>1,000 m
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0002
0.0001
0.0009
0.0001
0.0001
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
estimates were highest (1.00–1.33 seals/
km2) in areas of water depth 3–35 m
(10–115 ft), and decreased (0–0.77 seals/
km2) in water >35 m (115 ft) deep. The
mean density estimate used for areas
with water depth <35 m (Table 4 in this
document) was estimated using an
average of the pack ice estimates
modeled by Frost et al. (2004). The
maximum estimate for the same area is
the maximum observed density for areas
of water depth 3–35 m (10–115 ft) in
Frost et al. (2004). The mean density
estimate used for areas with 35–200 m
(115–656 ft) water depth is the modeled
value for water depth >35 m (115 ft)
from Frost et al. (2004). The maximum
estimate is the maximum observed
density for areas with >35 m (115 ft)
water depth in Frost et al. (2004).
Because ringed seal density tends to
decrease with increasing water depth
(Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al., 2004),
ringed seal density was estimated to be
minimal in areas of >200 m (656 ft)
water depth.
In the Chukchi Sea, ringed seal
densities were taken from offshore aerial
surveys of the pack ice zone conducted
in spring 1999 and 2000 (Bengtson et
al., 2005). The average density from
those two years (weighted by survey
effort) was 0.4892 seals/km2. This value
served as the average density while the
highest density from the two years
(0.8100 seals/km2 in 1999) was used as
the maximum density.
Other Seal Species: Other seal species
are expected to be less frequent in the
study area during the period of this
survey. Bearded and spotted seals
would be present in the area during
summer, and possibly ribbon seals as
well, but they generally migrate into the
southern Chukchi and Bering seas
during fall (Allen and Angliss, 2011).
Few satellite-tagging studies have been
conducted on these species in the
Beaufort Sea, winter surveys have not
been conducted, and a few bearded
seals have been reported over the
continental shelf in spring prior to
general breakup. However, three
bearded seals tracked in 2009 moved
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49950
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
south into the Bering Sea along the
continental shelf by November
(Cameron and Boveng, 2009). It is
possible that some individuals, bearded
seals in particular, may be present in the
survey area. In the absence of better
species, with the estimates for bearded
seals assumed to be slightly higher than
those for spotted and ribbon seals
(Tables 3 and 4 in this document).
information from the published
literature or other sources that would
indicate significant numbers of any of
these species might be present, minimal
density estimates were used for all areas
and water depth categories for these
TABLE 3—EXPECTED DENSITIES (#/KM2) OF PINNIPEDS IN THE EAST SURVEY AREA OF THE U.S. BEAUFORT SEA IN
OCTOBER
Species
<200 m
Ringed seal ..................................................................................................................................
Bearded seal ................................................................................................................................
Spotted seal .................................................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ..................................................................................................................................
0.0840
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
200–1,000 m
0.0840
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
>1,000 m
0.0004
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
TABLE 4—EXPECTED DENSITIES (#/KM2) OF PINNIPEDS IN THE BEAUFORT WEST AND CHUKCHI SURVEY AREAS OF THE
ARCTIC OCEAN IN NOVEMBER–DECEMBER
Species
<35 m
Beaufort West:
Ringed seal ...........................................................................................................................
Bearded seal ........................................................................................................................
Spotted seal ..........................................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ...........................................................................................................................
Chukchi Sea:
Ringed seal ...........................................................................................................................
Bearded seal ........................................................................................................................
Spotted seal ..........................................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ...........................................................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Potential Number of Takes by Level B
Behavioral Harassment
Numbers of marine mammals that
might be present and potentially taken
are estimated below based on available
data about mammal distribution and
densities at different locations and times
of the year as described above.
The number of individuals of each
species potentially exposed to received
levels ≥120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) or ≥160
dB re 1 mPa (rms), depending on the
type of activity occurring, within each
portion of the survey area (east and
west) and water depth category was
estimated by multiplying:
• The anticipated area to be
ensonified to ≥120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) or
≥160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) in each portion
of the survey area (east and west) and
water depth category, by
• the expected species density in that
time and location.
Some of the animals estimated to be
exposed, particularly migrating
bowhead whales, might show avoidance
reactions before being exposed to ≥160
dB re 1 mPa (rms). Thus, these
calculations actually estimate the
number of individuals potentially
exposed to ≥160 dB (rms) that would
occur if there were no avoidance of the
area ensonified to that level.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
>200 m
1.9375
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
1.0000
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
0.0004
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
........................
........................
........................
........................
0.4892
0.0004
0.0001
0.0001
........................
........................
........................
........................
(1) Potential Number of Takes by
Seismic Airguns at Received Levels
≥160 dB
The area of water potentially exposed
to received levels of airgun sounds ≥160
dB (rms) was calculated by using a GIS
to buffer the planned survey tracklines
within each water depth category by the
associated modeled ≥160 dB (rms)
distances. The expected sound
propagation from the airgun array was
modeled by JASCO Applied Research
(Zykov et al., 2010) and is expected to
vary with water depth. Survey
tracklines falling within the <100 m
(328 ft), 100–1,000 m (328–3,281 ft), and
>1,000 m (3,281 ft) water depth
categories were buffered by distances of
27.8 km (17.3 mi), 42.2 km (26.2 mi),
and 31.6 km (19.6 mi), respectively. The
total area of water that would be
exposed to sound >160 dB (rms) on one
or more occasions is estimated to be
209,752 km2. A breakdown by water
depth classes used in association with
density estimates is presented in Table
5 in this document and Figure 2 of the
IHA application.
Based on the operational plans and
marine mammal densities described
above, the estimates of marine mammals
potentially exposed to sounds ≥160 dB
(rms) are presented in Table 5 in this
document. For species likely to be
present, the requested numbers are
PO 00000
35–200 m
calculated as described above. For less
common species, estimates were set to
minimal numbers to allow for chance
encounters. Discussion of the number of
potential exposures is summarized by
species in the following subsections.
It is likely that some members of one
endangered cetacean species (bowhead
whale) will be exposed to received
sound levels ≥160 dB (rms) unless
bowheads avoid the survey vessel before
the received levels reach 160 dB (rms).
However, the late autumn timing and
the design of the proposed survey will
minimize the number of bowheads and
other cetaceans that may be exposed to
seismic sounds generated by this
survey. The best estimates of the
number of whales potentially exposed
to ≥160 dB (rms) are 282 and 4,315 for
bowheads and belugas, respectively
(Table 5).
The ringed seal is the most
widespread and abundant pinniped
species in ice-covered arctic waters, and
there is a great deal of variation in
estimates of population size and
distribution of these marine mammals.
Ringed seals account for the vast
majority of marine mammals expected
to be encountered, and hence exposed
to airgun sounds with received levels
>160 dB (rms) during the proposed
marine survey. It was estimated that
∼60,293 ringed seals may be exposed to
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49951
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
marine survey sounds with received
levels >160 dB (rms) if they do not
avoid the sound source. Other pinniped
species are not expected to be present in
the proposed survey area in more than
minimal numbers in October–December;
however, ION is requesting
authorization for a small number of
harassment ‘‘takes’’ of species that occur
in the area during the summer months
in case a few individuals are
encountered (Table 5 in this document).
It should be noted that there is no
evidence that most seals exposed to
airgun pulses with received levels 160
dB re 1 mPa (rms) are disturbed
appreciably, and even at a received level
of 180 dB (rms) disturbance is not
conspicuous (Harris et al., 2001;
Moulton and Lawson, 2002). Therefore,
for seals, the estimates of numbers
exposed to ≥160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
greatly exceed the numbers of seals that
will actually be disturbed in any major
or (presumably) biologically significant
manner.
TABLE 5—ESTIMATES OF THE POSSIBLE NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS EXPOSED TO ≥160 DB RE 1 μPA (RMS) DURING
ION’S PROPOSED SEISMIC PROGRAM IN THE BEAUFORT AND CHUKCHI SEAS, OCTOBER–DECEMBER 2012
Water depth
Total
<200 m
200–1,000 m
>1,000 m
Cetaceans
Beluga whale ...................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ...............................................................................................
Bowhead whale ...............................................................................................
Gray whale .......................................................................................................
Minke whale .....................................................................................................
43
9
269
9
9
1,195
2
3
2
2
3,077
10
10
10
10
4,215
21
282
21
21
<35 m
35–200 m
>200 m
1,794
9
2
2
805
4
1
1
25
25
6
6
2,624
38
9
9
40,682
25
6
6
18
18
5
5
57,669
47
12
12
Pinnipeds (Beaufort East)
Ringed seal ......................................................................................................
Bearded seal ....................................................................................................
Spotted seal .....................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ......................................................................................................
Pinnipeds (Beaufort West & Chukchi Sea)
Ringed seal ......................................................................................................
Bearded seal ....................................................................................................
Spotted seal .....................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ......................................................................................................
(2) Potential Number of Takes by
Icebreaking at Received Levels ≥120 dB
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
As discussed above, based on
available information regarding sounds
produced by icebreaking in various ice
regimes and the expected ice conditions
during the proposed survey, vessel
sounds generated during ice breaking
are likely to have source levels between
175 and 185 dB re 1 mPa-m. As
described above, we have assumed that
seismic survey activity will occur along
all of the planned tracklines shown in
Figure 1 of ION’s IHA application.
Therefore, received levels ≥160 dB
radius of 26.7–42.2 km (16.6–26.2 mi;
depending on water depth) to each side
of all of the survey lines was applied for
the calculation. Assuming a source level
of 185 dB re 1 mPa-m and using the
15logR for calculating spreading loss of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
16,969
4
1
1
acoustic intensity, icebreaking sounds
may be ≥120 dB out to a maximum
distance of ∼21.6 km (13.4 mi). Thus, all
sounds produced by icebreaking are
expected to diminish below 120 dB re
1 mPa within the zone where we assume
mammals will be exposed to ≥160 dB
(rms) from seismic sounds. Exposures of
marine mammals to icebreaking sounds
with received levels ≥120 dB would
effectively duplicate or ‘‘double-count’’
animals already included in the
estimates of exposure to strong (≥160
dB) airgun sounds. The planned survey
lines cover a large extent of the U.S.
Beaufort Sea, and seismic survey
activity along all those lines has been
assumed in the estimation of takes. Any
non-seismic periods, when only
icebreaking might occur, would
therefore result in fewer exposures than
estimated from seismic activities.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
If refueling of the Geo Arctic is
required during the survey and the
Polar Prince transits to and from
Canadian waters to acquire additional
fuel for itself, an additional ∼200 km
(124 mi) of transit may occur. Most of
this transit would likely occur through
ice in offshore waters >200 m (656 ft) in
depth. For estimation purposes we have
assumed 25% of the transit will occur
in 200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) of water
and the remaining 75% will occur in
>1,000 m (3,281 ft) of water. This results
in an estimated ∼2,160 km2 of water in
areas 200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) deep
and 6,487 km2 in waters >1,000 m
(3,281 ft) deep being ensonified to ≥120
dB by icebreaking sounds. Using the
density estimates for the east survey
area shown in Tables 2 and 3, the
estimated exposures of cetaceans and
pinnipeds are shown in Table 6 here.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49952
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
TABLE 6—ESTIMATES OF THE POSSIBLE NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS EXPOSED TO ≥120 DB RE 1 μPA (RMS) DURING
ICEBREAKING ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE PREFERRED ALTERNATIVE FOR REFUELING DURING ION’S PROPOSED SEISMIC PROGRAM IN THE BEAUFORT SEA, OCTOBER–DECEMBER 2012
Water depth
Species
Total
200–1,000 m
Beluga whale ...............................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ...........................................................................................................................
Bowhead whale ...........................................................................................................................
Gray whale ...................................................................................................................................
Minke whale .................................................................................................................................
Ringed seal ..................................................................................................................................
Bearded seal ................................................................................................................................
Spotted seal .................................................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ..................................................................................................................................
If the Polar Prince cannot return to
port via Canadian waters, then a transit
of ∼600 km (373 mi) from east to west
across the U.S. Beaufort would be
necessary. Again, it is expected that
most of this transit would likely occur
in offshore waters >200 m (656 ft) in
depth. For estimation purposes we have
assumed 25% of the transit will occur
in 200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) of water
and the remaining 75% will occur in
>1,000 m (3,281 ft) of water. This results
in an estimated ∼3,240 km2 of water in
areas 200–1,000 m (656–3,281 ft) deep
and 9,720 km2 in waters >1,000 m
(3,281 ft) deep being ensonified to ≥120
>1,000 m
253
0
1
0
0
181
1
0
0
320
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
573
1
2
1
1
184
4
1
1
dB by icebreaking sounds within each
half of the U.S. Beaufort Sea, for a total
of 25,920 km2 ensonified across the
entire U.S. Beaufort Sea. Using the
density estimates in Tables 2–3,
estimated exposures of cetaceans and
pinnipeds are shown in Table 7 here.
TABLE 7—ESTIMATES OF THE POSSIBLE NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS EXPOSED TO ≥120 DB RE 1 μPA (RMS) DURING
ICEBREAKING ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE SECONDARY ALTERNATIVE FOR REFUELING DURING ION’S PROPOSED SEISMIC PROGRAM IN THE BEAUFORT AND CHUKCHI SEAS, OCTOBER–DECEMBER 2012
Water depth
Species
Total
200–1,000 m
Beluga whale ...............................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ...........................................................................................................................
Bowhead whale ...........................................................................................................................
Gray whale ...................................................................................................................................
Minke whale .................................................................................................................................
Ringed seal ..................................................................................................................................
Bearded seal ................................................................................................................................
Spotted seal .................................................................................................................................
Ribbon seal ..................................................................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Potential Number of Takes by Level B
TTS and Level A Harassment
As noted previously, due to the
limited effectiveness of monitoring and
mitigation measures for animals under
ice cover and during long lowlight
hours, NMFS is proposing to authorize
takes of marine mammals by TTS (Level
B harassment) and PTS (Level A
harassment or injury) when exposed to
received noise levels above 180 and 190
dB re 1 mPa (rms) for prolonged period,
although this is unlikely to occur.
Therefore, the result of the analysis is
conservative in which animals are
estimated to be affected by receiving
TTS or even PTS.
The methods used below for
estimating the number of individuals
potentially exposed to sounds >180 or
>190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) should therefore
include an additional reduction to
estimate the number that may incur
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
PTS, which is presumably a Level A
take. For reasons described here and
further below, NMFS and ION do not
anticipate that marine mammals will be
injured or harmed by the proposed
project.
Only two cetacean species, beluga and
bowhead, are likely to be present in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea late in the survey
period or where extensive ice cover is
present. Gray whale vocalizations have
been recorded throughout one winter
(2003–2004) in the western Alaskan
Beaufort Sea near Pt. Barrow (Moore et
al., 2006). However, the presence of gray
whales in October and November in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea does not appear to
be a regular occurrence or involve a
significant number of animals when it
does occur. NMFS therefore does not
anticipate exposures of cetacean
species, other than belugas or
bowheads, to received sound levels
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
417
0
1
0
0
273
2
0
0
>1,000 m
500
2
2
2
2
8
8
2
2
917
2
3
2
2
281
10
2
2
≥180 dB during periods of darkness or
in areas with extensive ice cover to
occur.
Beluga whales have shown avoidance
of icebreaking sounds at relatively low
received levels. In the Canadian Arctic,
belugas showed initial avoidance of
icebreaking sounds at received levels
from 94–105 dB in the 20–1,000 Hz
band, although some animals returned
to the same location within 1–2 days
and tolerated noise levels as high as 120
dB in that band (Finley et al., 1990).
Playback experiments of icebreaker
sounds resulted in 35% of beluga
groups showing avoidance at received
levels between 78–84 dB in the 1⁄3octave band centered at 5,000 Hz, or 8–
14 dB above ambient levels (Richardson
et al., 1995b). Based on these results, it
was estimated that reactions by belugas
to an actual icebreaker would likely
occur at ∼10 km (6.2 mi) under similar
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
conditions. Erbe and Farmer (2000)
estimated that zones of disturbance from
icebreaking sounds could extend 19–46
km (12–28.6 mi) depending on various
factors. Erbe and Farmer (2000) also
estimated that a beluga whale would
have to remain within 2 km (1.2 mi) of
an icebreaker backing and ramming for
over 20 min to incur small TTS (4.8 dB),
and within 120 m for over 30 min to
incur more significant TTS (12–18 dB).
Aerial and vessel based monitoring of
seismic surveys in the central Beaufort
Sea showed significant avoidance of
active airguns by belugas. Results of the
aerial monitoring suggested an area of
avoidance out to 10–20 km (6.2–12.4
mi) around an active seismic source
with higher than expected sighting rates
observed at distances 20–30 km (12.4–
18.6 mi) from the source. The nearest
aerial ‘‘transect’’ beluga sighting during
seismic activity was at a distance of 7.8
km (4.8 mi). Only seven beluga sightings
were recorded from the survey vessel
during the entire study, three of which
occurred during airgun activity. Two of
the seismic period sightings were made
at the beginning of active airgun periods
and the other was during seismic testing
of a limited number of guns. These
sightings occurred at distances between
1.54 km and 2.51 km from the vessel.
Similarly, few beluga whales were
observed near seismic surveys in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in 1996–1998
(Richardson 1999), although the beluga
migration corridor is typically well
offshore of where most of the seismic
survey occurred. Observers on seismic
and associated support vessels operating
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
2006–2008 seasons reported no beluga
sightings during seismic or non-seismic
periods, suggesting avoidance of both
seismic and vessel sounds (Savarese et
al., 2010). No mitigation measures
during seismic operations (power down
or shut down of airgun arrays) have
been required as a result of beluga
sightings during surveys in the Chukchi
or Beaufort seas in 2006–2009 (Ireland
et al., 2007a, 2007b; Patterson et al.,
2007, Funk et al., 2008, Ireland et al.,
2009b, Reiser et al., 2010).
Based on the reported avoidance of
vessel, icebreaking, and seismic sounds
by beluga whales, and the low and
seasonally decreasing density during the
time of the proposed survey, the
likelihood of beluga whales occurring
within the ≥180 dB zone during the
proposed project is extremely low. A
cautionary estimate that assumes 10%
of belugas will show no avoidance of
the 180 dB zone results in an estimate
of 23 beluga whales exposed to sounds
≥180 dB (based on the densities
described above and the area of water
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
that may be ensonified to ≥180 dB)
during the proposed project.
Bowhead whales have shown similar
avoidance of vessel and seismic sounds.
Less information is available regarding
avoidance of icebreaking sounds;
however, avoidance of the overall
activity was noted during intensive
icebreaking around drill sites in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in 1992. Migrating
bowhead whales appeared to avoid the
area of drilling and icebreaking by ∼25
km (15.5 mi) (Brewer et al., 1993). Also,
monitoring of drilling activities in a
previous year, during which much less
icebreaking occurred, showed avoidance
by migrating bowheads out to ∼20 km
(12.4 mi). Therefore, the relative
influence of icebreaking versus drilling
sounds is difficult to determine.
Similarly, migrating bowheads
strongly avoided the area within ∼20 km
(12.4 mi) of nearshore seismic surveys,
and less complete avoidance extended
to ∼30 km (18.6 mi) (Miller et al., 1999).
Only 1 bowhead was observed from the
survey vessel during the three seasons
(1996–1998) when seismic surveys
continued into September. Bowheads
not actively engaged in migration have
shown less avoidance of seismic
operations. During seismic surveys in
the Canadian Beaufort Sea in late
August and early September bowhead
whales appeared to avoid an area within
∼2 km (1.2 mi) of airgun activity (Miller
and Davis, 2002) and sightings from the
survey vessel itself were common
(Miller et al., 2005). Vessel-based
sightings showed a statistically
significant difference of ∼600 m (1,969
ft) in the mean sighting distances of
bowheads (relative to the survey vessel)
between periods with and without
airgun activity. This, along with
significantly lower sighting rates of
bowhead whales during periods of
airgun activity, suggests that bowheads
still avoided close approach to the area
of seismic operation (Miller and Davis,
2002). Results from vessel-based and
aerial monitoring in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea during 2006–2008 were
similar to those described above (Funk
et al., 2010). Sighting rates from seismic
vessels were significantly lower during
airgun activity than during non-seismic
periods. Support vessels reported 12
sightings of bowhead whales in areas
where received levels from seismic were
≥160 dB (Savarese et al., 2010). Aerial
surveys reported bowhead whales
feeding in areas where received levels of
seismic sounds were up to 160 dB.
Bowheads were not observed in
locations with higher received levels
(Christie et al., 2010). Based on four
direct approach experiments in northern
Alaskan waters, Ljungblad et al. (1988)
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49953
reported total avoidance of seismic
sounds at received sound levels of 152,
165, 178, and 165 dB.
The available information
summarized above suggests that
bowhead whales are very likely to avoid
areas where received levels are ≥180 dB
re 1 mPa (rms). Again, making a
cautionary assumption that as many as
10% of bowheads may not avoid the 180
dB zone around the airguns, we
calculate that 6 individuals could be
exposed to ≥180 dB (based on the
densities described above and the area
of water that may be ensonified to ≥180
dB). During seismic surveys in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in 2007 and 2008,
5 power downs of the full airgun array
were made due to sightings of bowhead
or unidentified mysticete whales (8 total
individuals) within the ≥180 dB
exclusion zone. These sightings
occurred during >8000 km (4,971 mi) of
survey effort in good conditions plus
additional effort in poor conditions
(Savarese et al., 2010), resulting in an
estimated 0.625 sightings within the 180
dB distance per 1,000 km (620 mi) of
seismic activity. Even without
allowance for the reduced densities
likely to be encountered in October and
especially November, or for the fact that
observers will be on duty during all
daylight hours and will call for
mitigation actions if whales are sighted
within or near the 180 dB distance, this
rate would suggest that fewer than 8
bowheads may occur within the ≥180
dB zone during the proposed survey.
For seals (principally ringed seals),
the proportion exhibiting avoidance is
lower than for cetaceans, and thus the
received level at which avoidance
becomes evident is higher. However,
some survey results have shown a
statistically significant avoidance of the
190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) zone, and an
assumption that numbers exposed to
≥190 dB could be calculated from ‘‘nonseismic’’ density data is not
inappropriate. Using similar reasoning
as described above for cetaceans, we
have limited these estimates to ringed
seals as the presence of other pinniped
species is very unlikely during the times
and locations when exposures to ≥190
dB may have an increased likelihood of
occurrence.
Monitoring work in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea during 1996–2001
provided considerable information
regarding the behavior of seals exposed
to seismic pulses (Harris et al., 2001;
Moulton and Lawson, 2002). The
combined results suggest that some
seals avoid the immediate area around
seismic vessels. In most survey years,
ringed seal sightings averaged somewhat
farther away from the seismic vessel
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49954
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
when the airguns were operating than
when they were not (Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). Also, seal sighting rates
at the water surface were lower during
airgun array operations than during noairgun periods in each survey year
except 1997. However, the avoidance
movements were relatively small, on the
order of 100 m (328 ft) to (at most) a few
hundreds of meters, and many seals
remained within 100–200 m (328–656
ft) of the trackline as the operating
airgun array passed by.
During more recent seismic surveys in
the Arctic (2006–2009), Reiser et al.
(2009) also reported a tendency for
localized avoidance of areas
immediately around the seismic source
vessel along with coincident increased
sighting rates at support vessels
operating 1–2 km (0.62–1.2 mi) away.
However, pinnipeds were sighted
within the 190 dB zone around the
operating airguns more frequently than
were cetaceans within the 180 dB zone.
Assuming that 25% of the ringed seals
encountered may not avoid the 190 dB
zone as the airguns approach, we
calculate that ∼277 individuals could be
exposed to ≥190 dB (based on the
densities described above and the area
of water that may be ensonified to ≥190
dB). As an alternative estimate, during
the same >8,000 km (4,971 mi) of
monitoring effort in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea reported above regarding
bowhead whales, 42 observations of
seals within the 190 dB zone caused
power downs of the airguns. This was
∼5.25 power downs per 1,000 km (620
mi) of seismic survey effort. Even
without allowance for the reduced
densities of seals likely to be
encountered in October–November or
for the fact that observers will be on
duty during all daylight hours and will
call for mitigation actions if necessary,
this rate would suggest that as many as
38 seals may occur within the ≥190 dB
zone during the proposed survey.
However, as stated earlier, in most
circumstances marine mammals would
avoid areas where intense noise could
cause injury, including PTS. Although
approximately 23 beluga whales, 8
bowhead whales, and 38 seals
(presumably all ringed seals) could
theoretically be exposed to received
levels above 180 dB re 1 mPa (for
whales) and 190 dB re 1 mPa (for seals),
most of them are likely to avoid these
areas of intense noise and would not
incur TTS or PTS (injury). In the
unlikely case a small number of
individuals animals did not avoid the
intense noise, then TTS or even PTS
could occur. Assuming that 10% of the
individuals that were initially exposed
to received levels above 180 dB re 1 mPa
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(for beluga and bowhead whales) and
190 dB re 1 mPa (for ringed seals) do not
vacate the area, and subsequent
exposure leads to some degree of PTS,
then approximately 3 beluga whales, 1
bowhead whale, and 4 ringed seals
could be taken by Level A harassment.
However, NMFS considers this estimate
to be very conservative as explained
above.
represent 24.33%, 0.04%, 0.04%, and
0.05% of Alaska stocks of ringed,
bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals. If
ION selects the preferred alternative for
refueling, the estimated takes for ringed,
bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals
would drop to 60,477, 89, 22, and 22,
respectively, which in turn represent
24.29%, 0.04%, 0.04%, 0.04% of Alaska
stocks of these species.
Estimated Take Conclusions
Cetaceans—Effects on cetaceans are
generally expected to be restricted to
avoidance of an area around the seismic
survey and short-term changes in
behavior, falling within the MMPA
definition of ‘‘Level B harassment,’’ and
possibly mild TTS or PTS (which would
be considered ‘‘Level A harassment’’),
though not very likely.
Using the 160 dB (for pulse) and 120
dB (for non-pulse) criteria, the average
estimates of the numbers of individual
cetaceans exposed to sounds ≥160 dB
and 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) represent
varying proportions of the populations
of each species in the Beaufort Sea and
adjacent waters. For species listed as
‘‘Endangered’’ under the ESA, the
estimates include approximately 284
bowheads. This number is
approximately 1.86% of the BeringChukchi-Beaufort population of >15,233
assuming 3.4% annual population
growth from the 2001 estimate of
>10,545 animals (Zeh and Punt 2005).
For other cetaceans that might occur in
the vicinity of the marine seismic
survey in the Chukchi Sea, they also
represent a very small proportion of
their respective populations. The
average estimates of the number of
beluga whales, harbor porpoises, gray
whales, and minke whales that might be
exposed to ≥160 dB and 120 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) are 5,232, 23, 23, and 23, when the
secondary alternative for refueling is
being considered. These numbers
represent 13.33%, 0.05%, 0.12%, and
1.87% of these species’ respective
populations in the proposed action area.
If ION selects the preferred alternative
for refueling, the estimated takes for
beluga would be reduced to 4,888
animals, or 12.45% of the population.
Seals—A few seal species are likely to
be encountered in the study area, but
ringed seal is by far the most abundant
in this area. The average estimates of the
numbers of individuals exposed to
sounds at received levels ≥160 dB and
120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) during the
proposed icebreaking seismic survey are
as follows: ringed seals (60,574),
bearded seals (95), spotted seals (23),
and ribbon seals (23), when the
secondary alternative for refueling is
being considered. These numbers
Negligible Impact and Small Numbers
Analysis and Preliminary
Determination
NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘ * * *
an impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably
expected to, and is not reasonably likely
to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.’’ In making a
negligible impact determination, NMFS
considers a variety of factors, including
but not limited to: (1) The number of
anticipated mortalities; (2) the number
and nature of anticipated injuries; (3)
the number, nature, intensity, and
duration of Level B harassment; and (4)
the context in which the takes occur.
Most of the takes from ION’s proposed
icebreaking seismic surveys are
expected to be Level B behavioral
harassment. It is possible, however, that
TTS (Level B harassment) and even PTS
(Level A harassment) could occur if
monitoring measures are not effective
due to extensive ice coverage and
prolonged periods of darkness.
Although it is possible that some
individual marine mammals may be
exposed to sounds from marine survey
activities more than once, this is not
expected to happen extensively since
both the animals and the survey vessels
will be moving constantly in and out of
the survey areas. Therefore, the degrees
of TTS and PTS, if incurred, are
expected to be minor (low intensity—a
few dBs of loss at certain frequencies),
and the TTS is expected to be brief
(minutes to hours) before full recovery.
No serious injuries or mortalities are
anticipated to occur as a result of the
proposed seismic survey, and none are
proposed to be authorized.
Of the nine marine mammal species
likely to occur in the proposed marine
survey area, only the bowhead whale is
listed as endangered under the ESA.
These species are also designated as
‘‘depleted’’ under the MMPA. Despite
these designations, the Bering-ChukchiBeaufort stock of bowheads has been
increasing at a rate of 3.4 percent
annually for nearly a decade (Allen and
Angliss, 2010). Additionally, during the
2001 census, 121 calves were counted,
which was the highest yet recorded. The
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
calf count provides corroborating
evidence for a healthy and increasing
population (Allen and Angliss, 2010).
There is no critical habitat designated in
the U.S. Arctic for the bowhead whale.
Certain stocks or populations of gray
and beluga whales and spotted seals are
listed as endangered or are proposed for
listing under the ESA; however, none of
those stocks or populations occur in the
proposed activity area. On December 10,
2010, NMFS published a notice of
proposed threatened status for
subspecies of the ringed seal (75 FR
77476) and a notice of proposed
threatened and not warranted status for
subspecies and distinct population
segments of the bearded seal (75 FR
77496) in the Federal Register. Neither
of these two ice seal species is currently
considered depleted under the MMPA.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Level B Behavioral Harassment
Most of the bowhead whales
encountered during the summer will
likely show overt disturbance
(avoidance) only if they receive airgun
sounds with levels ≥160 dB re 1 mPa
(rms). Odontocete reactions to seismic
energy pulses are usually assumed to be
limited to shorter distances from the
airgun(s) than are those of mysticetes,
probably in part because odontocete
low-frequency hearing is assumed to be
less sensitive than that of mysticetes.
However, at least when in the Canadian
Beaufort Sea in summer, belugas appear
to be fairly responsive to seismic energy,
with few being sighted within 6–12 mi
(10–20 km) of seismic vessels during
aerial surveys (Miller et al., 2005). Both
belugas and bowhead whales are
expected to occur in much smaller
numbers in the vicinity of the proposed
seismic survey area during the proposed
survey. In addition, due to the constant
moving of the seismic survey vessel, the
duration of the noise exposure of
cetaceans to seismic impulses would be
brief. For the same reason, it is unlikely
that any individual animal would be
exposed to high received levels multiple
times.
Taking into account the mitigation
measures that are planned, effects on
cetaceans are generally expected to be
restricted to avoidance of a limited area
around the survey operation and shortterm changes in behavior, falling within
the MMPA definition of ‘‘Level B
harassment,’’ with only limited
potential occurrences of TTS (Level B
harassment) and PTS (Level A
harassment).
Furthermore, the estimated numbers
of animals potentially exposed to sound
levels sufficient to cause appreciable
disturbance are small percentages of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
population sizes in the Bering-ChukchiBeaufort seas, as described above.
Finally, as discussed above, since ION
is not likely to start its proposed in-ice
seismic survey until early October when
most of the cetaceans (especially
bowhead whales) have moved out of the
area, the actual take numbers are
expected to be much lower.
The many reported cases of apparent
tolerance by cetaceans of seismic
exploration, vessel traffic, and some
other human activities show that coexistence is possible. Mitigation
measures such as controlled vessel
speed, dedicated PSOs, non-pursuit,
and shutdowns or power downs when
marine mammals are seen within
defined ranges will further reduce shortterm reactions and minimize any effects
on hearing sensitivity. In all cases, the
effects are expected to be short-term,
with no lasting biological consequence.
Some individual pinnipeds may be
exposed to sound from the proposed
marine surveys more than once during
the time frame of the project. However,
as discussed previously, due to the
constant moving of the survey vessel,
the probability of an individual
pinniped being exposed multiple times
is much lower than if the source is
stationary. Therefore, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the
exposure of pinnipeds to sounds
produced by the proposed marine
seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas is mostly expected to
result in no more than Level B
harassment and is anticipated to have
no more than a negligible impact on the
animals.
The estimated Level B behavioral
takes proposed to be authorized
represent up to 12.45% of the Beaufort
Sea population of approximately 39,258
beluga whales (Allen and Angliss,
2010), up to 0.04% of Bering Sea stock
of approximately 48,215 harbor
porpoises, 0.12% of the Eastern North
Pacific stock of approximately 19,126
gray whales, 1.86% of the BeringChukchi-Beaufort population of 15,233
individuals assuming 3.4 percent
annual population growth from the 2001
estimate of 10,545 animals (Zeh and
Punt, 2005), and 1.78% of the Alaska
stock of approximately 1,233 minke
whales. The take estimates presented for
ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon
seals represent up to 24.29, 0.04, 0.04,
and 0.04 percent of U.S. Arctic stocks of
each species, respectively. These
estimates represent the percentage of
each species or stock that could be taken
by Level B behavioral harassment if
each animal is taken only once. It may
seem that a large number of ringed seal
(up to 24.29%) would be taken as a
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49955
result of the proposed seismic survey
activity. It is important to note that the
population densities for marine
mammals within the proposed survey
area are overestimated for the season of
the seismic survey due to the lack of
realistic data, and that the number of
ringed seals that would occur in the
project area during the proposed survey
period is expected to be much lower.
Therefore, far fewer ringed seals are
actually expected to be taken as a result
of ION’s proposed icebreaking seismic
survey in the Beaufort Sea. Furthermore,
it is likely that individual animals could
be taken multiple times and be counted
as different individuals, thus inflating
the percentage of unique individuals
that would be affected. Finally, as
discussed earlier, the effects to marine
mammals that would result from Level
B behavioral harassment are expected to
be minor and brief, and mostly involve
animals temporarily changing their
behavior and vacating the proximity of
the survey area briefly as the survey
vessel and icebreaker approach. Marine
mammals are expected to resume their
normal activities and reoccupy the area
as soon as the vessels move away.
Additionally, since the proposed
icebreaking seismic survey is planned
outside the time when ice seals are
giving birth, no impacts on pups are
expected. Therefore, although the
number of ringed seals that could be
affected by the proposed seismic survey
seems high, these effects are not
expected to be biologically significant
on either the individual or population
level for this species. In addition, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
(described previously in this document)
proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
issued) are expected to further reduce
any potential disturbance to marine
mammals.
Hearing Impairment (TTS, Level B
Harassment, or PTS, Level A
Harassment)
Most cetaceans (and particularly
Arctic cetaceans) show relatively high
levels of avoidance when received
sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB re 1
mPa (rms), and it is uncommon to sight
Arctic cetaceans within the 180 dB
radius, especially for prolonged
duration. Results from monitoring
programs associated with seismic
activities in the Arctic have shown
significant responses by cetaceans at
levels much lower than 180 dB. These
results have been used by agencies to
support monitoring requirements within
distances where received levels fall
below 160 dB and even 120 dB. Thus,
very few animals would be exposed to
sound levels of 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49956
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
regardless of detectability by PSOs.
Avoidance varies among individuals
and depends on their activities or
reasons for being in the area, and
occasionally a few individual arctic
cetaceans will tolerate sound levels
above 160 dB. Tolerance of levels above
180 dB is infrequent, regardless of the
circumstances. Therefore, a calculation
of the number of cetaceans potentially
exposed to >180 dB that is based simply
on density would be a gross
overestimate of the actual numbers
exposed to 180 dB. Such calculations
would be misleading unless avoidance
response behaviors were taken into
account to estimate what fraction of
those originally present within the soonto-be ensonified to >180 dB zone (as
estimated from density) would still be
there by the time levels reach 180 dB.
It is estimated that up to 1 bowhead
whale and 3 beluga whales could be
exposed to received noise levels above
180 dB re 1 mPa (rms), and 4 ringed seals
could be exposed to received noise
levels above 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for
durations long enough to cause TTS if
the animals are not detected in time to
have mitigation measures implemented
(or even PTS if such exposures occurred
repeatedly). The potential takes of
marine mammals by TTS (Level B
harassment), or, potentially PTS (Level
A harassment) if exposed for a long
enough time or repeatedly represent
0.0068%, 0.0076%, and 0.0016% of
bowhead whale, beluga whale, and
ringed seal populations, respectively.
None of the other species are expected
to be exposed to received sound levels
anticipated to cause TTS or PTS.
Marine mammals that are taken by
TTS are expected to receive minor (in
the order of several dBs) and brief
(minutes to hours) temporary hearing
impairment because (1) animals are not
likely to remain for prolonged periods
within high intensity sound fields, and
(2) both the seismic vessel and the
animals are constantly moving, and it is
unlikely that the animal will be moving
along with the vessel during the survey.
Although repeated experience to TTS
could result in PTS (injury or Level A
harassment), for the same reasons
discussed above, even if marine
mammals experience PTS, the degree of
PTS is expected to be mild, resulting in
a few dB elevation of hearing threshold.
Therefore, even if a few marine
mammals receive TTS or PTS, the
degree of these effects are expected to be
minor and, in the case of TTS, brief, and
are not expected to be biologically
significant for the population or species.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
Potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat were discussed previously in
this document (see the ‘‘Anticipated
Effects on Habitat’’ section). Although
some disturbance is possible to food
sources of marine mammals, the
impacts are anticipated to be minor
enough as to not affect rates of
recruitment or survival of marine
mammals in the area. Based on the vast
size of the Arctic Ocean where feeding
by marine mammals occurs versus the
localized area of the marine survey
activities, any missed feeding
opportunities in the direct project area
would be minor based on the fact that
other feeding areas exist elsewhere. For
bowhead whales, the majority of the
population would have migrated past
many of the feeding areas of the central
Beaufort Sea prior to the initiation of
activities by ION.
The effects of icebreaking activity are
not expected to result in significant
modification to marine habitat.
Although it is expected that the ice
coverage would be 8/10th to 10/10th,
the ice in the proposed project area is
loose annual ice during the time of the
proposed in-ice seismic survey activity.
Therefore, ice floes being broken and
pushed aside from the icebreaker are
expected to rejoin behind the seismic
survey path. In addition, no ice seal
lairs are expected during the period of
ION’s proposed in-ice seismic survey in
the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
mitigation and monitoring measures,
NMFS preliminarily finds that ION’s
proposed 2010 in-ice seismic survey in
the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas may
result in the incidental take of small
numbers of marine mammals, by Level
A and Level B harassment only, and that
the total taking from the seismic surveys
will have a negligible impact on the
affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Preliminary Determination
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that ION’s proposed 2010 in-ice marine
seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of species or stocks for
taking for subsistence uses. This
preliminary determination is supported
by information contained in this
document and ION’s POC. ION has
adopted a spatial and temporal strategy
for its Beaufort and Chukchi Seas in-ice
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
seismic survey operations that is
intended to avoid subsistence activities.
ION plans to start its seismic survey
after the fall bowhead harvests have
concluded for the communities of
Kaktovik and Nuiqsut, and its seismic
survey is expected to occur far offshore
from regular ringed seal hunts.
Although hunting may still be occurring
in Barrow, ION has agreed to work in
the eastern part of the survey area first
so as not to overlap with hunting areas
used by hunters in Barrow. The late
November bowhead harvests on St.
Lawrence Island should not be affected
by ION’s vessel transits through the
Bering Strait at the conclusion of the
survey in early to mid-December. No
other subsistence activity is expected to
occur during ION’s proposed seismic
survey period.
Based on the measures described in
ION’s POC, the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures (described earlier
in this document), and the project
design itself, NMFS has determined
preliminarily that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from ION’s icebreaking
marine seismic survey in the Beaufort
and Chukchi Seas.
Proposed Incidental Harassment
Authorization
This section contains a draft of the
IHA itself. The wording contained in
this section is proposed for inclusion in
the IHA (if issued).
1. This Authorization is valid from
October 1, 2012, through December 15,
2012.
2. This Authorization is valid only for
activities associated with in-ice seismic
surveys and related activities in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, as indicated
in Figure 1 of ION’s IHA application.
3. (a) The species authorized for
incidental harassment takings, Level B
harassment only, are:
• Beluga whales (Delphinapterus
leucas);
• Harbor porpoises (Phocoena
phocoena);
• Bowhead whales (Balaena
mysticetus);
• Gray whales (Eschrichtius
robustus);
• Minke whales (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata);
• Bearded seals (Erignathus
barbatus);
• Spotted seals (Phoca largha);
• Ringed seals (P. hispida); and
• Ribbon seals (P. fasciata).
(b) The species authorized for
incidental harassment taking, Level A
harassment, are:
• One individual of bowhead whale;
• Three individuals of beluga whale;
and
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49957
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
• Four individuals of ringed seal.
(c) The authorization for taking by
harassment is limited to the following
acoustic sources and from the following
activities:
(i) 28 Sercel G-gun airguns, of which
26 are active with a total discharge
volume of 4,450 in3.
(ii) Individual airgun sizes range from
70 to 380 in3.
(d) The taking of any marine mammal
in a manner prohibited under this
Authorization must be reported within
24 hours of the taking to the Alaska
Regional Administrator (907–586–7221)
or his designee in Anchorage (907–271–
3023), National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) and the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at
(301) 427–8401, or his designee (301–
427–8418).
4. The holder of this Authorization
must notify the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, at least 48 hours
prior to the start of collecting seismic
data (unless constrained by the date of
issuance of this Authorization in which
case notification shall be made as soon
as possible).
source vessel protected species
observers (PSOs), required by condition
7(a)(i), are not onboard in conformance
with condition 7(a)(i) of this
Authorization.
5. Prohibitions
(a) The taking, by incidental
harassment only, is limited to the
species listed under conditions 3(a) and
(b) above. The taking by serious injury
or death of these species or the taking
by harassment, injury or death of any
other species of marine mammal is
prohibited and may result in the
modification, suspension, or revocation
of this Authorization.
(b) The taking of any marine mammal
is prohibited whenever the required
(i) Establish and monitor with trained
Protected Species Observers (PSOs) a
preliminary exclusion zone for
cetaceans and pinnipeds surrounding
the airgun array on the source vessel
where the received level would be 180
dB (for cetaceans) and 190 dB (for
pinnipeds) re 1 mPa (rms), respectively.
For purposes of the sound source
verification test, described in condition
7(d)(i), the modeled exclusion zones at
areas of different depth are shown in
Table 1 below.
6. Mitigation
(a) Exclusion Zones
TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMAL EXCLUSION ZONES FOR SPECIFIC CATEGORIES BASED ON THE WATER DEPTH
Exclusion and disturbance zones (meters)
rms (dB re. 1 μPa)
Less than
100 m
190 ...............................................................................................................................................
180 ...............................................................................................................................................
160 ...............................................................................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(ii) Immediately upon completion of
data analysis of the sound source
verification measurements required
under condition 7(d)(i) below, the new
180-dB and 190-dB re 1 mPa (rms)
marine mammal exclusion zones shall
be established based on the sound
source verification.
(b) Speed or Course Alteration
(i) If a marine mammal (in water) is
detected outside the exclusion zone
and, based on its position and the
relative motion, is likely to enter the
exclusion zone, the vessel’s speed and/
or direct course shall be changed in a
manner that also minimizes the effect
on the planned objectives when such a
maneuver is safe.
(ii) Avoid concentrations or groups of
whales by all vessels in transient under
the direction of ION. Operators of
vessels should, at all times, conduct
their activities at the maximum distance
possible from such concentrations of
whales.
(iii) All vessels during transient shall
be operated at speeds necessary to
ensure no physical contact with whales
occurs. If any barge or transit vessel
approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of
observed bowhead whales, the vessel
operator shall take reasonable
precautions to avoid potential
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
interaction with the bowhead whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
(A) Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
274 m) of the whale(s);
(B) Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
(C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
(D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction; and
(E) Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged.
(iv) When weather conditions require,
such as when visibility drops, adjust
vessel speed accordingly to avoid the
likelihood of injury to whales.
(v) In the event that any aircraft (such
as helicopters) are used to support the
planned survey, the mitigation measures
below would apply:
(A) Under no circumstances, other
than an emergency, shall aircraft be
operated at an altitude lower than 1,000
feet above sea level (ASL) when within
0.3 mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
600
2,850
27,800
100 m–
1,000 m
180
660
42,200
More than
1,000 m
180
580
31,600
(B) Helicopters shall not hover or
circle above or within 0.3 mile (0.5 km)
of groups of whales.
(c) Ramp-up:
(i) A ramp up, following a cold start,
can be applied if the exclusion zone has
been free of marine mammals for a
consecutive 30-minute period. The
entire exclusion zone must have been
visible during these 30 minutes. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp up from a cold start cannot begin.
(ii) Ramp up procedures from a cold
start shall be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion
zone during the 30-minute period prior
to the ramp up. The delay shall last
until the marine mammal(s) has been
observed to leave the exclusion zone or
until the animal(s) is not sighted for at
least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes
applies to small toothed whales and
pinnipeds, while a 30 minute
observation period applies to baleen
whales and large toothed whales.
(iii) A ramp up, following a
shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown
occurred has been observed to leave the
exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is
not sighted for at least 15 minutes (small
toothed whales and pinnipeds) or 30
minutes (baleen whales and large
toothed whales).
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
49958
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
(iv) If, for any reason, electrical power
to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes
or more, ramp-up procedures shall be
implemented. Only if the PSO watch
has been suspended, a 30-minute
clearance of the exclusion zone is
required prior to commencing ramp-up.
Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a
ramp-up.
(v) The seismic operator and PSOs
shall maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the
airgun arrays reach full power.
(d) Power-down/Shutdown:
(i) The airgun array shall be
immediately powered down whenever a
marine mammal is sighted approaching
close to or within the applicable
exclusion zone of the full array, but is
outside the applicable exclusion zone of
the single mitigation airgun.
(ii) If a marine mammal is already
within the exclusion zone when first
detected, the airguns shall be powered
down immediately.
(iii) Following a power-down, ramp
up to the full airgun array shall not
resume until the marine mammal has
cleared the exclusion zone. The animal
will be considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it is visually observed
to have left the exclusion zone of the
full array, or has not been seen within
the zone for 15 minutes (pinnipeds or
small toothed whales) or 30 minutes
(baleen whales or large toothed whales).
(iv) If a marine mammal is sighted
within or about to enter the 190 or 180
dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of
the single mitigation airgun, the airgun
array shall be shutdown.
(v) If a marine mammal on ice is
detected by PSOs within the exclusion
zones it will be watched carefully in
case it enters the water. In the event the
animal does enter the water and is
within an applicable exclusion zone of
the airguns during seismic operations, a
power down or other necessary
mitigation measures shall immediately
be implemented.
(vi) Airgun activity shall not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion zone as described
above under ramp up procedures.
(e) Poor Visibility Conditions:
(i) If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness, the full 180
dB exclusion zone is not visible, the
airguns cannot commence a ramp-up
procedure from a full shut-down.
(ii) If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
(iii) Airguns shall not be fired during
long transits when exploration activities
are not occurring, including the
common firing of one airgun (also
referred to as the ‘‘mitigation gun’’ in
past IHAs). This does not apply to turns
when starting a new track line.
(f) Mitigation Measures for
Subsistence Activities:
(i) ION shall fully implement the
following measures, consistent with the
2012 Plan of Cooperation (COP), in
order to avoid having an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
marine mammal species or stocks for
taking for subsistence uses:
(A) Schedule the seismic survey so
that seismic operations in the eastern
survey area do not begin until October
1, 2012, or the completion of Kaktovik
bowhead whaling, whichever is later;
(B) Schedule the seismic survey so
that seismic operations in the western
survey area do not begin until
completion of Barrow fall bowhead
whaling (expected to be approximately
November 1, 2012).
(C) Plan the survey to proceed from
the eastern to western U.S. Beaufort Sea
to avoid, as much as possible, any
remaining migratory animals and
associated subsistence activities.
(ii) ION shall maintain a
Communication Center (Com Center)
that is staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a
week, during the seismic survey
operational window.
(iii) Vessels shall report in to the Com
Center a minimum of every 6 hours and
provide information about the vessel’s
location, speed, and direction. The Com
Center shall be notified if there is any
significant change in plans or any
potentially unsafe or unanticipated
conditions (e.g., weather, ice
conditions).
7. Monitoring:
(a) Daytime Vessel Monitoring:
(i) Protected Species Observers
(PSOs): The holder of this Authorization
must designate biologically-trained, onsite individuals (PSOs) to be onboard
the source vessel and icebreaker, who
are approved in advance by NMFS, to
conduct the visual monitoring programs
required under this Authorization and
to record the effects of seismic surveys
and the resulting noise on marine
mammals.
(A) PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat
observers and experienced field
biologists. An experienced field crew
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
leader will supervise the PSO team
onboard the survey vessel. New
observers shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid
situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
(B) Crew leaders and most other
biologists serving as observers in 2012
will be individuals with experience as
observers during recent seismic or
shallow hazards monitoring projects in
Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort, or other
offshore areas in recent years.
(C) PSOs shall complete a two or
three-day training session on marine
mammal monitoring, to be conducted
shortly before the anticipated start of the
2012 open-water season. The training
session(s) will be conducted by
qualified marine mammalogists with
extensive crew-leader experience during
previous vessel-based monitoring
programs. A marine mammal observers’
handbook, adapted for the specifics of
the planned survey program will be
reviewed as part of the training.
(D) If there are Alaska Native PSOs,
the PSO training that is conducted prior
to the start of the survey activities shall
be conducted with both Alaska Native
PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained
at the same time in the same room.
There shall not be separate training
courses for the different PSOs.
(E) Crew members should not be used
as primary PSOs because they have
other duties and generally do not have
the same level of expertise, experience,
or training as PSOs, but they could be
stationed on the fantail of the vessel to
observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array and
implement a rampdown or shutdown if
a marine mammal enters the exclusion
zone (or exclusion zone).
(F) If crew members are to be used as
PSOs, they shall go through some basic
training consistent with the functions
they will be asked to perform. The best
approach would be for crew members
and PSOs to go through the same
training together.
(G) PSOs shall be trained using visual
aids (e.g., videos, photos), to help them
identify the species that they are likely
to encounter in the conditions under
which the animals will likely be seen.
(H) ION shall train its PSOs to follow
a scanning schedule that consistently
distributes scanning effort according to
the purpose and need for observations.
For example, the schedule might call for
60% of scanning effort to be directed
toward the near field and 40% at the far
field. All PSOs should follow the same
schedule to ensure consistency in their
scanning efforts.
(i) PSOs shall be trained in
documenting the behaviors of marine
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
mammals. PSOs should simply record
the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting,
approaching or moving away from
vessels) and relative location of the
observed marine mammals.
(ii) PSOs shall be on duty for four (4)
consecutive hours or less, although
more than one four-hour shift per day is
acceptable, with a maximum of 12 hours
of watch time per PSO.
(iii) Three PSOs shall be stationed
aboard the icebreaker Polar Prince to
take advantage of this forward operating
platform and provide advanced notice
of marine mammals to the PSOs on the
survey vessel. Three PSOs shall be
stationed aboard the survey vessel Geo
Arctic to monitor the exclusion zones
centered on the airguns and to request
mitigation actions when necessary.
(iv) At all times, the crew must be
instructed to keep watch for marine
mammals. If any are sighted, the bridge
watch-stander must immediately notify
the PSO(s) on-watch. If a marine
mammal is within or closely
approaching its designated exclusion
zone, the seismic acoustic sources must
be immediately powered down or
shutdown (in accordance with
condition 6(d) above).
(v) Observations by the PSOs on
marine mammal presence and activity
shall begin a minimum of 30 minutes
prior to the estimated time that the
seismic source is to be turned on and/
or ramped-up.
(vi) PSO(s) shall watch for marine
mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels,
typically the bridge. The observer(s)
shall scan systematically with the
unaided eye and 7 × 50 reticle
binoculars, supplemented during good
visibility conditions with 20 × 60 imagestabilized Zeiss Binoculars or Fujinon
25 × 150 ‘‘Big-eye’’ binoculars, a thermal
imaging (FLIR) camera, and night-vision
equipment when needed.
(vii) When marine mammal is sighted,
information to be recorded by PSOs
shall include the following information:
(A) species, group size, age/size/sex
categories (if determinable), behavior
when first sighted and after initial
sighting, heading (if determinable),
bearing and distance from observer,
apparent reaction to activities (e.g.,
none, avoidance, approach, etc.), closest
point of approach, and pace;
(B) additional details for any
unidentified marine mammal or
unknown observed;
(C) time, location, speed, and activity
of the vessel, sea state, ice cover,
visibility, and sun glare; and
(D) the positions of other vessel(s) in
the vicinity of the observer location.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(viii) The ship’s position, speed of the
vessel, water depth, sea state, ice cover,
visibility, airgun status (ramp up,
mitigation gun, or full array), and sun
glare shall be recorded at the start and
end of each observation watch, every 30
minutes during a watch, and whenever
there is a change in any of those
variables.
(ix) ION shall work with its observers
to develop a means for recording data
that does not reduce observation time
significantly.
(x) PSOs shall attempt to maximize
the time spent looking at the water and
guarding the exclusion radii. They shall
avoid the tendency to spend too much
time evaluating animal behavior or
entering data on forms, both of which
detract from their primary purpose of
monitoring the exclusion zone.
(xi) PSOs shall understand the
importance of classifying marine
mammals as ‘‘unknown’’ or
‘‘unidentified’’ if they cannot identify
the animals to species with confidence.
In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the
identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an
unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the
animal had a dorsal fin.
(xii) Additional details about
unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ‘‘blow only’’, mysticete with (or
without) a dorsal fin, ‘‘seal splash’’, etc.,
shall be recorded.
(b) At Night and Poor Visibility Visual
Monitoring
(i) Night-vision equipment
(Generation 3 binocular image
intensifiers, or equivalent units) shall be
available for use at night and poor
visibility if visual monitoring is
conducted.
(ii) A forward looking thermal
imaging (FLIR) camera system mounted
on a high point near the bow of the
icebreaker shall also be available to
assist with detecting the presence of
seals and polar bears on ice and in the
water ahead of the airgun array.
(iii) FLIR and NVD Monitoring Protocols
• All PSOs shall monitor for marine
mammals according to the procedures
outlined in the Marine Mammal
Observer handbook.
• One PSO will be responsible for
monitoring the FLIR system (IR–PSO)
during most darkness and twilight
periods. The on-duty IR–PSO shall
monitor the IR display and alternate
between the two search methods
described below. If a second PSO is on
watch, they shall scan the same area as
the FLIR using the NVDs for
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
49959
comparison. The two PSOs shall
coordinate what area is currently being
scanned.
• The IR–PSO should rotate between
the search methods (see below) every 30
minutes in the following routine:
Æ 00:00–00:30: Method I
Æ 00:30–01:00: Method II, Port side
Æ 01:00–01:30: Method I
Æ 01:30–02:00: Method II, Starboard
side
(iv) FLIR and NVD Search Methods
(A) Method I: Set the horizontal tilt of
the camera to an angle that provides an
adequate view out in front of the vessel
and also provides good resolution to
potential targets. Pan back and forth
across the forward 180° of the vessels
heading at a slow-scanning rate of
approximately 1–2°/sec, as one would
with binoculars.
(B) Method II: Set the horizontal tilt
of the camera to an angle that provides
an adequate view out in front of the
vessel, and then set the camera at a
fixed position that creates a swath of
view off the bow and to one side of the
vessel.
(c) Field Data-Recording, Verification,
Handling, and Security
(i) PSOs shall record their
observations onto datasheets or directly
into handheld computers. During
periods between watches and periods
when operations are suspended, those
data shall be entered into a laptop
computer running a custom computer
database.
(ii) The accuracy of the data entry
shall be verified in the field by
computerized validity checks as the
data are entered, and by subsequent
manual checking of the database
printouts.
(iii) Quality control of the data shall
be facilitated by
(A) The start-of-season training
session,
(B) Subsequent supervision by the
onboard field crew leader, and
(C) Ongoing data checks during the
field season.
(iv) Data shall be backed up regularly
onto CDs and/or USB disks, and stored
at separate locations on the vessel.
(v) Observation effort data shall be
designed to capture the amount of PSO
effort itself, environmental conditions
that impact an observer’s ability to
detect marine mammals, and the
equipment and method of monitoring
being employed. These data shall be
collected every 30 minutes or when an
effort variable changes (e.g., change in
the equipment or method being used to
monitor, on/off-signing PSO, etc.), and
shall be linked to sightings data.
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
49960
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
(vi) Effort and sightings data forms
shall also include fields to capture
information specific to monitoring in
darkness and to more accurately
describe the observation conditions.
These fields include the following:
(A) Observation Method: FLIR, NVD,
spotlight, eye (naked eye or regular
binoculars), or multiple methods. This
data is collected every 30 minutes with
the Observer Effort form and with every
sighting.
(B) Cloud Cover: Percentage. This can
impact lighting conditions and
reflectivity.
(C) Precipitation Type: Fog, rain,
snow, or none.
(D) Precipitation Reduced Visibility:
Confirms whether or not visibility is
reduced due to precipitation. This will
be compared to the visibility distance (#
km) to determine when visibility is
reduced due to lighting conditions
versus precipitation.
(E) Daylight Amount: Daylight,
twilight, dark. The addition of the
twilight field has been included to
record observation periods where the
sun has set and observation distances
may be reduced due to lack of light.
(F) Light Intensity: Recorded in
footcandles (fc) using an incident light
meter. This procedure was added to
quantify the available light during
twilight and darkness periods and may
allow for light-intensity bins to be used
during analysis.
(d) Acoustic Monitoring
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
(i) Sound Source Verification
(A) ION shall use measurements of
the same airgun source taken in the
Canadian Beaufort Sea in 2010, along
with sound velocity measurements
taken in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea at the
start of the 2012 survey to update the
propagation model and estimate new
exclusion zones.
(B) Sound source verification shall
consist of distances where broadside
and endfire directions at which
broadband received levels reach 190,
180, 170, 160, and 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
for the airgun array(s). The
configurations of airgun arrays shall
include at least the full array and the
operation of a single source that will be
used during power downs.
(C) The test results shall be reported
to NMFS within 5 days of completing
the test.
(ii) Seismic Hydrophone Streamer
Recordings of Vessel Sounds: ION shall
use the hydrophones in the seismic
streamer to monitor the icebreaker
noise.
(A) Once every hour the airguns
would not be fired at 2 consecutive
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
intervals and instead a period of
background sounds would be recorded,
including the sounds generated by the
vessels.
(B) In order to estimate sound energy
over a larger range of frequencies,
results from previous measurements of
icebreakers could be generalized and
added to the data collected during this
project.
(iii) Over-Winter Acoustic Recorders
(A) ION shall collaborate with other
industry operators to deploy acoustics
recorders in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in
fall of 2012, to be retrieved during the
2013 open-water season.
(B) Acoustic data from the over-winter
recorders shall be analyzed to address
the following objectives:
• Characterize the sounds and
propagation distances produced by Ion’s
source vessel, icebreaker, and airguns
on and to the edge of the U.S. Beaufort
Sea shelf,
• Characterize ambient sounds and
marine mammal calls during October
and November to assess the relative
effect of ION’s seismic survey on the
background conditions, and to
characterize marine mammal calling
behavior, and
• Characterize ambient sound and
enumerate marine mammal calls
through acoustic sampling of the
environment form December 2012
through July 2013, when little or no
anthropogenic sounds are expected.
8. Reporting:
(a) Sound Source Verification Report:
A report on the preliminary results of
the acoustic verification measurements,
including as a minimum the measured
190-, 180-, 160-, and 120-dB re 1 mPa
(rms) radii of the airgun arrays will be
submitted within 120 hr after collection
and analysis of those measurements at
the start of the field season. This report
shall specify the distances of the
exclusion zones that were adopted for
the marine survey activities.
(b) Field Reports: Throughout the
survey program, the observers shall
prepare a report each day or at such
other interval as the IHA (if issued), or
ION may require summarizing the
recent results of the monitoring
program. The field reports shall
summarize the species and numbers of
marine mammals sighted. These reports
shall be provided to NMFS and to the
survey operators.
Technical Reports
(c) Technical Report: The Results of
the vessel-based monitoring, including
estimates of ‘‘take by harassment’’, shall
be presented in the 90-day and final
technical reports. Reporting will address
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
the requirements established by NMFS
in the IHA (if issued). The technical
report will include:
(i) Summaries of monitoring effort:
Total hours, total distances, and
distribution of marine mammals
through the study period accounting for
sea state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals;
(ii) Methods, results, and
interpretation pertaining to all acoustic
characterization work and vessel-based
monitoring;
(iii) Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals including sea state,
number of observers, and fog/glare;
(iv) Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories,
group sizes, and ice cover; and
(v) Analyses of the effects of survey
operations:
• Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without airgun
activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability);
• Initial sighting distances versus
airgun activity state;
• Closest point of approach versus
airgun activity state;
• Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus airgun activity state;
• Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus airgun activity state;
• Distribution around the survey
vessel versus airgun activity state; and
• Estimates of ‘‘take by harassment’’.
(vi) To better assess impacts to marine
mammals, data analysis should be
separated into periods when a seismic
airgun array (or a single airgun) is
operating and when it is not. Final and
comprehensive reports to NMFS should
summarize and plot: (A) Data for
periods when a seismic array is active
and when it is not; and (B) The
respective predicted received sound
conditions over fairly large areas (tens of
km) around operations.
(vii) Sighting rates of marine
mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other
variables that could affect detectability),
such as: (A) Initial sighting distances
versus airgun activity state; (B) closest
point of approach versus airgun activity
state; (C) observed behaviors and types
of movements versus airgun activity
state; (D) numbers of sightings/
individuals seen versus airgun activity
state; (E) distribution around the survey
vessel versus airgun activity state; and
(F) estimates of take by harassment.
(viii) Reported results from all
hypothesis tests should include
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
estimates of the associated statistical
power when practicable.
(ix) Estimate and report uncertainty in
all take estimates. Uncertainty could be
expressed by the presentation of
confidence limits, a minimummaximum, posterior probability
distribution, etc.; the exact approach
would be selected based on the
sampling method and data available.
(x) The report should clearly compare
authorized takes to the level of actual
estimated takes.
(xi) The draft report will be subject to
review and comment by NMFS. Any
recommendations made by NMFS must
be addressed in the final report prior to
acceptance by NMFS. The draft report
will be considered the final report for
this activity under this Authorization if
NMFS has not provided comments and
recommendations within 90 days of
receipt of the draft report.
9. Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
(a) In the unanticipated event that
survey operations clearly cause the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by this Authorization, such
as an injury (Level A harassment),
serious injury or mortality (e.g., shipstrike, gear interaction, and/or
entanglement), ION shall immediately
cease survey operations and
immediately report the incident to the
Supervisor of Incidental Take Program,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at
301–427–8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The
report must include the following
information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
(ii) The name and type of vessel
involved;
(iii) The vessel’s speed during and
leading up to the incident;
(iv) Description of the incident;
(v) Status of all sound source use in
the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vi) Water depth;
(vii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(viii) Description of marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
(ix) Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
(x) The fate of the animal(s); and
(xi) Photographs or video footage of
the animal (if equipment is available).
Activities shall not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:07 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS shall work with ION to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. ION may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS via
letter, email, or telephone.
(b) In the event that ION discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), ION
will immediately report the incident to
the Supervisor of the Incidental Take
Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, at 301–427–8401, and/or by
email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS
Alaska Stranding Hotline (1–877–925–
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barabara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The
report must include the same
information identified in Condition
10(a) above. Activities may continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances
of the incident. NMFS will work with
ION to determine whether modifications
in the activities are appropriate.
(c). In the event that ION discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in Condition
3 of this Authorization (e.g., previously
wounded animal, carcass with moderate
to advanced decomposition, or
scavenger damage), ION shall report the
incident to the Supervisor of the
Incidental Take Program, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301–
427–8401, and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS
Alaska Stranding Hotline (1–877–925–
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), within 24
hours of the discovery. ION shall
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
ION can continue its operations under
such a case.
10. Activities related to the
monitoring described in this
Authorization do not require a separate
scientific research permit issued under
section 104 of the Marine Mammal
Protection Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
49961
11. This Authorization may be
modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the holder fails to abide by the
conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a
negligible impact on the species or stock
of affected marine mammals, or if there
is an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for
subsistence uses.
12. A copy of this Authorization and
the Incidental Take Statement must be
in the possession of each seismic vessel
operator taking marine mammals under
the authority of this Incidental
Harassment Authorization.
13. ION is required to comply with
the Terms and Conditions of the
Incidental Take Statement
corresponding to NMFS’ Biological
Opinion.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
The bowhead whale is the only
marine mammal species currently listed
as endangered under the ESA that could
occur during ION’s proposed in-ice
seismic survey period. The Beringia
DPS of the Alaska stock of bearded seals
and the Arctic stock of ringed seals are
proposed for listing as threatened under
the ESA. Final decisions concerning the
listing of these species are pending.
NMFS’ Permits and Conservation
Division has initiated consultation with
NMFS’ Protected Resources Division
under section 7 of the ESA on the
issuance of an IHA to ION under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this
activity. Consultation will be concluded
prior to a determination on the issuance
of an IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
NMFS is currently preparing an
Environmental Assessment, pursuant to
NEPA, to determine whether or not this
proposed activity may have a significant
effect on the human environment. This
analysis will be completed prior to the
issuance or denial of the IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to
authorize the take of marine mammals
incidental to ION’s 2012 in-ice seismic
survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi
Seas, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting requirements are incorporated.
Dated: August 13, 2012.
Helen M. Golde,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2012–20173 Filed 8–16–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\17AUN2.SGM
17AUN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 160 (Friday, August 17, 2012)]
[Notices]
[Pages 49921-49961]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-20173]
[[Page 49921]]
Vol. 77
Friday,
No. 160
August 17, 2012
Part IV
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas, Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 77 , No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 /
Notices
[[Page 49922]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XC091
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS received an application from ION Geophysical (ION) for an
Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by
harassment only, incidental to a proposed marine seismic survey in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, Alaska, between October and December 2012.
Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting
comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to ION to take, by harassment,
nine species of marine mammals during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than
September 17, 2012.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Michael
Payne, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway,
Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email
comments is itp.guan@noaa.gov. NMFS is not responsible for email
comments sent to addresses other than the one provided here. Comments
sent via email, including all attachments, must not exceed a 25-
megabyte file size.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications without change. All Personal Identifying
Information (for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential
Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
An electronic copy of the application used in this document may be
obtained by writing to the address specified above, telephoning the
contact listed below (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting
the internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications. The following associated document is also
available at the same internet address: Draft Plan of Cooperation.
Documents cited in this notice may also be viewed, by appointment,
during regular business hours, at the aforementioned address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Shane Guan, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as ``* * * an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot
be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.''
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA established an expedited process
by which citizens of the U.S. can apply for a one-year authorization to
incidentally take small numbers of marine mammals by harassment,
provided that there is no potential for serious injury or mortality to
result from the activity. Section 101(a)(5)(D) establishes a 45-day
time limit for NMFS review of an application followed by a 30-day
public notice and comment period on any proposed authorizations for the
incidental harassment of marine mammals. Within 45 days of the close of
the comment period, NMFS must either issue or deny the authorization.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [``Level A harassment'']; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [``Level B harassment''].
Summary of Request
NMFS received an application on March 1, 2012, from ION for the
taking, by harassment, of marine mammals incidental to a marine seismic
survey in ice in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, Alaska, during October
through December 2012. After addressing comments from NMFS, ION
modified its application and submitted a revised application on June
11, 2012. The June 11, 2012, application is the one available for
public comment (see ADDRESSES) and considered by NMFS for this proposed
IHA. ION also submitted IHA applications for essentially the same in-
ice seismic survey activity in 2010 and 2011. However, in both years
ION withdrew its applications due to logistical issues in carrying out
such activities before NMFS published a notice of proposed IHA and
request for public comments. Take by Level B harassment only of nine
species of marine mammals is anticipated to result from the specified
activity. ION has also requested authorization for Level A harassment
of a few individuals of bowhead whale, beluga whale, and ringed seal.
Description of the Specified Activity
ION's proposed activities consist of a geophysical in-ice (seismic
reflection/refraction) survey and related vessel operations to be
conducted primarily in the Alaskan Beaufort and Chukchi seas from
October to December 2012. The primary survey area extends from the
U.S.-Canadian border in the east to Point Barrow in the west. Two
survey lines extend west of Point Barrow into the northern Chukchi Sea,
and three short tie lines are proposed near the U.S.-Russian border
(see Figure 1 of ION's IHA application). The bathymetry of the proposed
survey area ranges from shallow (<20 m [66 ft]) to relatively deep
(>3,500 m [11,483 ft]) water over the continental shelf, the
continental slope, and the abyssal plain.
The survey would be conducted from the seismic vessel Geo Arctic
escorted by the Polar Prince, a medium class (100A) icebreaker. The
survey grid consists of ~7,175 km (4,458 mi) of transect line, not
including transits
[[Page 49923]]
when the airguns are not operating. There may be small amounts of
additional seismic operations associated with airgun testing, start up,
and repeat coverage of any areas where initial data quality is sub-
standard. The seismic source towed by the Geo Arctic would be an airgun
array consisting of 26 active Sercel G-gun airguns with a total volume
of 4,450 in\3\. A single hydrophone streamer 4.5-9 km (2.8-5.6 mi) in
length, depending on ice conditions, would be towed by the Geo Arctic
to record the returning seismic signals.
The survey vessels would access the survey area from Canadian
waters in late September to begin data collection on or after October
1, 2012. After completion of the survey, or when ice and weather
conditions dictate, the vessels would exit to the south, transiting
through the Chukchi and Bering Seas. The Polar Prince may be used to
perform an at-sea refueling (bunkering) operation to supply as much as
500 metric tons of Arctic diesel to the Geo Arctic. The Polar Prince
would carry that fuel onboard at the start of the operation, and it
would be transferred to the Geo Arctic if/when necessary. Depending on
its own fuel consumption, the Polar Prince may then transit to
Tuktoyuktuk, Canada to take on additional fuel for itself. Once the
Polar Prince returns to the Geo Arctic the survey would continue. The
entire refueling operation would therefore involve one fuel transfer
and potentially one transit to and from Tuktoyuktuk. The refueling
operation would likely take place in late October, at which time the
Geo Arctic would likely be in the eastern or east-central Alaskan
Beaufort Sea.
ION's geophysical survey has been designed and scheduled to
minimize potential effects to marine mammals, bowhead whales in
particular, and subsistence users. For mitigation and operational
reasons, the survey area has been bisected by a line that runs from
70.5[deg] N. 150.5[deg] W. to 73[deg] N. 148[deg] W. (see Figure 1 of
ION's IHA application). Weather and ice permitting, ION plans to begin
survey operations east of the line described above (eastern survey
area) and in offshore waters (>1,000 m [3,281 ft]) where bowheads are
expected to be least abundant in early October. This operational plan
is based on the fact that only ~2% of bowhead whales observed by Bureau
of Ocean Energy Management's (BOEM) aerial surveys from 1979-2007
occurred in areas of water depth >1,000 m (3,281 ft) (MMS, 2010), and
on average ~97% of bowheads have passed through the eastern U.S.
Beaufort Sea by October 15 (Miller et al., 2002). The survey would then
progress to shallower waters in the eastern survey area before moving
to the western survey area in late October or early November 2012.
Ice conditions are expected to range from open water to 10/10 ice
cover. However, the survey cannot take place in thick multi-year ice as
both the icebreaker and seismic vessel must make continuous forward
progress at 3-4 kts. In order for the survey to proceed, areas of high
ice concentration can only consist of mostly newly forming juvenile
first year ice or young first year ice less than 0.5 m (1.6 ft) thick.
Sounds generated by the icebreaker and seismic vessel moving through
these relatively light ice conditions are expected to be far below the
high sound levels often attributed to icebreaking. These high sound
levels (>200 dB re 1 [micro]Pa [rms]) have been recorded from
icebreakers during backing and ramming operations in very heavy ice
conditions and are created by cavitation of the propellers as the
vessel is slowed by the ice or reverses direction (Erbe and Farmer,
1998; Roth and Schmidt, 2010).
Acoustic Sources
(1) Seismic Airgun Array
The seismic source used during the project would be an airgun array
consisting of 28 Sercel G-gun airguns, of which 26 would be active and
have a total discharge volume of 4,450 in\3\. The 28 airguns would be
distributed in two sub-arrays with 14 airguns per sub-array. Individual
airgun sizes range from 70 to 380 in\3\. Airguns would be operated at
2,000 psi. The seismic array and a single hydrophone streamer 4.5-9 km
(2.8-5.6 mi) in length would be towed behind the Geo Arctic. Additional
specifications of the airgun array are provided in Appendix B of ION's
IHA application.
(2) Echo Sounders
Both vessels would operate industry standard echo sounder/
fathometer instruments for continuous measurements of water depth while
underway. These instruments are used by all large vessels to provide
routine water depth information to the vessel crew. Navigation echo
sounders send a single, narrowly focused, high frequency acoustic
signal directly downward to the sea floor. The sound energy reflected
off the sea floor returns to the vessel where it is detected by the
instrument, and the depth is calculated and displayed to the user.
Source levels of navigational echo sounders of this type are typically
in the 180-200 dB re 1 [micro]PA-m (Richardson et al., 1995a).
The Geo Arctic would use one navigational echo sounder during the
project. The downward facing single-beam Simrad EA600 operates at
frequencies ranging from 38 to 200 kHz with an output power of 100-2000
Watts. Pulse durations are between 0.064 and 4.096 milliseconds, and
the pulse repetition frequency (PRF or ping rate) depends on the depth
range. The highest PRF at shallow depths is about 40 pings per second.
It can be used for water depths up to 4,000 m (13,123 ft) and provides
up to 1 cm (0.4 in) resolution.
The Polar Prince would use one echo sounder, an ELAC LAZ-72. The
LAZ-72 has an operating frequency of 30 kHz. The ping rate depends on
the water depth and the fastest rate, which occurs in shallow depths,
is about 5 pings per second.
Dates, Duration, and Region of Activity
The proposed geophysical survey would be conducted for ~76 days
from approximately October 1 to December 15, 2012. Both the Geo Arctic
and the Polar Prince would leave from Tuktoyaktuk, Canada, during late
September and enter the Alaskan Beaufort Sea from Canadian waters. The
survey area would be bounded approximately by 138[deg] to 169[deg] W.
longitude and 70[deg] to 73[deg] N. latitude in water depths ranging
from <20 to >3,500 m (66 to 11,483 ft) (see Figure 1 of ION's IHA
application). For mitigation and operational reasons the survey area
has been bisected by a line that runs from 70.5[deg] N, 150.5[deg] W to
73[deg] N, 148[deg] W. Weather and ice permitting, ION plans to begin
survey operations east of the line (eastern survey area) in offshore
waters (>1,000 m [3,281 ft]) where bowheads are expected to be least
abundant in early October. The survey would then progress to shallower
waters in the eastern survey area before moving to the west survey area
in late October or early November. The vessels would depart the region
to the south via the Chukchi and Bering Seas and arrive in Dutch Harbor
in mid- to late December.
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity
The marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction most likely to
occur in the seismic survey area include two cetacean species, beluga
(Delphinapterus leucas) and bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus), and
two pinniped species, ringed (Phoca hispida) and bearded (Erignathus
barbatus) seals. It is possible that some bowhead whales may be
encountered as they migrate out of the area, particularly in the
portion of the survey area where
[[Page 49924]]
water depths are <200 m (656 ft). Beluga whales are most likely to be
encountered farther offshore than bowheads.
The ringed seal is the most abundant marine mammal in the proposed
survey area. Although bearded seals typically migrate south in the
fall, it is possible that small numbers of them may be present in the
survey area. Most other marine mammal species have typically migrated
south into the Chukchi and Bering Seas by the time this survey will
take place. The polar bear is managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS) and is not considered further in this proposed IHA
notice.
Seven additional cetacean species have known occurrences within the
proposed project area and some may occur in the area during the time of
the proposed in-ice seismic survey: harbor porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena); gray whale (Eschrichtius robustus); humpback whale
(Megaptera novaeangliae); fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus); minke
whale (B. acutorostrata); killer whale (Orcinus orca); and narwhal
(Monodon monoceros). The gray whale occurs regularly in continental
shelf waters along the Chukchi Sea coast in summer and to a lesser
extent along the Beaufort Sea coast. Recent evidence from monitoring
activities in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas during industry seismic
surveys suggests that the harbor porpoise and minke whale, which have
been considered uncommon or rare in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, may
be increasing in numbers in these areas (Funk et al., 2010). Additional
pinniped species under NMFS jurisdiction that could be encountered
during the proposed geophysical in-ice survey include spotted (P.
largha) and ribbon seals (Histriophoca fasciata). Spotted seals are
more abundant in the Chukchi Sea and occur in small numbers in the
Beaufort Sea. The ribbon seal is uncommon in the Chukchi Sea, and there
are few reported sightings in the Beaufort Sea.
Small numbers of killer whales have also been recorded during
recent industry surveys, along with a few sightings of fin and humpback
whales. The narwhal occurs in Canadian waters and occasionally in the
Beaufort Sea but is rare there and not expected to be encountered. Each
of these species (killer, fin, and humpback whales and narwhal) is
uncommon or rare in the Beaufort Sea, particularly during early winter,
and relatively few if any encounters with these species are expected
during the time period of the proposed seismic program.
The bowhead, humpback, and fin whales are listed as ``endangered''
under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and as depleted under the MMPA.
Certain stocks or populations of gray and beluga whales and spotted
seals are listed as endangered or proposed for listing under the ESA;
however, none of those stocks or populations occur in the proposed
activity area. Additionally, the ribbon seal is considered a ``species
of concern'', meaning that NMFS has some concerns regarding status and
threats of this species, but for which insufficient information is
available to indicate a need to list the species under the ESA. On
December 10, 2010, NMFS published a notice of proposed threatened
status for subspecies of the ringed seal (75 FR 77476) and a notice of
proposed threatened and not warranted status for subspecies and
distinct population segments of the bearded seal (75 FR 77496) in the
Federal Register. Neither of these two ice seal species is considered
depleted under the MMPA.
Based on the occurrence of marine mammal species in the proposed
project area and the time of year in which the survey is proposed to be
conducted, NMFS is proposing to authorize take by harassment for the
following species: Beluga, bowhead, gray, and minke whales; harbor
porpoise; and ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals.
ION's application contains information on the status, distribution,
seasonal distribution, and abundance of each of the species under NMFS
jurisdiction mentioned in this document. Please refer to the
application for that information (see ADDRESSES). Additional
information can also be found in the NMFS Stock Assessment Reports
(SAR). The Alaska 2011 SAR is available at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/sars/ak2011.pdf.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals
Operating active acoustic sources such as an airgun array, echo
sounders, and icebreaking activities could potentially affect marine
mammals.
Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on Marine Mammals
The effects of sounds from airgun pulses might include one or more
of the following: tolerance, masking of natural sounds, behavioral
disturbance, and, at least in theory, temporary or permanent hearing
impairment or non-auditory effects (Richardson et al., 1995). As
outlined in previous NMFS documents, the effects of noise on marine
mammals are highly variable, and can be categorized as follows (based
on Richardson et al., 1995):
(1) Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are often shown as: changing
durations of surfacing and dives; changing number of blows per
surfacing; moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such
as socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g.,
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
The biological significance of many behavioral disturbances is
difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear
minor. While many behavioral responses would not be expected to likely
affect the fitness of an individual, other more severe behavioral
modifications, especially in certain circumstances, could potentially
have adverse affects on growth, survival, and/or reproduction. Some
more potentially significant behavioral modifications include: drastic
change in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those thought to be
potentially associated with beaked whale stranding due to exposure to
military mid-frequency tactical sonar) or longer-term habitat
abandonment.
For example, at the Guerreo Negro Lagoon in Baja California,
Mexico, which is one of the important breeding grounds for Pacific gray
whales, shipping and dredging associated with a salt works may have
induced gray whales to abandon the area through most of the 1960s
(Bryant et al., 1984). After these activities stopped, the lagoon was
reoccupied, first by single whales and later by cow-calf pairs.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound, which
is difficult to predict, depends on both external factors (e.g.,
characteristics of sound sources and their paths) and the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography) (Southall et al.
2007).
Currently NMFS uses 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) received level for
impulse noises (such as airgun pulses) as the threshold for the onset
of Level B (behavioral) harassment.
In addition, behavioral disturbance is also expressed as the change
in vocal activities of animals. For example, there is one recent
summary report indicating that calling fin whales distributed in one
part of the North Atlantic went
[[Page 49925]]
silent for an extended period starting soon after the onset of a
seismic survey in the area (Clark and Gagnon, 2006). It is not clear
from that preliminary paper whether the whales ceased calling because
of masking, or whether this was a behavioral response not directly
involving masking (i.e., important biological signals for marine
mammals being ``masked'' by anthropogenic sound; see below). Also,
bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea may decrease their call rates in
response to seismic operations, although movement out of the area might
also have contributed to the lower call detection rate (Blackwell et
al., 2009a; 2009b). Some of the changes in marine mammal vocal
communication are thought to be used to compensate for acoustic masking
resulting from increased anthropogenic noise (see below). For example,
blue whales are found to increase call rates when exposed to seismic
survey noise in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2009).
Researchers have noted North Atlantic right whales (Eubalaena
glacialis) exposed to high shipping noise increase call frequency
(Parks et al., 2007) and intensity (Parks et al., 2010), while some
humpback whales respond to low-frequency active sonar playbacks by
increasing song length (Miller el al., 2000). These behavioral
responses could also have adverse effects on marine mammals.
Mysticete: Baleen whales generally tend to avoid operating airguns,
but avoidance radii are quite variable. Whales are often reported to
show no overt reactions to airgun pulses at distances beyond a few
kilometers, even though the airgun pulses remain well above ambient
noise levels out to much longer distances (reviewed in Richardson et
al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004). However, studies done since the late
1990s of migrating humpback and migrating bowhead whales show
reactions, including avoidance, that sometimes extend to greater
distances than documented earlier. Therefore, it appears that
behavioral disturbance can vary greatly depending on context and not
just received levels alone. Avoidance distances often exceed the
distances at which boat-based observers can see whales, so observations
from the source vessel can be biased. Observations over broader areas
may be needed to determine the range of potential effects of some
large-source seismic surveys where effects on cetaceans may extend to
considerable distances (Richardson et al., 1999; Moore and Angliss,
2006). Longer-range observations, when required, can sometimes be
obtained via systematic aerial surveys or aircraft-based observations
of behavior (e.g., Richardson et al., 1986, 1999; Miller et al., 1999,
2005; Yazvenko et al., 2007a, 2007b) or by use of observers on one or
more support vessels operating in coordination with the seismic vessel
(e.g., Smultea et al., 2004; Johnson et al., 2007). However, the
presence of other vessels near the source vessel can, at least at
times, reduce sightability of cetaceans from the source vessel (Beland
et al., 2009), thus complicating interpretation of sighting data.
Some baleen whales show considerable tolerance of seismic pulses.
However, when the pulses are strong enough, avoidance or other
behavioral changes become evident. Because the responses become less
obvious with diminishing received sound level, it has been difficult to
determine the maximum distance (or minimum received sound level) at
which reactions to seismic activity become evident and, hence, how many
whales are affected.
Studies of gray, bowhead, and humpback whales have determined that
received levels of pulses in the 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) range
seem to cause obvious avoidance behavior in a substantial fraction of
the animals exposed (McCauley et al., 1998, 1999, 2000). In many areas,
seismic pulses diminish to these levels at distances ranging from 4-15
km (2.5-9.3 mi) from the source. A substantial proportion of the baleen
whales within such distances may show avoidance or other strong
disturbance reactions to the operating airgun array. Some extreme
examples include migrating bowhead whales avoiding considerably larger
distances (20-30 km [12.4-18.6 mi]) at lower received sound levels
(120-130 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)) when exposed to airguns from seismic
surveys. Also, even in cases where there is no conspicuous avoidance or
change in activity upon exposure to sound pulses from distant seismic
operations, there are sometimes subtle changes in behavior (e.g.,
surfacing-respiration-dive cycles) that are only evident through
detailed statistical analysis (e.g., Richardson et al., 1986; Gailey et
al., 2007).
Data on short-term reactions by cetaceans to impulsive noises are
not necessarily indicative of long-term or biologically significant
effects. It is not known whether impulsive sounds affect reproductive
rates or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or years.
However, gray whales have continued to migrate annually along the west
coast of North America despite intermittent seismic exploration (and
much ship traffic) in that area for decades (Appendix A in Malme et
al., 1984; Richardson et al., 1995), and there has been a substantial
increase in the population over recent decades (Allen and Angliss,
2010). The western Pacific gray whale population did not seem affected
by a seismic survey in its feeding ground during a prior year (Johnson
et al., 2007). Similarly, bowhead whales have continued to travel to
the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer despite seismic exploration in
their summer and autumn range for many years (Richardson et al., 1987),
and their numbers have increased notably during that same time period
(Allen and Angliss, 2010). Bowheads also have been observed over
periods of days or weeks in areas ensonified repeatedly by seismic
pulses (Richardson et al., 1987; Harris et al., 2007). However, it is
generally not known whether the same individual bowheads were involved
in these repeated observations (within and between years) in strongly
ensonified areas.
Odontocete: Little systematic information is available about
reactions of toothed whales to airgun pulses. Few studies similar to
the more extensive baleen whale/seismic pulse work summarized above
have been reported for toothed whales. However, there are recent
systematic data on sperm whales (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et
al., 2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et al.,
2009). There is also an increasing amount of information about
responses of various odontocetes to seismic surveys based on monitoring
studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Moulton and Miller,
2005; Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al., 2007;
Hauser et al., 2008; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et
al., 2009; Richardson et al., 2009).
Dolphins and porpoises are often seen by observers on active
seismic vessels, occasionally at close distances (e.g., bow riding).
Marine mammal monitoring data during seismic surveys often show that
animal detection rates drop during the firing of seismic airguns,
indicating that animals may be avoiding the vicinity of the seismic
area (Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2006; Hauser et al., 2008;
Holst and Smultea, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009). Also, belugas
summering in the Canadian Beaufort Sea showed larger-scale avoidance,
tending to avoid waters out to 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) from operating
seismic vessels. In contrast, recent studies show little evidence of
conspicuous reactions by sperm whales to airgun pulses, contrary to
earlier indications (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker,
[[Page 49926]]
2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008), except the lower
buzz (echolocation signals) rates that were detected during exposure of
airgun pulses (Miller et al., 2009).
There are almost no specific data on responses of beaked whales to
seismic surveys, but it is likely that most if not all species show
strong avoidance. There is increasing evidence that some beaked whales
may strand after exposure to strong noise from tactical military mid-
frequency sonars. Whether they ever do so in response to seismic survey
noise is unknown. Northern bottlenose whales seem to continue to call
when exposed to pulses from distant seismic vessels.
For delphinids, and possibly the Dall's porpoise, available data
suggest that individuals may not react until sounds are >=170 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms). With a medium-to-large airgun array, received levels
typically diminish to 170 dB within 1-4 km (0.62-2.5 mi), whereas
levels typically remain above 160 dB out to 4-15 km (e.g., Tolstoy et
al., 2009). Reaction distances for delphinids are more consistent at
the typical 170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) distances. Stone (2003) and Stone
and Tasker (2006) reported that all small odontocetes (including killer
whales) observed during seismic surveys in UK waters remained
significantly further from the source during periods of shooting on
surveys with large volume airgun arrays than during periods without
airgun shooting.
Due to their relatively higher frequency hearing ranges when
compared to mysticetes, odontocetes may have stronger responses to mid-
and high-frequency sources such as sub-bottom profilers, side scan
sonar, and echo sounders than mysticetes (Richardson et al., 1995;
Southall et al., 2007).
Pinnipeds: Few studies of the reactions of pinnipeds to noise from
open-water seismic exploration have been published (for review of the
early literature, see Richardson et al., 1995). However, pinnipeds have
been observed during a number of seismic monitoring studies. Monitoring
in the Beaufort Sea during 1996-2002 provided a substantial amount of
information on avoidance responses (or lack thereof) and associated
behavior. Additional monitoring of that type has been done in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas in 2006-2009. Pinnipeds exposed to seismic
surveys have also been observed during seismic surveys along the U.S.
west coast. Also, there are data on the reactions of pinnipeds to
various other related types of impulsive sounds.
Early observations provided considerable evidence that pinnipeds
are often quite tolerant of strong pulsed sounds. During seismic
exploration off Nova Scotia, gray seals exposed to noise from airguns
and linear explosive charges reportedly did not react strongly (J.
Parsons in Greene et al., 1985). An airgun caused an initial startle
reaction among South African fur seals but was ineffective in scaring
them away from fishing gear. Pinnipeds in both water and air sometimes
tolerate strong noise pulses from non-explosive and explosive scaring
devices, especially if attracted to the area for feeding or
reproduction (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Reeves et al., 1996). Thus,
pinnipeds are expected to be tolerant of, or to habituate to, repeated
underwater sounds from distant seismic sources, at least when the
animals are strongly attracted to the area.
In summary, visual monitoring from seismic vessels has shown only
slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds, and only slight (if
any) changes in behavior. These studies show that many pinnipeds do not
avoid the area within a few hundred meters of an operating airgun
array. However, based on the studies with large sample size, or
observations from a separate monitoring vessel, or radio telemetry, it
is apparent that some phocid seals do show localized avoidance of
operating airguns. The limited nature of this tendency for avoidance is
a concern. It suggests that pinnipeds may not move away, or move very
far away, before received levels of sound from an approaching seismic
survey vessel approach those that may cause hearing impairment.
(2) Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds,
often at similar frequencies. Chronic exposure to excessive, though not
high-intensity, noise could cause masking at particular frequencies for
marine mammals that utilize sound for vital biological functions.
Masking can interfere with detection of acoustic signals such as
communication calls, echolocation sounds, and environmental sounds
important to marine mammals. Since marine mammals depend on acoustic
cues for vital biological functions, such as orientation,
communication, finding prey, and avoiding predators, marine mammals
that experience severe (intensity and duration) acoustic masking could
potentially suffer some adverse effects.
Masking occurs when noise and signals (that animal utilizes)
overlap at both spectral and temporal scales. For the airgun noise
generated from the proposed in-ice marine seismic survey, these are low
frequency (under 1 kHz) pulses with extremely short durations (in the
scale of milliseconds). Lower frequency man-made noises are more likely
to affect detection of communication calls and other potentially
important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. There is little
concern regarding masking due to the brief duration of these pulses and
relatively longer silence between airgun shots (9-12 seconds) near the
sound source. However, at long distances (over tens of kilometers away)
in deep water, due to multipath propagation and reverberation, the
durations of airgun pulses can be ``stretched'' to seconds with long
decays (Madsen et al., 2006; Clark and Gagnon, 2006). Therefore it
could affect communication signals used by low frequency mysticetes
(e.g., bowhead and gray whales) when they occur near the noise band and
thus reduce the communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al.,
2009a, 2009b) and affect their vocal behavior (e.g., Foote et al.,
2004; Holt et al., 2009). Further, in areas of shallow water, multipath
propagation of airgun pulses could be more profound, thus affecting
communication signals from marine mammals even at close distances.
Average ambient noise in areas where received seismic noises are heard
can be elevated. At long distances, however, the intensity of the noise
is greatly reduced. Nevertheless, partial informational and energetic
masking of different degrees could affect signal receiving in some
marine mammals within the ensonified areas. Additional research is
needed to further address these effects.
Although masking effects of pulsed sounds on marine mammal calls
and other natural sounds are expected to be limited, there are few
specific studies on this. Some whales continue calling in the presence
of seismic pulses, and whale calls often can be heard between the
seismic pulses (e.g., Richardson et al., 1986; McDonald et al., 1995;
Greene et al., 1999a, 1999b; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Smultea et al.,
2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).
Among the odontocetes, there has been one report that sperm whales
ceased calling when exposed to pulses from a very distant seismic ship
(Bowles et al., 1994). However, more recent studies of sperm whales
found that they continued calling in the presence of seismic pulses
(Madsen et al., 2002; Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst
et al., 2006; Jochens et al., 2008). Madsen et al. (2006) noted that
airgun
[[Page 49927]]
sounds would not be expected to mask sperm whale calls given the
intermittent nature of airgun pulses. Dolphins and porpoises are also
commonly heard calling while airguns are operating (Gordon et al.,
2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b; Potter et al.,
2007). Masking effects of seismic pulses are expected to be
inconsequential in the case of the smaller odontocetes, given the
intermittent nature of seismic pulses plus the fact that sounds
important to them are predominantly at much higher frequencies than are
the dominant components of airgun sounds.
Pinnipeds have best hearing sensitivity and/or produce most of
their sounds at frequencies higher than the dominant components of
airgun sound, but there is some overlap in the frequencies of the
airgun pulses and the calls. However, the intermittent nature of airgun
pulses presumably reduces the potential for masking.
Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by
adjusting their acoustic behavior, such as shifting call frequencies
and increasing call volume and vocalization rates, as discussed earlier
(e.g., Miller et al., 2000; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark,
2009; Parks et al., 2010); the biological significance of these
modifications is still unknown and would certainly depend on the
duration of the masking event, the behavioral state of the animal, and
the overall context of the exposure.
(3) Hearing Impairment
Marine mammals exposed to high intensity sound repeatedly or for
prolonged periods can experience hearing threshold shift (TS), which is
the loss of hearing sensitivity at certain frequency ranges (Kastak et
al., 1999; Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002; 2005). TS can
be permanent (PTS), in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is
unrecoverable, or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing
threshold will recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Marine
mammals that experience TTS or PTS will have reduced sensitivity at the
frequency band of the TS, which may affect their capability of
communication, orientation, or prey detection. The degree of TS depends
on the intensity of the received levels the animal is exposed to, and
the frequency at which TS occurs depends on the frequency of the
received sound. It has been shown that in most cases, TS occurs at the
frequencies approximately one-octave above that of the received sound.
Repeated sound exposure that leads to TTS could cause PTS. For
transient sounds, the sound level necessary to cause TTS is inversely
related to the duration of the sound.
TTS
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to a strong sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the
hearing threshold rises, and a sound must be stronger in order to be
heard. It is a temporary phenomenon, and (especially when mild) is not
considered to represent physical damage or ``injury'' (Southall et al.,
2007). Rather, the onset of TTS is an indicator that, if the animal is
exposed to higher levels of that sound, physical damage is ultimately a
possibility.
The magnitude of TTS depends on the level and duration of noise
exposure, and to some degree on frequency, among other considerations
(Kryter, 1985; Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007). For
sound exposures at or somewhat above the TTS threshold, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the noise ends. In
terrestrial mammals, TTS can last from minutes or hours to (in cases of
strong TTS) days. Only a few data have been obtained on sound levels
and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS in marine mammals (none in
mysticetes), and none of the published data concern TTS elicited by
exposure to multiple pulses of sound during operational seismic surveys
(Southall et al., 2007).
For toothed whales, experiments on a bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops
truncatus) and beluga whale showed that exposure to a single watergun
impulse at a received level of 207 kPa (or 30 psi) peak-to-peak (p-p),
which is equivalent to 228 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (p-p), resulted in a 7 and 6
dB TTS in the beluga whale at 0.4 and 30 kHz, respectively. Thresholds
returned to within 2 dB of the pre-exposure level within 4 minutes of
the exposure (Finneran et al., 2002). No TTS was observed in the
bottlenose dolphin.
Finneran et al. (2005) further examined the effects of tone
duration on TTS in bottlenose dolphins. Bottlenose dolphins were
exposed to 3 kHz tones (non-impulsive) for periods of 1, 2, 4 or 8
seconds (s), with hearing tested at 4.5 kHz. For 1-s exposures, TTS
occurred with sound exposure levels (SELs) of 197 dB, and for exposures
>1 s, SEL >195 dB resulted in TTS (SEL is equivalent to energy flux, in
dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s). At an SEL of 195 dB, the mean TTS (4 min after
exposure) was 2.8 dB. Finneran et al. (2005) suggested that an SEL of
195 dB is the likely threshold for the onset of TTS in dolphins and
belugas exposed to tones of durations 1-8 s (i.e., TTS onset occurs at
a near-constant SEL, independent of exposure duration). That implies
that, at least for non-impulsive tones, a doubling of exposure time
results in a 3 dB lower TTS threshold.
However, the assumption that, in marine mammals, the occurrence and
magnitude of TTS is a function of cumulative acoustic energy (SEL) is
probably an oversimplification. Kastak et al. (2005) reported
preliminary evidence from pinnipeds that, for prolonged non-impulse
noise, higher SELs were required to elicit a given TTS if exposure
duration was short than if it was longer, i.e., the results were not
fully consistent with an equal-energy model to predict TTS onset.
Mooney et al. (2009a) showed this in a bottlenose dolphin exposed to
octave-band non-impulse noise ranging from 4 to 8 kHz at SPLs of 130 to
178 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for periods of 1.88 to 30 minutes (min). Higher SELs
were required to induce a given TTS if exposure duration was short than
if it was longer. Exposure of the aforementioned bottlenose dolphin to
a sequence of brief sonar signals showed that, with those brief (but
non-impulse) sounds, the received energy (SEL) necessary to elicit TTS
was higher than was the case with exposure to the more prolonged
octave-band noise (Mooney et al., 2009b). Those authors concluded that,
when using (non-impulse) acoustic signals of duration ~0.5 s, SEL must
be at least 210-214 dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s to induce TTS in the bottlenose
dolphin. The most recent studies conducted by Finneran et al. (2010a,
2010b) also support the notion that exposure duration has a more
significant influence compared to sound pressure level (SPL) as the
duration increases, and that TTS growth data are better represented as
functions of SPL and duration rather than SEL alone (Finneran et al.,
2010a, 2010b). In addition, Finneran et al. (2010b) conclude that when
animals are exposed to intermittent noises, there is recovery of
hearing during the quiet intervals between exposures through the
accumulation of TTS across multiple exposures. Such findings suggest
that when exposed to multiple seismic pulses, partial hearing recovery
also occurs during the seismic pulse intervals.
For baleen whales, there are no data, direct or indirect, on levels
or properties of sound that are required to induce TTS. The frequencies
to which baleen whales are most sensitive are lower than those to which
odontocetes are most sensitive, and natural ambient noise levels at
those low frequencies tend to be higher (Urick, 1983). As a result,
[[Page 49928]]
auditory thresholds of baleen whales within their frequency band of
best hearing are believed to be higher (less sensitive) than are those
of odontocetes at their best frequencies (Clark and Ellison, 2004).
From this, it is suspected that received levels causing TTS onset may
also be higher in baleen whales. However, no cases of TTS are expected
given the size of the airguns proposed to be used and the strong
likelihood that baleen whales (especially migrating bowheads) would
avoid the approaching airguns (or vessel) before being exposed to
levels high enough for there to be any possibility of TTS.
In pinnipeds, TTS thresholds associated with exposure to brief
pulses (single or multiple) of underwater sound have not been measured.
Initial evidence from prolonged exposures suggested that some pinnipeds
may incur TTS at somewhat lower received levels than do small
odontocetes exposed for similar durations (Kastak et al., 1999; 2005).
However, more recent indications are that TTS onset in the most
sensitive pinniped species studied (harbor seal, which is closely
related to the ringed seal) may occur at a similar SEL as in
odontocetes (Kastak et al., 2004).
Most cetaceans show some degree of avoidance of seismic vessels
operating an airgun array (see above). It is unlikely that these
cetaceans would be exposed to airgun pulses at a sufficiently high
enough level for a sufficiently long enough period to cause more than
mild TTS, given the relative movement of the vessel and the marine
mammal. TTS would be more likely in any odontocetes that bow- or wake-
ride or otherwise linger near the airguns. However, while bow- or wake-
riding, odontocetes would be at the surface and thus not exposed to
strong sound pulses given the pressure release and Lloyd Mirror effects
at the surface. But if bow- or wake-riding animals were to dive
intermittently near airguns, they could be exposed to strong sound
pulses, possibly repeatedly.
If some cetaceans did incur mild or moderate TTS (a Level B
harassment) through exposure to airgun sounds in this manner, this
would very likely be a temporary and reversible phenomenon. However,
even a temporary reduction in hearing sensitivity could be deleterious
in the event that, during that period of reduced sensitivity, a marine
mammal needed its full hearing sensitivity to detect approaching
predators, or for some other reason.
Some pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to airguns, but their
avoidance reactions are generally not as strong or consistent as those
of cetaceans. Pinnipeds occasionally seem to be attracted to operating
seismic vessels. There are no specific data on TTS thresholds of
pinnipeds exposed to single or multiple low-frequency pulses. However,
given the indirect indications of a lower TTS threshold for the harbor
seal than for odontocetes exposed to impulse sound (see above), it is
possible that some pinnipeds close to a large airgun array could incur
TTS.
NMFS typically includes mitigation requirements to ensure that
cetaceans and pinnipeds are not exposed to pulsed underwater noise at
received levels exceeding, respectively, 180 and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms). The 180/190 dB acoustic criteria were taken from recommendations
by an expert panel of the High Energy Seismic Survey (HESS) Team that
performed an assessment on noise impacts by seismic airguns to marine
mammals in 1997, although the HESS Team recommended a 180-dB limit for
pinnipeds in California (HESS, 1999). The 180 and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms) levels have not been considered to be the levels above which TTS
might occur. Rather, they were the received levels above which, in the
view of a panel of bioacoustics specialists convened by NMFS before TTS
measurements for marine mammals started to become available, one could
not be certain that there would be no injurious effects, auditory or
otherwise, to marine mammals. As summarized above, data that are now
available imply that TTS is unlikely to occur in various odontocetes
(and probably mysticetes as well) unless they are exposed to a sequence
of several airgun pulses stronger than 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). On the
other hand, for the harbor seal, harbor porpoise, and perhaps some
other species, TTS may occur upon exposure to one or more airgun pulses
whose received level equals the NMFS ``do not exceed'' value of 180 dB
re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). That criterion corresponds to a single-pulse SEL of
175-180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s in typical conditions, whereas TTS is
suspected to be possible in harbor seals and harbor porpoises with a
cumulative SEL of ~171 and ~164 dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s, respectively.
It has been shown that most large whales and many smaller
odontocetes (especially the harbor porpoise) show at least localized
avoidance of ships and/or seismic operations. Even when avoidance is
limited to the area within a few hundred meters of an airgun array,
that should usually be sufficient to avoid TTS based on what is
currently known about thresholds for TTS onset in cetaceans. In
addition, ramping up airgun arrays, which is standard operational
protocol for many seismic operators, may allow cetaceans near the
airguns at the time of startup (if the sounds are aversive) to move
away from the seismic source and to avoid being exposed to the full
acoustic output of the airgun array. Thus, most baleen whales likely
will not be exposed to high levels of airgun sounds provided the ramp-
up procedure is applied. Likewise, many odontocetes close to the
trackline are likely to move away before the sounds from an approaching
seismic vessel become sufficiently strong for there to be any potential
for TTS or other hearing impairment. Hence, there is little potential
for baleen whales or odontocetes that show avoidance of ships or
airguns to be close enough to an airgun array to experience TTS.
Nevertheless, even if marine mammals were to experience TTS, the
magnitude of the TTS is expected to be mild and brief, only in a few
decibels for minutes.
PTS
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear. In some cases, there can be total or partial deafness, whereas
in other cases, the animal has an impaired ability to hear sounds in
specific frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985). Physical damage to a mammal's
hearing apparatus can occur if it is exposed to sound impulses that
have very high peak pressures, especially if they have very short rise
times. (Rise time is the interval required for sound pressure to
increase from the baseline pressure to peak pressure.)
There is no specific evidence that exposure to pulses of airgun
sound can cause PTS in any marine mammal, even with large arrays of
airguns. However, given the likelihood that some mammals close to an
airgun array might incur at least mild TTS (see above), there has been
further speculation about the possibility that some individuals
occurring very close to airguns might incur PTS (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Gedamke et al., 2008). Single or occasional occurrences of
mild TTS are not indicative of permanent auditory damage, but repeated
or (in some cases) single exposures to a level well above that causing
TTS onset might elicit PTS.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals but are assumed to be similar to those in humans and
other terrestrial mammals (Southall et al., 2007). Based on data from
terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is that the PTS
threshold for impulse sounds (such as airgun pulses as received close
to the source) is at least 6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on a
peak-pressure basis and probably >6
[[Page 49929]]
dB higher (Southall et al., 2007). The low-to-moderate levels of TTS
that have been induced in captive odontocetes and pinnipeds during
controlled studies of TTS have been confirmed to be temporary, with no
measurable residual PTS (Kastak et al., 1999; Schlundt et al., 2000;
Finneran et al., 2002; 2005; Nachtigall et al., 2003; 2004). However,
very prolonged exposure to sound strong enough to elicit TTS, or
shorter-term exposure to sound levels well above the TTS threshold, can
cause PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals (Kryter 1985). In
terrestrial mammals, the received sound level from a single non-
impulsive sound exposure must be far above the TTS threshold for any
risk of permanent hearing damage (Kryter, 1994; Richardson et al.,
1995; Southall et al., 2007). However, there is special concern about
strong sounds whose pulses have very rapid rise times. In terrestrial
mammals, there are situations when pulses with rapid rise times (e.g.,
from explosions) can result in PTS even though their peak levels are
only a few dB higher than the level causing slight TTS. The rise time
of airgun pulses is fast but not as fast as that of an explosion.
Some factors that contribute to onset of PTS, at least in
terrestrial mammals, are as follows:
Exposure to a single very intense sound,
Fast rise time from baseline to peak pressure,
Repetitive exposure to intense sounds that individually
cause TTS but not PTS, and
Recurrent ear infections or (in captive animals) exposure
to certain drugs.
Cavanagh (2000) reviewed the thresholds used to define TTS and PTS.
Based on this review and SACLANT (1998), it is reasonable to assume
that PTS might occur at a received sound level 20 dB or more above that
inducing mild TTS. However, for PTS to occur at a received level only
20 dB above the TTS threshold, the animal probably would have to be
exposed to a strong sound for an extended period or to a strong sound
with a rather rapid rise time.
More recently, Southall et al. (2007) estimated that received
levels would need to exceed the TTS threshold by at least 15 dB, on an
SEL basis, for there to be risk of PTS. Thus, for cetaceans exposed to
a sequence of sound pulses, they estimate that the PTS threshold might
be an M-weighted SEL (for the sequence of received pulses) of ~198 dB
re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s. Additional assumptions had to be made to derive a
corresponding estimate for pinnipeds, as the only available data on
TTS-thresholds in pinnipeds pertained to non-impulse sound (see above).
Southall et al. (2007) estimated that the PTS threshold could be a
cumulative SEL of ~186 dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s in the case of a harbor seal
exposed to impulse sound. The PTS threshold for the California sea lion
and northern elephant seal would probably be higher given the higher
TTS thresholds in those species. Southall et al. (2007) also note that,
regardless of the SEL, there is concern about the possibility of PTS if
a cetacean or pinniped received one or more pulses with peak pressure
exceeding 230 or 218 dB re 1 [mu]Pa, respectively. Thus, PTS might be
expected upon exposure of cetaceans to either SEL >=198 dB re 1
[mu]Pa\2\-s or peak pressure >=230 dB re 1 [mu]Pa. Corresponding
proposed dual criteria for pinnipeds (at least harbor seals) are >=186
dB SEL and >= 218 dB peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007). These
estimates are all first approximations, given the limited underlying
data, assumptions, species differences, and evidence that the ``equal
energy'' model may not be entirely correct.
Sound impulse duration, peak amplitude, rise time, number of
pulses, and inter-pulse interval are the main factors thought to
determine the onset and extent of PTS. Ketten (1994) has noted that the
criteria for differentiating the sound pressure levels that result in
PTS (or TTS) are location and species specific. PTS effects may also be
influenced strongly by the health of the receiver's ear.
As described above for TTS, in estimating the amount of sound
energy required to elicit the onset of TTS (and PTS), it is assumed
that the auditory effect of a given cumulative SEL from a series of
pulses is the same as if that amount of sound energy were received as a
single strong sound. There are no data from marine mammals concerning
the occurrence or magnitude of a potential partial recovery effect
between pulses. In deriving the estimates of PTS (and TTS) thresholds
quoted here, Southall et al. (2007) made the precautionary assumption
that no recovery would occur between pulses.
It is unlikely that an odontocete would remain close enough to a
large airgun array for a sufficiently long enough period to incur PTS.
There is some concern about bow-riding odontocetes, but for animals at
or near the surface, auditory effects are reduced by Lloyd's mirror and
surface release effects. The presence of the vessel between the airgun
array and bow-riding odontocetes could also, in some but probably not
all cases, reduce the levels received by bow-riding animals (e.g.,
Gabriele and Kipple, 2009). The TTS (and thus PTS) thresholds of baleen
whales are unknown but, as an interim measure, assumed to be no lower
than those of odontocetes. Also, baleen whales generally avoid the
immediate area around operating seismic vessels, so it is unlikely that
a baleen whale could incur PTS from exposure to airgun pulses. The TTS
(and thus PTS) thresholds of some pinnipeds (e.g., harbor seal) as well
as the harbor porpoise may be lower (Kastak et al., 2005; Southall et
al., 2007; Lucke et al., 2009). If so, TTS and potentially PTS may
extend to a somewhat greater distance for those animals. Again, Lloyd's
mirror and surface release effects will ameliorate the effects for
animals at or near the surface. NMFS considers PTS to be a Level A
harassment.
(4) Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might occur in marine mammals exposed
to strong underwater pulsed sound. Possible types of non-auditory
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source include neurological effects,
bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage. Some
marine mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially
susceptible to injury and/or stranding when exposed to intense sounds.
However, there is no definitive evidence that any of these effects
occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large arrays of
airguns, and beaked whales do not occur in the proposed project area.
In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral avoidance of seismic
vessels, including most baleen whales, some odontocetes (including
belugas), and some pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to incur non-
auditory impairment or other physical effects.
Therefore, it is unlikely that such effects would occur during
ION's proposed in-ice seismic surveys given the brief duration of
exposure and the planned monitoring and mitigation measures described
later in this document.
Additional non-auditory effects include elevated levels of stress
response (Wright et al., 2007; Wright and Highfill, 2007). Although not
many studies have been done on noise-induced stress in marine mammals,
extrapolation of information regarding stress responses in other
species seems applicable because the responses are highly consistent
among all species in which they have been examined to date
[[Page 49930]]
(Wright et al., 2007). Therefore, it is reasonable to conclude that
noise acts as a stressor to marine mammals. Furthermore, given that
marine mammals will likely respond in a manner consistent with other
species studied, repeated and prolonged exposures to stressors
(including or induced by noise) could potentially be problematic for
marine mammals of all ages. Wright et al. (2007) state that a range of
issues may arise from an extended stress response including, but not
limited to, suppression of reproduction (physiologically and
behaviorally), accelerated aging and sickness-like symptoms. However,
as mentioned above, ION's proposed activity is not expected to result
in these severe effects due to the nature of the potential sound
exposure.
(5) Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater detonations can be killed or
severely injured, and the auditory organs are especially susceptible to
injury (Ketten et al., 1993; Ketten, 1995). Airgun pulses are less
energetic, and their peak amplitudes have slower rise times, while
stranding and mortality events would include other energy sources
(acoustical or shock wave) far beyond just seismic airguns. To date,
there is no evidence that serious injury, death, or stranding by marine
mammals can occur from exposure to airgun pulses, even in the case of
large airgun arrays.
However, in past IHA notices for seismic surveys, commenters have
referenced two stranding events allegedly associated with seismic
activities, one off Baja California and a second off Brazil. NMFS has
addressed this concern several times, and, without new information,
does not deem the issue to warrant further discussion. For information
relevant to strandings of marine mammals, readers are encouraged to
review NMFS' response to comments on this matter found in 69 FR 74906
(December 14, 2004), 71 FR 43112 (July 31, 2006), 71 FR 50027 (August
24, 2006), and 71 FR 49418 (August 23, 2006).
It should be noted that strandings related to sound exposure have
not been recorded for marine mammal species in the Beaufort Sea. NMFS
notes that in the Beaufort Sea, aerial surveys have been conducted by
the Minerals Management Service (now BOEM) and industry during periods
of industrial activity (and by BOEM during times with no activity). No
strandings or marine mammals in distress have been observed during
these surveys, and none have been reported by North Slope Borough
inhabitants. In addition, there are very few instances that seismic
surveys in general have been linked to marine mammal strandings, other
than those mentioned above. As a result, NMFS does not expect any
marine mammals will incur serious injury or mortality in the Arctic
Ocean or strand as a result of the proposed seismic survey.
Potential Effects From Echo Sounders on Marine Mammals
Three types of echo sounders have been proposed for ION's 2012 in-
ice seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas. In general, the
potential effects of this equipment on marine mammals can be expected
to be similar to those from the airgun, except that the sounds from
these sources are at much higher frequencies than those from airguns,
and thus may have more potential to affect mid- and high-frequency
hearing odontocetes and pinnipeds than mysticetes, who are thought to
be more sensitive to low-frequency sounds. Therefore, it is possible
that the onset of hearing impairment to odontocetes and pinnipeds that
are exposed to mid- or high-frequency sources could be lower, or the
growth of TTS and/or PTS could be faster than the earlier empirical
measurements using the watergun source (Finneran et al., 2002) or 3 kHz
tones (Finneran et al., 2005). However, the magnitude of the impacts is
expected to be less due to the lower intensity of the sound from echo
sounders when compared to seismic airguns. Because of the higher
frequencies of the echo sounder signals, the propagation ranges of
acoustic signals are also much shorter than those from the airgun
array. Since these echo sounders will be operating during the seismic
survey, no additional takes of marine mammals would be considered as
take estimates would be calculated from ensonified zones from seismic
airguns. In addition, due to the fact that the operating frequencies of
some of this equipment (e.g., Skipper GDS102 that operates at
frequencies above 200 kHz) are above the hearing ranges of marine
mammals, use of the equipment is not expected to cause any take of
marine mammals. Furthermore, the beam patterns of the echo sounders are
directed downward and are narrow, so any marine mammals that encounter
the echo sounders at close range are unlikely to be subjected to
repeated pulses.
Potential Effects From Icebreaking on Marine Mammals
(1) Noise Source Levels From Icebreaking
Most sounds generated by icebreaking activities are caused by
cavitation of the propellers. Propeller cavitation and resulting sounds
tend to be greatest when a vessel is moving astern or when its forward
progress has been stopped by heavy ice during ramming. When making
continuous forward progress through ice, more power is required than
when traveling through open water. The greater the resistance, the
greater the propeller cavitation and resulting sounds, although they
are typically less strong during continuous forward progress than
during backing and ramming in heavy ice.
Measurements of the Robert Lemur pushing and breaking ice in the
Beaufort Sea in 1986 resulted in an estimated broadband source level of
193 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m (Richardson et al., 1995). Ice conditions were
not described in detail, but at that time of year (in September), ice
is not typically forming, so the ice pans that were encountered were
likely composed of second year ice or multi-year ice.
The broadband source levels of three different vessels pushing on
or breaking ice during drilling activities in the U.S. Beaufort Sea in
1993 were 181-183, 184, and 174 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m (Hall et al.,
1994). Similar to the above, ice conditions in mid-August when these
recordings were made were likely to have been thick first year (sea ice
does not reach ``second year'' status until September 1), second year,
or multi-year ice.
The strongest sounds produced by an icebreaker backing and ramming
an ice ridge were measured at 203 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m at the point
when the propellers were still turning at full speed ahead, but the
vessel had come to a stop when it failed to break the ice ridge (Erbe
and Farmer, 1998). A similar maximum source level (200 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @
1m) was reported during backing and ramming activities by the U.S.
Coast Guard Cutter Healy as measured by a sonobuoy deployed from that
vessel in 2009 (Roth and Schmidt, 2010).
Roth and Schmidt (2010) describe three very recent ``case studies''
of Healy breaking ice in the high Arctic. Ice type is not described,
but given the date, location, and pictures provided the ice is clearly
not first year ice and instead likely second year or multi-year ice.
The first case study provides an example of the Healy traveling through
7-9/10ths ice and then entering open-water. Average source levels in
ice were
[[Page 49931]]
estimated to be ~185 dB while average source levels in open-water were
estimated between 175-180 dB. The second case study is an example of
backing and ramming in 8/10ths ice. Maximum source levels reached 191-
195 dB. The third case study is another example of backing and ramming,
this time in 9/10ths ice, where maximum source levels reached 200 dB.
None of these examples apply very well to ice conditions likely to
be encountered during ION's proposed October-December survey. The ice
regimes to be encountered along the Alaskan Coast in the proposed
survey area during the proposed survey period will vary considerably
from predominantly or entirely open water in early October to being
predominantly new, first year ice in November. The survey work will
take advantage of such variations to complete the more difficult lines
when the ice conditions are favorable for that work.
This project will involve two ships working as one when in or near
sea ice. In this mode, the icebreaker (Polar Prince) would escort the
geophysical survey ship (Geo Arctic). As both ships must move
continuously at near survey speed throughout this escort, it is
essential that this work is carried out in ice conditions where the
icebreaker is not obliged to undertake ramming operations.
ION used the Arctic Ice Regime Shipping System (AIRSS) to aid in
their determination concerning suitable conditions for the survey. This
system allows the Arctic Mariner/Ice Master to calculate the
``toughness'' of a particular ice regime. As a ``rule of thumb,''
seismic is normally considered achievable in ice where the calculation
indicates navigation can safely be undertaken by the ice strengthened
(Ice Class A1A, type A) geophysical ship, operating independently. ION
states that it will take a conservative approach by using a heavy
escort icebreaker. This means the icebreaker is normally working well
below maximum power but does have a huge propulsive power capacity held
in reserve in case ridges or other such ice features are encountered.
Thus the icebreaker is breaking ice at a fraction of its maximum or
rated capacity.
Compared to the aggressive icebreaking involved in the examples
above, the icebreaking for in-ice seismic surveys is of a much
different and considerably lower order. In most ice regimes expected to
be encountered during ION's proposed survey, the Polar Prince will have
about 5,123 HP available for propulsion, which is far less than the
power of the heavy icebreaker Healy reported in Roth and Schmidt
(2010). There would still be a direct correlation between icebreaking
effort and icebreaking noise, although there are likely also many other
variables such as thermal gradient, stage of ice development, speed of
impact, propulsion system characteristics, hull and bow form, etc.,
that may differentiate the sounds produced during the proposed survey.
In the examples provided in Roth and Schmidt (2010), the Healy appears
to be backing and ramming in heavy multiyear ice (based on our
interpretation of the pictures). Such conditions are beyond the
allowable operational conditions of this project, and, if such
conditions were encountered, the Type A geophysical ship could not
follow such an ice-encumbered track of multiyear ice.
It should also be noted that the Healy was operating at maximum
capacity during the measurements reported in Roth and Schmidt (2010),
while during ice-seismic the escorting icebreaker rarely operates in
excess of 50% capacity. Thus, accounting for the disparity in the
horsepower ratings of the Polar Prince vs. the Healy, the Polar Prince
is rendering an output, in terms of horsepower expended, of <25% each
of that of the Healy during the reported measurements.
Based on available information regarding sounds produced by
icebreaking in various ice regimes and the expected ice conditions
during the proposed survey, NMFS determined that vessel sounds
generated during ice breaking are likely to have source levels between
175 and 185 dB re 1 [micro]Pa-m.
(2) Impacts of Icebreaking Noise on Marine Mammals
Limited information is available about the effects of icebreaking
ships on most species of marine mammals. Concerns have arisen in the
past due to proposals (which were never realized) to conduct shipping
of oil and gas in the Arctic via large icebreakers (Peterson, 1981). In
the past, smaller icebreaking ships were used by the oil and gas
industry in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas to extend the offshore
drilling period in support of offshore drilling, and several
icebreakers or strengthened cargo ships have been used in the Russian
northern sea route, as well as elsewhere in the Arctic and Antarctic
(Armstrong, 1984; Barr and Wilson, 1985; Brigham, 1985).
The primary concern regarding icebreaking activities involves the
production of intense underwater sound (Richardson et al., 1995).
Estimated source levels of the ice-breaking cargo vessel MV Arctic may
be detectable by seals under fast ice at distances up to 20-35 km
(12.4-21.8 mi) (Davis and Malme, 1997). However, icebreaking activities
may also have non-acoustic effects, such as the potential for causing
injury, ice entrapment of animals that follow the ship, and disruption
of ice habitat (reviewed in Richardson et al., 1989), though, as
described below, these impacts are not anticipated during this action.
The species of marine mammals that may be present and the nature of
icebreaker activities are strongly influenced by ice type. Some species
are more common in loose ice near the margins of heavy pack ice while
others appear to prefer heavy pack ice. Propeller cavitation noise of
icebreaking ships in loose ice is expected to be much lower than in
areas of heavier pack ice or thick landfast ice where ship speed will
be reduced, power levels will be higher, and there will be greater
propeller cavitation and back-ramming (Richardson et al., 1995).
Beluga Whales--Erbe and Farmer (1998) measured masked hearing
thresholds of a captive beluga whale. They reported that the recording
of a Canadian Coast Guard ship, Henry Larsen, ramming ice in the
Beaufort Sea, masked recordings of beluga vocalizations at a noise-to-
signal pressure ratio of 18 dB. That occurred when the noise pressure
level was eight times as high as the call. In linear units, the ramming
noise was 8 times as strong as the call (Erbe and Farmer, 1998). A
similar study using a software model to estimate the zones of impact
around icebreakers affecting beluga whales in the Beaufort Sea
predicted that masking of beluga communication signals by ramming noise
from an icebreaker could occur within 40-71 km (25-44 mi), depending on
the location. However, Arctic beluga whales have shown avoidance of
icebreakers when first detected (Erbe and Farmer, 2000), so individuals
are unlikely to get close enough for effects such as masking to occur.
In addition, vocal behavior of beluga whales in the St. Lawrence River
in the presence of a ferry and a small motorboat have shown that
belugas can change the types of calls they use, as well as shift the
mean call frequency up during noise exposure (Lesage et al., 1999).
Therefore, it is possible that beluga whales in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas may also have some mechanism that would allow them to
adapt to ambient noise due to icebreaking activities.
In 1991 and 1994 in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea, Richardson et al.
(1995b) recorded reactions of beluga and bowhead whales to playbacks of
underwater propeller cavitation noise
[[Page 49932]]
from the icebreaker Robert Lemeur operating in heavy ice. Migrating
belugas were observed close to the playback projectors on three dates,
but interpretable data were only collected on 17 groups for two of
these occasions. A minimum of six groups apparently altered their path
in response to the playback, but whales approached within a few hundred
(and occasionally tens of) meters before exhibiting a response.
Icebreaker sounds were estimated at 78-84 dB re 1[mu]Pa in the 1/3-
octave band centered at 5,000 Hz, or 8-14 dB above ambient sound levels
in that band, for the six groups that reacted. The authors estimated
that reactions at this level would be estimated to occur at distances
of approximately 10 km (6.2 mi) from an operating icebreaker.
Beluga whales are expected to avoid icebreaking vessels at
distances of approximately 10 km (6.2 mi). The impacts of icebreaking
associated with the seismic program on the behavior of belugas are
expected to be temporary, lasting only as long as the activity is on-
going, and would have a negligible impact on the species or stock.
Bowhead Whales--In 1991 and 1994 in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea,
Richardson et al. (1995b) recorded reactions of beluga and bowhead
whales to playbacks of underwater propeller cavitation noise from the
icebreaker Robert Lemeur operating in heavy ice. Bowhead whales
migrating in the nearshore appeared to tolerate exposure to projected
icebreaker sounds at received levels up to 20 dB or more above ambient
noise levels. However, some bowheads appeared to divert their paths to
remain further away from the projected sounds, particularly when
exposed to levels >20 dB above ambient. Turning frequency, surface
duration, number of blows per surfacing, and two multivariate indices
of behavior were significantly correlated with the signal-to-noise
ratio >20 dB (and as low as 10 dB for turning frequency). The authors
suggested that bowheads may commonly react to icebreakers at distances
up to 10-50 km (6.2-31 mi), but note that reactions were highly
dependent on several variables not controlled in the study.
There are few other studies on the reactions of baleen whales to
icebreaking activities. During fall 1992, migrating bowhead whales
apparently avoided (by at least 25 km [15.5 mi]) a drill site that was
supported almost daily by intensive icebreaking activity in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea (Brewer et al., 1993). However, bowheads also avoided a
nearby drill site in the fall of another year that had little
icebreaking support (LGL and Greenridge, 1987). Thus, level of
contribution from icebreaking, ice concentration, and drilling noise
resulting in bowhead responses is unknown.
Bowhead whales are expected to avoid vessels that are underway,
including icebreakers. The impacts of icebreaking on the behavior of
bowheads are likely to occur only if bowheads are still in the western
portion of the proposed study area, although most bowheads will likely
have passed through the survey area prior to the start of survey
activities. The effects of icebreaking activities on bowhead whales are
expected to be minor and short-term.
Pinnipeds-- Reactions of walruses to icebreakers are described more
thoroughly in the available literature than are reactions by other
pinnipeds. When comparing the reaction distances of walrus to
icebreaking ships vs. other ships traveling in open water, Fay et al.
(1984) found that walrus reacted at longer distances to icebreakers.
They were aware of the icebreaker when it was >2 km (1.2 mi) away, and
females with pups entered the water and swam away when the ship was ~1
km (0.62 mi) away while adult males did so at distances of 0.1 to 0.3
km (0.1 to 0.2 mi). However, it was also noted that some walruses,
ringed seals, and bearded seals also scrambled onto ice when an
icebreaker was oriented toward them.
In another study of 202 walrus groups observed on ice floes during
icebreaking activities, 32% dove into the water, and 6% became alert
while on the ice (Brueggeman et al., 1990, 1991, 1992). Concurrent
aerial surveys indicated that walruses hauling out on ice floes may
have avoided icebreaking activities within 10--15 km (6.2--9.3 mi)
(Brueggeman et al., 1990).
Ringed and bearded seals on pack ice approached by an icebreaker
typically dove into the water within 0.93 km (0.58 mi) of the vessel
but tended to be less responsive when the same ship was underway in
open water (Brueggeman et al., 1992). In another study, ringed and harp
seals remained on the ice when an icebreaker was 1-2 km (0.62--1.2 mi)
away, but seals often dove into the water when closer to the icebreaker
(Kanik et al., 1980 in Richardson et al., 1995a). Ringed seals have
also been seen feeding among overturned ice floes in the wake of
icebreakers (Brewer et al., 1993).
Seals swimming are likely to avoid approaching vessels by a few
meters to a few tens of meters, while some ``curious'' seals are likely
to swim toward vessels. Seals hauled out on ice also show mixed
reaction to approaching vessels/icebreakers. Seals are likely to dive
into the water if the icebreaker comes within 1 km (0.62 mi). The
impact of vessel traffic on seals is expected to be negligible.
One potential impact from icebreaking activities is ice entrapment
of pinnipeds that are following the vessels. However, NMFS does not
consider this likely because ice formation at the time of the proposed
survey consists mostly of loose annual ice floes that will not freeze
into extensive pack ice. In addition, the time chosen for the
icebreaking seismic survey would occur before ringed seals start
constructing lairs in ice around early March.
Finally, the breaking of heavy pack ice or thick landfast ice could
also indirectly increase the level of ambient noise due to broken ice
floes cracking against each other, and effectively change the area's
soundscape.
Vessel Sounds
In addition to the noise generated from seismic airguns and active
sonar systems, various types of vessels will be used in the operations,
including source vessels and support vessels. Sounds from boats and
vessels have been reported extensively (Greene and Moore, 1995;
Blackwell and Greene, 2002; 2005; 2006). Numerous measurements of
underwater vessel sound have been performed in support of recent
industry activity in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. Results of these
measurements have been reported in various 90-day and comprehensive
reports since 2007 (e.g., Aerts et al., 2008; Hauser et al., 2008;
Brueggeman, 2009; Ireland et al., 2009). For example, Garner and Hannay
(2009) estimated sound pressure levels of 100 dB at distances ranging
from approximately 2.4 to 3.7 km (1.5 to 2.3 mi) from various types of
barges. MacDonald et al. (2008) estimated higher underwater SPLs from
the seismic vessel Gilavar of 120 dB at approximately 21 km (13 mi)
from the source, although the sound level was only 150 dB at 26 m (85
ft) from the vessel. Compared to airgun pulses, underwater sound from
vessels is generally at relatively low levels.
The primary sources of sounds from all vessel classes are propeller
cavitation, propeller singing, and propulsion or other machinery.
Propeller cavitation is usually the dominant noise source for vessels
(Ross, 1976). Propeller cavitation and singing are produced outside the
hull, whereas propulsion or other machinery noise originates inside the
hull. There are additional sounds produced by vessel activity, such as
pumps, generators, flow noise from water passing over the
[[Page 49933]]
hull, and bubbles breaking in the wake. Icebreakers contribute greater
sound levels during ice-breaking activities than ships of similar size
during normal operation in open water (Richardson et al., 1995). This
higher sound production results from the greater amount of power and
propeller cavitation required when operating in thick ice. Source
levels from various vessels would be empirically measured before the
start of marine surveys.
For this project, the majority of any vessel noise would occur
concurrently with sounds generated by seismic airguns or icebreaking
and any potential impacts would be expected to be subsumed by the
impacts of those louder sources.
Anticipated Effects on Habitat
The primary potential impacts to marine mammals and other marine
species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by airguns
and other active acoustic sources, noise generated from icebreaking,
and breaking of ice during the seismic survey. However, other potential
impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also
possible.
Potential Impacts on Prey Species
With regard to fish as a prey source for cetaceans and pinnipeds,
fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to
communicate (Tavolga et al., 1981) and possibly avoid predators (Wilson
and Dill, 2002). Experiments have shown that fish can sense both the
strength and direction of sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a sound signal, and potentially
react to it, are the frequency of the signal and the strength of the
signal in relation to the natural background noise level.
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior
is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to
react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the
detection level of 120 dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response threshold
can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition
(Engas et al., 1993). In general, fish react more strongly to pulses of
sound rather than a continuous signal (such as noise from a vessel or
icebreaking) (Blaxter et al., 1981), and a quicker alarm response is
elicited when the sound signal intensity rises rapidly compared to
sound rising more slowly to the same level.
Investigations of fish behavior in relation to vessel noise (Olsen
et al., 1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990) have shown that fish react
when the sound from the engines and propeller exceeds a certain level.
Avoidance reactions have been observed in fish, such as cod and
herring, when vessels approached close enough that received sound
levels are 110 dB to 130 dB (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo,
1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988). However, other researchers have found
that fish such as polar cod, herring, and capeline are often attracted
to vessels (apparently by the noise) and swim toward the vessel (Rostad
et al., 2006). Typical sound source levels of vessel noise in the
audible range for fish are 150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al., 1995).
Further, during the proposed in-ice seismic survey, only a small
fraction of the available habitat would be ensonified at any given
time. Disturbance to fish species would be short-term, and fish would
return to their pre-disturbance behavior once the seismic activity
ceases (McCauley et al., 2000a, 2000b; Santulli et al., 1999; Pearson
et al., 1992). Thus, the proposed survey would have little, if any,
impact on the abilities of marine mammals to feed in the area where
seismic work is planned.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead whales, feed on concentrations
of zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, and others feed intermittently during
their westward migration in September and October (Richardson and
Thomson [eds.] 2002; Lowry et al., 2004). However, by the time most
bowhead whales reach the Chukchi Sea (October), they will likely no
longer be feeding, or if feeding occurs it will be very limited. A
reaction by zooplankton to a seismic impulse would only be relevant to
whales if it caused concentrations of zooplankton to scatter. Pressure
changes of sufficient magnitude to cause that type of reaction would
probably occur only very close to the source. Impacts on zooplankton
behavior are predicted to be inconsequential, and that would translate
into negligible impacts on feeding mysticetes. Because ION will not
start operations until early October, a substantial portion of the
bowhead population that feeds in the Beaufort Sea during the fall
westward migration will have already completed feeding and migrated out
of the area before the proposed survey begins. Thus, the proposed
activity is not expected to have any habitat-related effects on prey
species or feeding marine mammals that could cause significant or long-
term consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations.
Potential Impacts on Physical Environment
The proposed airgun operations will not result in any permanent
impact on habitats used by marine mammals or to their food sources. The
main impact issue associated with the proposed activities would be
temporarily elevated noise levels and their associated direct effects
on marine mammals, as discussed above, as well as the potential effects
of icebreaking. The potential effects of icebreaking include locally
altered ice conditions and the potential for the destruction of ringed
seal lairs. However, ringed seals are not expected to enter these
structures until later in the season, after the completion of ION's
activities. Ice conditions at this time of year are typically quite
variable with new leads opening and pressure ridges forming as wind and
waves move the newly forming ice. This dynamic environment may be
responsible for the mean date of permanent den entry on sea ice in the
Beaufort Sea being later than on land (Amstrup and Gardner, 1994). The
icebreaker and seismic vessel transit is not expected to significantly
alter the formation of sea ice during this period.
Icebreaking would open leads in the sea ice along the vessel
tracklines and could potentially destroy ringed seal lairs. However,
ringed seals will not need lairs for pupping until the late winter or
spring (after ION completes operations), so the impacts are not
expected to impact pup survival. Ringed seals excavate lairs in snow
that accumulates on sea ice near their breathing holes, and an
individual seal maintains several breathing holes (Smith and Stirling,
1975). Ringed seal lairs are found in snow depths of 20-150 cm (8-59
in) (Smith and Stirling, 1975), and seals are not expected to enter
lairs before the proposed seismic survey takes place. Damage to lairs
caused by survey activities is not expected to exceed that which occurs
naturally, and lair destruction in the early winter would likely not
impact ringed seal survival. Lanugal pups born in the spring can become
hypothermic if wetted, but by early winter they are robust to
submersion having spent the entire summer at sea (Smith et al., 1991).
The highest density of ringed seals reported from aerial surveys
conducted during spring when seals were emerging from lairs was in
areas with water depth ranging from 5-35 m (16.4-115 ft) (Frost et al.,
2004). A relatively small proportion (5%; 364 km [226 mi]) of the
proposed survey trackline is planned in that area.
[[Page 49934]]
During the seismic survey only a small fraction of the available
habitat would be ensonified at any given time. Disturbance to fish
species would be short-term, and fish are expected to return to their
pre-disturbance behavior once the seismic activity ceases (McCauley et
al., 2000a, b; Santulli et al., 1999; Pearson et al., 1992). Thus, the
proposed survey would have little, if any, impact on the abilities of
marine mammals to feed in the area where seismic work is planned.
Refueling at sea has the potential to impact the marine environment
if a spill were to occur. However, there are multiple procedures and
safeguards in place to avoid such an accident. Prior to conducting a
fuel transfer, the area around the vessels would be checked for the
presence of marine mammals and operations delayed until the area is
clear. A leak during refueling would be detected and the system shut
down within a maximum of 30 seconds. The diesel oil transfer pump is
rated at 50 IGPM @ 60 ft pressure head. Therefore, the maximum amount
of oil that could be spilled during a transfer is 25 imperial gallons.
This risk is reduced further with the standard use of `dry-break'
fittings for fuel transfers.
Based on the information provided in this section, the proposed
activity is not expected to have any habitat-related effects that could
cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Potential Impacts on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for
Taking for Subsistence Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
Subsistence hunting and fishing continue to be prominent in the
household economies and social welfare of some Alaskan residents,
particularly among those living in small, rural villages (Wolfe and
Walker, 1987). The disturbance and potential displacement of marine
mammals by sounds from the proposed marine surveys are the principal
concerns related to subsistence use of the area. Subsistence remains
the basis for Alaska Native culture and community. Marine mammals are
legally hunted in Alaskan waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In rural
Alaska, subsistence activities are often central to many aspects of
human existence, including patterns of family life, artistic
expression, and community religious and celebratory activities.
Additionally, the animals taken for subsistence provide a significant
portion of the food that will last the community throughout the year.
The main species that are hunted include bowhead and beluga whales,
ringed, spotted, and bearded seals, walruses, and polar bears. (Both
the walrus and the polar bear are under the USFWS' jurisdiction.) The
importance of each of these species varies among the communities and is
largely based on availability.
(1) Bowhead Whales
Bowhead whale hunting is a key activity in the subsistence
economies of Barrow and other Native communities along the Beaufort Sea
and Chukchi Sea coast. The whale harvests have a great influence on
social relations by strengthening the sense of Inupiat culture and
heritage in addition to reinforcing family and community ties.
An overall quota system for the hunting of bowhead whales was
established by the International Whaling Commission in 1977. The quota
is now regulated through an agreement between NMFS and the Alaska
Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC). The AEWC allots the number of bowhead
whales that each whaling community may harvest annually during five-
year periods (USDI/BLM, 2005). NMFS proposed continuation of the
bowhead hunt for the five-year period 2008-2012 (NMFS, 2008b), and in
June 2012, NMFS released a Draft Environmental Impact Statement
proposing to continue the bowhead hunt for the period 2013-2017/2018
(NMFS, 2012).
The community of Barrow hunts bowhead whales in both the spring and
fall during the whales' seasonal migrations along the coast. Often the
bulk of the Barrow bowhead harvest is taken during the spring hunt.
However, with larger quotas in recent years, it is common for a
substantial fraction of the annual Barrow quota to remain available for
the fall hunt. The communities of Nuiqsut and Kaktovik participate only
in the fall bowhead harvest. The fall migration of bowhead whales that
summer in the eastern Beaufort Sea typically begins in late August or
September. Fall migration into Alaskan waters is primarily during
September and October. However, in recent years a small number of
bowheads have been seen or heard offshore from the Prudhoe Bay region
during the last week of August (Treacy, 1993; LGL and Greeneridge,
1996; Greene, 1997; Greene et al., 1999; Blackwell et al., 2004).
In autumn, westward-migrating bowhead whales typically reach the
Kaktovik and Cross Island (Nuiqsut hunters) areas by early September,
at which points the hunts begin (Kaleak, 1996; Long, 1996; Galginaitis
and Koski, 2002; Galginaitis and Funk, 2004, 2005; Koski et al., 2005).
Around late August, the hunters from Nuiqsut establish camps on Cross
Island from where they undertake the fall bowhead whale hunt. The
hunting period starts normally in early September and may last as late
as mid-October, depending mainly on ice and weather conditions and the
success of the hunt. Most of the hunt occurs offshore in waters east,
north, and northwest of Cross Island where bowheads migrate and not
inside the barrier islands (Galginaitis, 2007). Hunters prefer to take
bowheads close to shore to avoid a long tow during which the meat can
spoil, but Braund and Moorehead (1995) report that crews may (rarely)
pursue whales as far as 80 km (50 mi) offshore. Whaling crews use
Kaktovik as their home base, leaving the village and returning on a
daily basis. The core whaling area is within 19.3 km (12 mi) of the
village with a periphery ranging about 13 km (8 mi) farther, if
necessary. The extreme limits of the Kaktovik whaling limit would be
the middle of Camden Bay to the west. The timing of the Kaktovik
bowhead whale hunt roughly parallels the Cross Island whale hunt
(Impact Assessment Inc, 1990b; SRB&A, 2009:Map 64). In recent years,
the hunts at Kaktovik and Cross Island have usually ended by mid- to
late September (prior to the proposed start date for ION's seismic
survey).
The spring hunts at Wainwright and Barrow occur after leads open
due to the deterioration of pack ice; the spring hunt typically occurs
from early April until the first week of June. The location of the fall
subsistence hunt depends on ice conditions and (in some years)
industrial activities that influence the bowheads as they move west
(Brower, 1996). In the fall, subsistence hunters use aluminum or
fiberglass boats with outboards. At Barrow the fall hunt usually begins
in mid-September, and mainly occurs in the waters east and northeast of
Point Barrow. In 2007 however, all bowheads taken in fall at Barrow
were harvested west of Pt. Barrow in the Chukchi Sea (Suydam et al.,
2008). The whales have usually left the Beaufort Sea by late October
(Treacy, 2002a; 2002b).
The scheduling of this seismic survey was introduced to
representatives of those concerned with the subsistence bowhead hunt
including the AEWC and the North Slope Borough (NSB) Department of
Wildlife Management during a meeting in Barrow on December 15, 2009.
Additional meetings occurred in 2010, 2011, and 2012 with more planned
later in 2012 to share information regarding the survey with other
members of the subsistence hunting community. The timing of the
proposed geophysical survey in October-December will not affect the
[[Page 49935]]
spring bowhead hunt. The fall bowhead hunt may be occurring near Barrow
during October, and operations will be coordinated with the AEWC. ION
will operate at the eastern end of the survey area until fall whaling
in the Beaufort Sea near Barrow is finished. Fall bowhead whale hunts
by members of the communities of Kaktovik and Nuiqsut will likely be
completed prior to October.
Whaling communities of the Bering Strait area, such as Gambell and
Savoonga on St. Lawrence Island, hunt bowheads in the late fall
(typically around Thanksgiving). Because ION intends to conduct
operations in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas until early to mid-
December, ION's vessel transits through the Bering Strait should not
interfere with these late fall hunts.
(2) Beluga Whales
Beluga whales are available to subsistence hunters at Barrow in the
spring when pack-ice conditions deteriorate and leads open up. Belugas
may remain in the area through June and some-times into July and August
in ice-free waters. Hunters usually wait until after the spring bowhead
whale hunt is finished before turning their attention to hunting
belugas. The average annual harvest of beluga whales taken by Barrow
for 1962-1982 was five (MMS, 1996). The Alaska Beluga Whale Committee
recorded that 23 beluga whales had been harvested by Barrow hunters
from 1987 to 2002, ranging from 0 in 1987, 1988 and 1995 to the high of
8 in 1997 (Fuller and George, 1999; Alaska Beluga Whale Committee, 2002
in USDI/BLM, 2005). The timing of the proposed survey will not overlap
with the beluga harvest.
(3) Ice Seals
Ringed seals are hunted mainly from October through June. Hunting
for these smaller mammals is concentrated during winter because bowhead
whales, bearded seals and caribou are available through other seasons.
In winter, leads and cracks in the ice off points of land and along the
barrier islands are used for hunting ringed seals. The seismic survey
would be largely in offshore waters where the activities would not
influence ringed seals in the nearshore areas where they are hunted.
The spotted seal subsistence hunt peaks in July and August, at
least in 1987 to 1990, but involves few animals. Spotted seals
typically migrate south by October to overwinter in the Bering Sea, and
therefore the proposed October-December survey will not affect hunting
of this species. Admiralty Bay, less than 60 km (37 mi) to the east of
Barrow, is a location where spotted seals are harvested. Spotted seals
are also occasionally hunted in the area off Point Barrow and along the
barrier islands of Elson Lagoon to the east (USDI/BLM, 2005). The
average annual spotted seal harvest by the community of Barrow from
1987-1990 was one (Braund et al., 1993)
Bearded seals, although not favored for their meat, are important
to subsistence activities in Barrow because of their skins. Six to nine
bearded seal hides are used by whalers to cover each of the skin-
covered boats traditionally used for spring whaling. Because of their
valuable hides and large size, bearded seals are specifically sought.
Bearded seals are harvested during the summer months in the Beaufort
Sea (USDI/BLM, 2005). The animals inhabit the environment around the
ice floes in the drifting ice pack, so hunting usually occurs from
boats in the drift ice. Braund et al. (1993) mapped the majority of
bearded seal harvest sites from 1987 to 1990 as being within ~24 km
(~15 mi) of Point Barrow. The average annual take of bearded seals by
the Barrow community from 1987 to 1990 was 174. Because bearded seal
hunting typically occurs during the summer months, the proposed
October-December survey is not expected to affect bearded seal
harvests.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as: ``* * * an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That
is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.''
Seismic surveys and associated icebreaking operations have the
potential to impact marine mammals hunted by Native Alaskans. In the
case of cetaceans, the most common reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as
noted previously in this document) is avoidance of the ensonified area.
In the case of bowhead whales, this often means that the animals could
divert from their normal migratory path by up to several kilometers.
Additionally, general vessel presence in the vicinity of traditional
hunting areas could negatively impact a hunt.
In the case of subsistence hunts for bowhead whales in the Beaufort
and Chukchi Seas, there could be an adverse impact on the hunt if the
whales were deflected seaward (further from shore) in traditional
hunting areas. The impact would be that whaling crews would have to
travel greater distances to intercept westward migrating whales,
thereby creating a safety hazard for whaling crews and/or limiting
chances of successfully striking and landing bowheads. Native knowledge
indicates that bowhead whales become increasingly ``skittish'' in the
presence of seismic noise. Whales are more wary around the hunters and
tend to expose a much smaller portion of their back when surfacing
(which makes harvesting more difficult). Additionally, natives report
that bowheads exhibit angry behaviors in the presence of seismic, such
as tail-slapping, which translate to danger for nearby subsistence
harvesters.
However, due to its proposed time and location, ION's proposed in-
ice seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas would be unlikely
to result in the aforementioned impacts. As discussed earlier in
detail, the only potential impacts on subsistence use of marine mammals
from ION's proposed icebreaking seismic survey during October-December
period are the fall bowhead hunt and ringed seal harvest. Nevertheless,
the proposed seismic survey is expected to occur in waters far offshore
from the regular seal hunting areas, and ION indicates it would elect
to operate at the eastern end of the survey area until fall whaling in
the Beaufort Sea near Barrow is finished, thus reducing the likelihood
of interfering with subsistence use of marine mammals in the vicinity
of the project area.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses.
For the proposed ION in-ice seismic survey in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas, ION worked with NMFS and proposed the following
mitigation measures to minimize the potential impacts to marine mammals
in the project vicinity as a result of the marine seismic survey
activities.
[[Page 49936]]
As part of the application, ION submitted to NMFS a Marine Mammal
Monitoring and Mitigation Program (4MP) for its in-ice seismic survey
in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas during the 2012 fall season. The
objectives of the 4MP are:
To ensure that disturbance to marine mammals and
subsistence hunts is minimized and all permit stipulations are
followed,
To document the effects of the proposed survey activities
on marine mammals, and
To collect baseline data on the occurrence and
distribution of marine mammals in the study area.
The 4MP may be modified or supplemented based on comments or new
information received from the public during the public comment period
or from the peer review panel (see the ``Monitoring Plan Peer Review''
section later in this document).
Mitigation Measures Proposed in ION's IHA Application
ION listed the following protocols to be implemented during its
marine seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas.
(1) Exclusion Zones
Under current NMFS guidelines, ``exclusion zones'' for marine
mammals around industrial sound sources are customarily defined as the
distances within which received sound levels are >=180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms) for cetaceans and >=190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for pinnipeds. These
criteria are based on an assumption that sound energy at lower received
levels will not injure these animals or impair their hearing abilities
but that higher received levels might have some such effects.
Disturbance or behavioral effects to marine mammals from underwater
sound may occur after exposure to sound at distances greater than the
exclusion zone (Richardson et al., 1995; see above).
Received sound levels were modeled for the full 26 airgun, 4,450
in\3\ array in relation to distance and direction from the source
(Zykov et al., 2010). Based on the model results, Table 1 in this
document shows the distances from the airguns where ION predicts that
received sound levels will drop below 190, 180, and 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms). A single 70-in\3\ airgun would be used during turns or if a
power down of the full array (see below) is necessary due to the
presence of a marine mammal within or about to enter the applicable
exclusion zone of the full airgun array. To model the source level of
the 70-in\3\ airgun, ION used the measurements of a 30-in\3\ airgun.
Underwater sound propagation of a 30-in\3\ airgun was measured in <100
m (328 ft) of water near Harrison Bay in 2007, and results were
reported in Funk et al. (2008). The constant term of the resulting
equation was increased by 2.45 dB based on the difference between the
volume of the two airguns [2.45 = 20Log(70/30)[caret](\1/3\)]. The 190
and 180 dB (rms) distances for the 70-in\3\ airgun from the adjusted
equation, 19 m (62 ft) and 86 m (282 ft) respectively, would be used as
the exclusion zones around the single 70 in\3\ airgun in all water
depths until results from field measurements are available.
An acoustics contractor would perform the direct measurements of
the received levels of underwater sound versus distance and direction
from the energy source arrays using calibrated hydrophones (see below
``Sound Source Verification'' in the ``Proposed Monitoring'' section).
The acoustic data would be analyzed as quickly as reasonably
practicable in the field and used to verify (and if necessary adjust)
the size of the exclusion zones. The field report will be made
available to NMFS and the Protected Species Observers (PSOs) within 120
hrs of completing the measurements. The mitigation measures to be
implemented at the 190 and 180 dB (rms) sound levels would include
power downs and shut downs as described below.
Table 1--Marine Mammal Exclusion Zones From the 26 Airgun, 4,450-in\3\ Array, for Specific Categories Based on
the Water Depth
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exclusion and disturbance zones (meters)
-----------------------------------------------
rms (dB re. 1 [mu]Pa) less than 100 more than
m 100 m- 1,000 m 1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190............................................................. 600 180 180
180............................................................. 2,850 660 580
160............................................................. 27,800 42,200 31,600
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Speed or Course Alteration
If a marine mammal (in water) is detected outside the exclusion
zone and, based on its position and the relative motion, is likely to
enter the exclusion zone, the vessel's speed and/or direct course shall
be changed in a manner that also minimizes the effect on the planned
objectives when such a maneuver is safe.
Another measure proposes to avoid concentrations or groups of
whales by all vessels in transit under the direction of ION. Operators
of vessels should, at all times, conduct their activities at the
maximum distance possible from such concentrations of whales.
All vessels during transit shall be operated at speeds necessary to
ensure no physical contact with whales occurs. If any barge or transit
vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed bowhead whales, the
vessel operator shall take reasonable precautions to avoid potential
interaction with the bowhead whales by taking one or more of the
following actions, as appropriate:
(A) Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards
(900 feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
(B) Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
(C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
(D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction; and
(E) Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
When weather conditions require, such as when visibility drops,
adjust vessel speed accordingly to avoid the likelihood of injury to
whales.
In the event that any aircraft (such as helicopters) are used to
support the planned survey, the proposed mitigation measures below
would apply:
(A) Under no circumstances, other than an emergency, shall aircraft
be operated at an altitude lower than 1,000 feet above sea level (ASL)
when within 0.3 mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
(B) Helicopters shall not hover or circle above or within 0.3 mile
(0.5 km) of groups of whales.
[[Page 49937]]
(3) Ramp Ups
A ramp up of an airgun array provides a gradual increase in sound
levels and involves a step-wise increase in the number and total volume
of airguns firing until the full volume is achieved. The purpose of a
ramp up is to ``warn'' marine mammals in the vicinity of the airguns
and to provide the time for them to leave the area and thus avoid any
potential injury or impairment of their hearing abilities.
During the proposed seismic survey program, the seismic operator
will ramp up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp ups (i.e., from a cold
start after a shut down or when no airguns have been firing) will begin
by firing a single airgun in the array. A full ramp up, following a
cold start, can be applied if the exclusion zone has been free of
marine mammals for a consecutive 30-minute period. The entire exclusion
zone must have been visible during these 30 minutes. If the entire
exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp up from a cold start cannot
begin.
Ramp up procedures from a cold start shall be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone during the 30-minute period
prior to the ramp up. The delay shall last until the marine mammal(s)
has been observed to leave the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is
not sighted for at least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes applies to
small odontocetes and pinnipeds, while a 30 minute observation period
applies to baleen whales and large toothed whales.
A ramp up, following a shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown occurred has been observed to leave
the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted for at least
15 minutes (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 minutes (baleen
whales and large toothed whales).
If, for any reason, electrical power to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up procedures
shall be implemented. Only if the PSO watch has been suspended, a 30-
minute clearance of the exclusion zone is required prior to commencing
ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun activity for less than 10 minutes
does not require a ramp-up.
The seismic operator and PSOs shall maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
During turns and transit between seismic transects, the 70 in\3\
mitigation gun will remain operational. The ramp up procedure will
still be followed when increasing the source levels from one airgun to
the full array. PSOs will be on duty whenever the airguns are firing
during daylight and during the 30 minute periods prior to full ramp
ups. Daylight will occur for ~11 hours/day at the start of the survey
in early October diminishing to ~3 hours/day in mid-November.
(4) Power Down Procedures
A power down involves decreasing the number of airguns in use such
that the radii of the 190 and 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) zones are
decreased to the extent that observed marine mammals are not in the
applicable exclusion zone. A power down may also occur when the vessel
is moving from one seismic line to another. During a power down, only
one airgun is operated. The continued operation of one airgun is
intended to (a) alert marine mammals to the presence of the seismic
vessel in the area, and (b) retain the option of initiating a ramp up
to full array under poor visibility conditions. In contrast, a shutdown
is when all airgun activity is suspended (see next section).
If a marine mammal is detected outside the exclusion zone but is
likely to enter the exclusion zone, and if the vessel's speed and/or
course cannot be changed to avoid having the mammal enter the exclusion
zone, the airguns may (as an alternative to a complete shutdown) be
powered down before the mammal is within the exclusion zone. Likewise,
if a mammal is already within the exclusion zone when first detected,
the airguns will be powered down immediately if this is a reasonable
alternative to a complete shutdown. During a power down of the array,
the number of guns operating will be reduced to a single 70 in\3\
airgun. The pre-season estimates of the 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and
180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) exclusion zones around the power down source
are 19 m (62 ft) and 86 m (282 ft), respectively. The 70 in\3\ airgun
power down source will be measured during acoustic sound source
measurements conducted at the start of seismic operations. If a marine
mammal is detected within or near the applicable exclusion zone around
the single 70 in\3\ airgun, it too will be deactivated, resulting in a
complete shutdown (see next subsection).
Marine mammals hauled out on ice may enter the water when
approached closely by a vessel. If a marine mammal on ice is detected
by PSOs within the exclusion zones, it will be watched carefully in
case it enters the water. In the event the animal does enter the water
and is within an applicable exclusion zone of the airguns during
seismic operations, a power down or other necessary mitigation measures
will immediately be implemented. If the animal does not enter the
water, it will not be exposed to sounds at received levels for which
mitigation is required; therefore, no mitigation measures will be
taken.
Following a power down, operation of the full airgun array will not
resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone. The
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone if it:
Is visually observed to have left the exclusion zone, or
Has not been seen within the zone for 15 min in the case
of pinnipeds (excluding walruses) or small odontocetes, or
Has not been seen within the zone for 30 min in the case
of mysticetes or large odontocetes.
(5) Shutdown Procedures
The operating airgun(s) will be shut down completely if a marine
mammal approaches or enters the then-applicable exclusion zone and a
power down is not practical or adequate to reduce exposure to less than
190 or 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). The operating airgun(s) will also be
shut down completely if a marine mammal approaches or enters the
estimated exclusion zone around the reduced source (one 70 in\3\
airgun) that will be used during a power down.
Airgun activity will not resume until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone. The animal will be considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it is visually observed to have left the exclusion
zone, or if it has not been seen within the zone for 15 min (pinnipeds
and small odontocetes) or 30 min (mysticetes and large odontocetes).
Ramp up procedures will be followed during resumption of full seismic
operations after a shutdown of the airgun array.
Additional Mitigation Measures Proposed by NMFS
In addition to ION's proposed mitigation measures discussed above,
NMFS proposes the following additional measures during the long periods
of darkness when the seismic survey is proposed. Specifically in this
case, With the exception of turns when starting a new trackline, or
short transits or maintenance with a duration of less than one hour,
NMFS does not recommend keeping one airgun (also referred to as the
``mitigation gun'' in past IHAs) firing for long periods of time during
darkness or other periods of poor visibility, as it would only
introduce more noise into the water with no
[[Page 49938]]
potential near-term avoidance benefits for marine mammals.
Furthermore, NMFS proposes that the airgun array be shut down if a
pinniped is sighted hauled out on ice within the underwater exclusion
zone (received level 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)). Even though the
pinniped may not be exposed to in-air noise levels that could be
considered a take, the presence of the seismic vessel could prompt the
animal to slip into the water, and thus be exposed to a high intensity
sound field as a result.
Mitigation Measures for Subsistence Activities
(1) Subsistence Mitigation Measures
Since ION's proposed October-December in-ice seismic survey in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas is not expected to affect subsistence use of
marine mammals by Alaskan Natives due to its proposed time and
location, no specific mitigation measures are proposed other than those
general mitigation measures discussed above.
(2) Plan of Cooperation (POC)
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for
activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a POC or
information that identifies what measures have been taken and/or will
be taken to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine
mammals for subsistence purposes.
ION has developed a ``Plan of Cooperation'' (POC) for the proposed
2012 seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas in consultation
with representatives of Barrow, Nuiqsut, Kaktovik, and Wainwright and
subsistence users within these communities. NMFS received a final draft
of the POC on May 22, 2012. The final draft POC is posted on NMFS Web
site at https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications.
ION will continue to engage with the communities of Barrow,
Nuiqsut, Kaktovik, and Wainwright to identify and avoid areas of
potential conflict. The meetings with stakeholders that took place in
2010 and 2011 are listed in Table 16 and Table 17, respectively, of
ION's IHA application. The meetings that have taken place in 2012, as
well as additional proposed meetings, are listed in Table 18 of ION's
IHA application. Members of marine mammal co-management groups and
groups that address subsistence activities were specifically notified
of the public meetings so that they could provide input. A record of
all consultation with subsistence users will be included in the 2012
Final POC document.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated the applicant's proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of
ensuring that NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and
their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included
consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
The manner in which, and the degree to which, the
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
The practicability of the measure for applicant
implementation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of
effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth ``requirements pertaining to
the monitoring and reporting of such taking''. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the
species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
The monitoring plan proposed by ION can be found in the 4MP. The
plan may be modified or supplemented based on comments or new
information received from the public during the public comment period.
A summary of the primary components of the plan follows.
(1) Protected Species Observers
Vessel-based monitoring for marine mammals will be performed by
trained PSOs throughout the period of survey activities, supplemented
by the officers on duty, to comply with expected provisions in the IHA
(if issued). The observers will monitor the occurrence and behavior of
marine mammals near the survey vessels during all daylight periods. PSO
duties will include watching for and identifying marine mammals;
recording their numbers, distances, and reactions to the survey
operations; and documenting ``take by harassment'' as defined by NMFS.
A. Number of Observers
A sufficient number of PSOs will be required onboard the survey
vessel to meet the following criteria:
100% monitoring coverage during all periods of survey
operations in daylight;
Maximum of 4 consecutive hours on watch per PSO; and
Maximum of ~12 hours of watch time per day per PSO.
An experienced field crew leader will supervise the PSO team
onboard the survey vessels. ION's proposed survey will occur in
October-December when the number of hours of daylight is significantly
reduced, and thus will require fewer PSOs to be aboard the survey
vessel than required for surveys conducted during the open water season
with nearly 24 hrs of daylight. PSOs aboard the icebreaker operating
0.5-1 km (0.31-0.62 mi) ahead of the survey vessel will provide early
detection of marine mammals along the survey track. Three PSOs will be
stationed aboard the icebreaker Polar Prince to take advantage of this
forward operating platform and provide advance notice of marine mammals
to the PSO on the survey vessel. Three PSOs will be stationed aboard
the survey vessel Geo Arctic to monitor the exclusion zones centered on
the airguns and to request mitigation actions when necessary.
B. Observer Qualifications and Training
Crew leaders and most other biologists serving as observers will be
individuals with recent experience as observers during one or more
seismic monitoring projects in Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort Sea, or
other offshore areas.
Biologist-observers will have previous marine mammal observation
experience, and field crew leaders will be highly experienced with
previous vessel-based marine mammal monitoring and mitigation projects.
R[eacute]sum[eacute]s for all individuals will be provided to NMFS for
review and acceptance of their qualifications. Inupiat observers will
be experienced in the region, familiar with the marine mammals of the
area, and complete an approved observer training
[[Page 49939]]
course designed to familiarize individuals with monitoring and data
collection procedures. A PSO handbook, adapted for the specifics of the
planned survey program, will be prepared and distributed beforehand to
all PSOs (see summary below).
Biologist-observers and Inupiat observers will also complete a two
or three-day training and refresher session together on marine mammal
monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the anticipated start of the
seismic survey. When possible, experienced observers will be paired
with inexperienced observers. The training session(s) will be conducted
by qualified marine mammalogists with extensive crew-leader experience
during previous vessel-based seismic monitoring programs.
Primary objectives of the training include:
Review of the marine mammal monitoring plan for this
project, including any amendments specified by NMFS in the IHA (if
issued);
Review of marine mammal sighting, identification, and
distance estimation methods using visual aids;
Review of operation of specialized equipment (reticle
binoculars, night vision devices (NVDs), and GPS system);
Review of, and classroom practice with, data recording and
data entry systems, including procedures for recording data on marine
mammal sightings, monitoring operations, environmental conditions, and
entry error control. These procedures will be implemented through use
of a customized computer database and laptop computers;
Review of the specific tasks of the Inupiat Communicator;
and
Exam to ensure all observers can correctly identify marine
mammals and record sightings.
C. PSO Handbook
A PSOs' Handbook will be prepared for ION's monitoring program.
Handbooks contain maps, illustrations, and photographs, as well as
text, and are intended to provide guidance and reference information to
trained individuals who will participate as PSOs. The following topics
will be covered in the PSO Handbook for the ION project:
Summary overview descriptions of the project, marine
mammals and underwater noise, the marine mammal monitoring program
(vessel-based, aerial, acoustic measurements), the NMFS' IHA (if
issued) and other regulations/permits/agencies, the Marine Mammal
Protection Act;
Monitoring and mitigation objectives and procedures,
initial exclusion zones;
Responsibilities of staff and crew regarding the marine
mammal monitoring plan;
Instructions for ship crew regarding the marine mammal
monitoring plan;
Data recording procedures: codes and coding instructions,
common coding mistakes, electronic database; navigational, marine
physical, field data sheet;
List of species that might be encountered: identification
cues, natural history information;
Use of specialized field equipment (reticle binoculars,
NVDs, forward-looking infrared (FLIR) system);
Reticle binocular distance scale;
Table of wind speed, Beaufort wind force, and sea state
codes;
Data storage and backup procedures;
Safety precautions while onboard;
Crew and/or personnel discord; conflict resolution among
PSOs and crew;
Drug and alcohol policy and testing;
Scheduling of cruises and watches;
Communication availability and procedures;
List of field gear that will be provided;
Suggested list of personal items to pack;
Suggested literature, or literature cited; and
Copies of the NMFS IHA and USFWS LOA when available.
(2) Monitoring Methodology
A. General Monitoring Methodology
The observer(s) will watch for marine mammals from the best
available vantage point on the survey vessels, typically the bridge.
The observer(s) will scan systematically with the unaided eye and 7x50
reticle binoculars, supplemented during good visibility conditions with
20x60 image-stabilized Zeiss Binoculars or Fujinon 25x150 ``Big-eye''
binoculars, a thermal imaging (FLIR) camera, and night-vision equipment
when needed (see below). Personnel on the bridge will assist the marine
mammal observer(s) in watching for marine mammals.
Information to be recorded by observers will include the same types
of information that were recorded during recent monitoring programs
associated with Industry activity in the Arctic (e.g., Ireland et al.,
2009). When a mammal sighting is made, the following information about
the sighting will be recorded:
Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if
determinable), behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting,
heading (if determinable), bearing and distance from observer, apparent
reaction to activities (e.g., none, avoidance, approach, etc.), closest
point of approach, and pace;
Additional details for any unidentified marine mammal or
unknown observed;
Time, location, speed, and activity of the vessel, sea
state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and
The positions of other vessel(s) in the vicinity of the
observer location.
The ship's position, speed of the vessel, water depth, sea state,
ice cover, visibility, airgun status (ramp up, mitigation gun, or full
array), and sun glare will also be recorded at the start and end of
each observation watch, every 30 minutes during a watch, and whenever
there is a change in any of those variables.
Distances to nearby marine mammals will be estimated with
binoculars containing a reticle to measure the vertical angle of the
line of sight to the animal relative to the horizon. Observers may use
a laser rangefinder to test and improve their abilities for visually
estimating distances to objects in the water. However, previous
experience has shown that a Class 1 eye-safe device was not able to
measure distances to seals more than about 70 m (230 ft) away. The
device was very useful in improving the distance estimation abilities
of the observers at distances up to about 600 m (1,968 ft), the maximum
range at which the device could measure distances to highly reflective
objects such as other vessels. Humans observing objects of more-or-less
known size via a standard observation protocol, in this case from a
standard height above water, quickly become able to estimate distances
within about 20% when given immediate feedback about actual
distances during training.
When a marine mammal is seen within the exclusion zone applicable
to that species, the geophysical crew will be notified immediately so
that mitigation measures required by the IHA (if issued) can be
implemented. It is expected that the airgun array will be shut down
within several seconds, often before the next shot would be fired, and
almost always before more than one additional shot is fired. The
protected species observer will then maintain a watch to determine when
the mammal(s) appear to be outside the exclusion zone such that airgun
operations can resume.
ION will provide or arrange for the following specialized field
equipment for use by the onboard PSOs: 7 x 50
[[Page 49940]]
reticle binoculars, Big-eye binoculars or high power image-stabilized
binoculars, GPS unit, laptop computers, night vision binoculars,
digital still and possibly digital video cameras in addition to the
above mentioned FLIR camera system (see below).
B. Monitoring At Night and In Poor Visibility
Night-vision equipment (Generation 3 binocular image intensifiers,
or equivalent units) will be available for use when/if needed. Past
experience with NVDs in the Beaufort Sea and elsewhere has indicated
that NVDs are not nearly as effective as visual observation during
daylight hours (e.g., Harris et al., 1997, 1998; Moulton and Lawson,
2002). A FLIR camera system mounted on a high point near the bow of the
icebreaker will also be available to assist with detecting the presence
of seals and polar bears on ice and, perhaps also in the water, ahead
of the airgun array. The FLIR system detects thermal contrasts and its
ability to sense these differences is not dependent on daylight.
Additional details regarding the monitoring protocol during NVD and
FLIR system use has been developed in order to collect data in a
standardized manner such that the effectiveness of the two devices can
be analyzed and compared.
B. (1) FLIR and NVD Monitoring
The infrared system is able to detect differences in the surface
temperature of objects making it potentially useful during both
daylight and darkness periods. NVDs, or light intensifiers, amplify low
levels of ambient light from moonlight or sky glow light in order to
provide an image to the user. Both technologies have the potential to
improve monitoring and mitigation efforts in darkness. However, they
remain relatively unproven in regards to their effectiveness under the
conditions and it the manner of use planned for this survey. The
protocols for FLIR and NVD use and data collection described below are
intended to collect the necessary data in order to evaluate the ability
of these technologies to aid in the detection of marine mammals from a
vessel.
All PSOs will monitor for marine mammals according to the
procedures outlined in the PSO handbook.
One PSO will be responsible for monitoring the FLIR system
(IR-PSO) during most darkness and twilight periods. The on-duty IR-PSO
will monitor the IR display and alternate between the two search
methods described below. If a second PSO is on watch, they will scan
the same area as the FLIR using the NVDs for comparison. The two PSOs
will coordinate what area is currently being scanned.
The IR-PSO should rotate between the search methods (see
below) every 30 minutes in the suggested routine (see below):
[cir] 00:00-00:30: Method I
[cir] 00:30-01:00: Method II, Port side
[cir] 01:00-01:30: Method I
[cir] 01:30-02:00: Method II, Starboard side
B. (2) FLIR Search Methods
The FLIR system consists of a camera that will be mounted on high
point in front of the vessel. The camera is connected to a joystick
control unit (JCU) and a display monitor that will be located on the
bridge of the vessel. The IR-PSO will manually control the view that is
displayed by adjusting the pan (360[deg] continuous pan) and tilt (+/-
90[deg] tilt) settings using the JCU. The FLIR manufacturer has
indicated that they have tested the FLIR unit (model M626L) to -25
[deg]C (-13[emsp14][deg]F), but expect that it will operate at colder
temperatures. During the time of the proposed seismic survey, the
average minimum temperatures at Prudhoe Bay in October and November are
+10[emsp14][deg]F and -10[emsp14][deg]F, respectively. Colder
temperatures are certainly likely at times, but overall the
temperatures should generally be within the operational range of the
equipment.
As noted above, two different search methods will be implemented
for FLIR monitoring and results from the two will be compared. The
first method involves a back-and-forth panning motion and the second
utilizes the FLIR unit focused on a fixed swath ahead and to one side
of the vessel track:
Method I: Set the horizontal tilt of the camera to an angle that
provides an adequate view out in front of the vessel and also provides
good resolution to potential targets (this will likely mean that the
lower portion of the view displayed on the monitor is of an area
relatively close to the vessel (<100 m [328 ft]) while the middle and
upper portions of the view are at greater distances (500-2,000 m
[1,640-6,562 ft]). Pan back and forth across the forward 180[deg] of
the vessels heading at a slow-scanning rate of approximately 1-2[deg]/
sec, as one would with binoculars. This method is intended to replicate
the type of observations conducted using binoculars and cover a
relatively wider swatch compared to Method II. It should produce
sightings data that can be analyzed using line-transect methodologies
to estimate marine mammal densities in the survey area.
Method II: Set the horizontal tilt of the camera to an angle that
provides an adequate view out in front of the vessel (similar or
identical to the above), and then set the camera at a fixed position
that creates a swath of view off the bow and to one side of the vessel
(see Figure 1 of ION's monitoring plan). This method essentially
establishes a fixed-strip width that is intended to produce sightings
data that can be analyzed using strip-transect methodologies to
estimate marine mammal densities.
B. (3) NVD Methods
The NVDs are goggles worn by the observer and are to be used in a
similar fashion as binoculars. When observing in conjunction with the
FLIR system, the objective will be to replicate the monitoring
methodology being employed by the FLIR system. Method I requires a full
180[deg] scan (or as large of a range as possible from the observer's
location) with the NVDs, and Method II requires a focused scan of the
~60[deg] swath being monitored by the FLIR system.
C. Field Data-Recording, Verification, Handling, and Security
The observers will record their observations onto datasheets or
directly into handheld computers. During periods between watches and
periods when operations are suspended, those data will be entered into
a laptop computer running a custom computer database. The accuracy of
the data entry will be verified in the field by computerized validity
checks as the data are entered, and by subsequent manual checking of
the database printouts. These procedures will allow initial summaries
of data to be prepared during and shortly after the field season, and
will facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical or other
programs for further processing. Quality control of the data will be
facilitated by (1) the start-of-season training session, (2) subsequent
supervision by the onboard field crew leader, and (3) ongoing data
checks during the field season.
The data will be backed up regularly onto CDs and/or USB disks, and
stored at separate locations on the vessel. If possible, data sheets
will be photocopied daily during the field season. Data will be secured
further by having data sheets and backup data CDs carried back to the
Anchorage office during crew rotations.
In addition to routine PSO duties, observers will use Traditional
Knowledge and Natural History datasheets to record observations that
[[Page 49941]]
are not captured by the sighting or effort data. Copies of these
records will be available to observers for reference if they wish to
prepare a statement about their observations. If prepared, this
statement would be included in the 90-day and final reports documenting
the monitoring work.
D. Effort and Sightings Data Collection Methods
Observation effort data will be designed to capture the amount of
PSO effort itself, environmental conditions that impact an observer's
ability to detect marine mammals, and the equipment and method of
monitoring being employed. These data will be collected every 30
minutes or when an effort variable changes (e.g., change in the
equipment or method being used to monitor, on/off-signing PSO, etc.),
and will be linked to sightings data. Effort and sightings data forms
are the same forms used during other marine mammal monitoring in the
open water season, but additional fields have been included to capture
information specific to monitoring in darkness and to more accurately
describe the observation conditions. The additional fields include the
following.
Observation Method: FLIR, NVD, spotlight, eye (naked eye
or regular binoculars), or multiple methods. This data is collected
every 30 minutes with the Observer Effort form and with every sighting.
Cloud Cover: Percentage. This can impact lighting
conditions and reflectivity.
Precipitation Type: Fog, rain, snow, or none.
Precipitation Reduced Visibility: Confirms whether or not
visibility is reduced due to precipitation. This will be compared to
the visibility distance ( km) to determine when visibility is
reduced due to lighting conditions versus precipitation.
Daylight Amount: Daylight, twilight, dark. The addition of
the twilight field has been included to record observation periods
where the sun has set and observation distances may be reduced due to
lack of light.
Light Intensity: Recorded in footcandles (fc) using an
incident light meter. This procedure was added to quantify the
available light during twilight and darkness periods and may allow for
light-intensity bins to be used during analysis.
Analysis of the sightings data will include comparisons of
nighttime (FLIR and NVD) sighting rates to daylight sighting rates.
FLIR and NVD analysis will be independent of each other and according
to method (I or II) used. Comparison of NVD and FLIR sighting rates
will allow for a comparison of marine mammal detection ability of the
two methods. However, results and analyses could be limited if
relatively few sightings are recorded during the survey.
(3) Acoustic Monitoring Plan
A. Sound Source Measurements
As described above, received sound levels were modeled for the full
26 airgun, 4,450 in\3\ array in relation to distance and direction from
the source (Zykov et al., 2010). These modeled distances will be used
as temporary exclusion zones until measurements of the airgun sound
source are conducted. The measurements will be made at the beginning of
the field season, and the measured radii will be used for the remainder
of the survey period. An acoustics contractor with experience in the
Arctic conducting similar measurements in recent years will use their
equipment to record and analyze the underwater sounds and write the
summary reports as described below.
The objectives of the sound source measurements planned for 2012 in
the Beaufort Sea will be (1) to measure the distances in potentially
ice covered waters in the broadside and endfire directions at which
broadband received levels reach 190, 180, 170, 160, and 120 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms) for the energy source array combinations that may be used
during the survey activities, and (2) measure the sounds produced by
the icebreaker and seismic vessel as they travel through sea ice.
Conducting the sound source and vessel measurements in ice-covered
waters using bottom founded recorders creates a risk of not being able
to retrieve the recorders and analyze the data until the following
year. If the acoustic recorders are not deployed or are unable to be
recovered because of too much sea ice, ION will use measurements of the
same airgun source taken in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in 2010, along
with sound velocity measurements taken in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea at
the start of the 2012 survey to update the propagation model and
estimate new exclusion zones. These modeled results will then be used
for mitigation purposes during the remainder of the survey.
The airgun configurations measured will include at least the full
26 airgun array and the single 70 in\3\ mitigation airgun that will be
used during power downs. The measurements of airgun array sounds will
be made by an acoustics contractor at the beginning of the survey and
the distances to the various radii will be reported as soon as possible
after recovery of the equipment. The primary area of concern will be
the 190 and 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) exclusion zones for pinnipeds and
cetaceans, respectively, and the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa Level B harassment
(for impulsive sources) radii. In addition to reporting the radii of
specific regulatory concern, nominal distances to other sound isopleths
down to 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) will be reported in increments of 10
dB.
Data will be previewed in the field immediately after download from
the hydrophone instruments. An initial sound source analysis will be
supplied to NMFS and the airgun operators within 120 hours of
completion of the measurements. The report will indicate the distances
to sound levels based on fits of empirical transmission loss formulae
to data in the endfire and broadside directions. A more detailed report
will be issued to NMFS as part of the 90-day report following
completion of the acoustic program.
B. Seismic Hydrophone Streamer Recordings of Vessel Sounds
Although some measurements of icebreaking sounds have previously
been reported, acoustic data on vessels traveling through relatively
light ice conditions, as will be the case during the proposed survey,
are not available. In order to gather additional information on the
sounds produced by this type of icebreaking, ION proposes to use the
hydrophones in the seismic streamer on a routine basis throughout the
survey. Once every hour the airguns would not be fired at 2 consecutive
intervals (one seismic pulse interval is typically ~18 seconds, so
there will be ~54 seconds between seismic pulses at this time) and
instead a period of background sounds would be recorded, including the
sounds generated by the vessels. Over the course of the survey this
should generate as many as 750 records of vessel sounds traveling
through various ice conditions (from open water to 100% cover juvenile
first year ice or lighter multi-year ice). The acoustic data during
each sampling period from each hydrophone along the 9 km (5.6 mi)
streamer would be analyzed and used to estimate the propagation loss of
the vessel sounds. The acoustic data received from the hydrophone
streamer would be recorded at an effective bandwidth of 0-400 Hz. In
order to estimate sound energy over a larger range of frequencies
(broadband), results from previous measurements of icebreakers could be
generalized and added to the data collected during this project.
[[Page 49942]]
C. Over-winter Acoustic Recorders
In order to collect additional data on the propagation of sounds
produced by icebreaking and seismic airguns in ice-covered waters, as
well as on vocalizing marine mammals, ION intends to collaborate with
other Industry operators to deploy acoustic recorders in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in fall 2012, to be retrieved during the 2013 open-water
season.
During winter 2011-2012, AURAL acoustic recorders were deployed at
or near each of the 5 acoustic array sites established by Shell for
monitoring the fall bowhead whale migration through the Beaufort Sea,
as well as one site near the shelf break in the central Alaskan
Beaufort Sea. These recorders will be retrieved in July 2012, when
Shell deploys Directional Autonomous Seafloor Acoustic Recorders
(DASARs) at 5 array locations. When the DASAR arrays are retrieved in
early October, ION intends to coordinate with Shell to re-deploy the 6
AURAL recorders to the same locations used during the 2011-2012 winter.
Redeploying the recorders in the same locations will provide comparable
data from a year with little to no offshore industrial activity (2011)
to a year with more offshore industrial activity (2012). Acoustic data
from the over-winter recorders will be analyzed to address the
following objectives:
Characterize the sounds and propagation distances produced
by ION's source vessel, icebreaker, and airguns on and to the edge of
the U.S. Beaufort Sea shelf,
Characterize ambient sounds and marine mammal calls during
October and November to assess the relative effect of ION's seismic
survey on the background conditions, and to characterize marine mammal
calling behavior, and
Characterize ambient sound and enumerate marine mammal
calls through acoustic sampling of the environment form December 2012
through July 2013, when little or no anthropogenic sounds are expected.
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer
reviewed ``where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a
species or stock for taking for subsistence uses'' (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing
regulations state, ``Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at
its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer
review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed
monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan'' (50 CFR
216.108(d)).
NMFS convened independent peer review panels to review ION's
mitigation and monitoring plan in its IHA applications submitted in
2010 and 2011 for taking marine mammals incidental to the proposed
seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, during 2010 and 2011.
The panels met on March 25 and 26, 2010, and on March 9, 2011, and
provided their final report to NMFS on April 22, 2010 and on April 27,
2011, respectively. The full panel reports can be viewed at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications.
ION's proposed 2012 action is essentially the same as described in
its 2010 and 2011 IHA applications. NMFS worked with ION in 2010 and
2011 to address the peer review panels' recommendations on its 2010 and
2011 4MPs. Since ION's 2012 4MP addressed all issues raised during the
2010 and 2011 peer reviews and incorporated all of NMFS' requested
changes, no peer-review of ION's 2012 4MP was conducted.
In 2010, NMFS provided the panel with ION's 4MP and asked the panel
to address the following questions and issues for ION's plan:
(1) The monitoring program should document the effects (including
acoustic) on marine mammals and document or estimate the actual level
of take as a result of the activity. Does the monitoring plan meet this
goal?
(2) Ensure that the monitoring activities and methods described in
the plan will enable the applicant to meet the requirements listed in
(1) above;
(3) Are the applicant's objectives achievable based on the methods
described in the plan?
(4) Are the applicant's objectives the most useful for
understanding impacts on marine mammals?
(5) Should the applicant consider additional monitoring methods or
modifications of proposed monitoring methods for the proposed activity?
and
(6) What is the best way for an applicant to report their data and
results to NMFS?
In 2011, NMFS revised its guidance to the peer review panel and
asked the panel to focus on more specific questions:
(1) Are the applicant's stated objectives the most useful for
understanding impacts on marine mammals and otherwise accomplishing the
goals stated in the paragraph above?
(2) Are the applicant's stated objectives able to be achieved based
on the methods described in the plan?
(3) Are there techniques not proposed by the applicant, or
modifications to the techniques proposed by the applicant, that should
be considered for inclusion in the applicant's monitoring program to
better accomplish the goals stated above?
(4) What is the best way for an applicant to present their data and
results (formatting, metrics, graphics, etc.) in the required reports
that are to be submitted to NMFS?
In 2010, the panel members provided general recommendations that
were applicable to all monitoring plans from all seismic activities
during that year in section 3 of the report and recommendations that
were specific to ION's in-ice seismic survey 4MP in section 4.1.
In 2011, the panel members provided general recommendations that
were applicable to all monitoring plans from all seismic activities
during that year in section 4 of the report and recommendations that
were specific to ION's in-ice seismic survey 4MP in section 5.2.
NMFS reviewed the reports and evaluated all recommendations made by
the panel. NMFS determined that there were several measures that ION
could incorporate into its 2012 in-ice seismic survey monitoring plan.
Additionally, there were other recommendations that NMFS has determined
would also result in better data collection, and could potentially be
implemented by oil and gas industry applicants, but which likely could
not be implemented for the 2012 in-ice season due to technical issues
(see below). While it may not be possible to implement those changes
this year, NMFS believes that they are worthwhile and appropriate
suggestions that may require additional technology advancement for them
to be implemented, and ION should consider incorporating them into
future monitoring plans should ION decide to apply for IHAs in the
future.
The following subsections lay out measures from the panel reports
that NMFS recommended for implementation as part of the 2012 in-ice
seismic survey by ION and those that are recommended for future
programs.
Recommendations for Inclusion in the 2012 4MP and IHA
Section 3.3 of the 2010 panel report contains several
recommendations regarding PSOs, which were also included in a general
list in the 2011 panel report. NMFS agreed that ION should incorporate
these measures:
Observers should be trained using visual aids (e.g.,
videos, photos), to help
[[Page 49943]]
them identify the species that they are likely to encounter in the
conditions under which the animals will likely be seen.
Observers should understand the importance of classifying
marine mammals as ``unknown'' or ``unidentified'' if they cannot
identify the animals to species with confidence. In those cases, they
should note any information that might aid in the identification of the
marine mammal sighted. For example, for an unidentified mysticete
whale, the observers should record whether the animal had a dorsal fin.
Observers should attempt to maximize the time spent
looking at the water and guarding the exclusion zones. They should
avoid the tendency to spend too much time evaluating animal behavior or
entering data on forms, both of which detract from their primary
purpose of monitoring the exclusion zone.
`Big eye' binoculars (e.g., 25 x 150 power) should be used
from high perches on large, stable platforms. They are most useful for
monitoring impact zones that extend beyond the effective line of sight.
With two or three observers on watch, the use of big eyes should be
paired with searching by naked eye, the latter allowing visual coverage
of nearby areas to detect marine mammals. When a single observer is on
duty, the observer should follow a regular schedule of shifting between
searching by naked-eye, low-power binoculars, and big-eye binoculars
based on the activity, the environmental conditions, and the marine
mammals of concern.
Observers should use the best possible positions for
observing (e.g., outside and as high on the vessel as possible), taking
into account weather and other working conditions.
Whenever possible, new observers should be paired with
experienced observers to avoid situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations. If there are Alaska Native MMOs,
the MMO training that is conducted prior to the start of the survey
activities should be conducted with both Alaska Native MMOs and
biologist MMOs being trained at the same time in the same room. There
should not be separate training courses for the different MMOs.
In Section 3.4 of the 2010 panel report, panelists recommend
collecting some additional data to help verify the utility of the
``ramp-up'' requirement commonly contained in IHAs. To help evaluate
the utility of ramp-up procedures, NMFS recommends that observers be
required to record, analyze, and report their observations during any
ramp-up period. NMFS also supports the inclusion of specific studies
using multiple types of monitoring (visual, acoustic, tagging) to
evaluate how marine mammals respond to increasing received sound
levels. Such information should provide useful evidence as to whether
ramp-up procedures are an effective form of mitigation.
In the same section of the 2010 report, panelists recommend
collecting data to evaluate the efficacy of using FLIR vs. night-vision
binoculars. The panelists note that while both of these devices may
increase detection capabilities by PSOs of marine mammals, the
reliability of these technologies should be tested under appropriate
conditions and their efficacy evaluated. NMFS recommends that ION
design a study using both FLIR and night-vision binoculars and collect
data on levels of detection of marine mammals using each type of
device.
Among other things, Section 3.5 of the 2010 panel report recommends
recording visibility data because of the concern that the line-of-sight
distance for observing marine mammals is reduced under certain
conditions. PSOs should ``carefully document visibility during
observation periods so that total estimates of take can be corrected
accordingly''.
Section 4.1 of the 2010 panel report contained recommendations
specific to ION's 2010 2D marine seismic survey monitoring plan, which
were also relevant to ION's 2012 4MP. NMFS worked with ION and decided
that some of the measures presented in this section of the report, such
as supporting overwintering buoy studies and coordinating in conducting
tagging studies using satellite linked telemetry, were not ready for
ION's to implement for its 2010 season operations, but are feasible for
its 2012 season as ION has worked to make the necessary preparations
over the past two years. In addition, the following recommendations
will also be implemented for the 2012 season:
Conduct sound source verification measurements to verify
calculated exclusion zones to account for possible sound channels in
deeper water.
Summarize observation effort and conditions, the number of
animals seen by species, the location and time of each sighting,
position relative to the survey vessel, the company's activity at the
time, each animal's response, and any adjustments made to operating
procedures. Provide all spatial data on charts (always including vessel
location).
Make all data available in the report or (preferably)
electronically for integration with data from other companies.
Accommodate specific requests for raw data, including
tracks of all vessels and aircraft associated with the operation and
activity logs documenting when and what types of sounds are introduced
into the environment by the operation.
NMFS spoke with ION about the inclusion of these recommendations
into the 2012 4MP and IHA. ION indicated to NMFS that they will
incorporate these recommendations into the 4MP, and NMFS will make
several of these recommendations requirements in any issued IHA.
Section 4.3 of the 2011 report contains several recommendations
regarding PSOs. NMFS agreed that the following measures should be
incorporated into the 2012 4MP.
PSOs record additional details about unidentified marine
mammal sightings, such as ``blow only'', mysticete with (or without) a
dorsal fin, ``seal splash'', etc. That information should also be
included in 90-day and final reports.
In Section 4.7 of the 2011 panel report, panelists included a
section regarding the need for a more robust and comprehensive means of
assessing the collective or cumulative impact of many of the varied
human activities that contribute noise into the Arctic environment.
Specifically, for data analysis and integration, the panelists
recommended, and NMFS agrees, that the following recommendations be
incorporated into the 2012 program:
To better assess impacts to marine mammals, data analysis
should be separated into periods when a seismic airgun array (or a
single mitigation airgun) is operating and when it is not. Final and
comprehensive reports to NMFS should summarize and plot:
[cir] Data for periods when a seismic array is active and when it
is not; and
[cir] The respective predicted received sound conditions over
fairly large areas (tens of km) around operations.
To help evaluate the effectiveness of PSOs and more
effectively estimate take, reports should include sightability curves
(detection functions) for distance-based analyses.
To better understand the potential effects of oil and gas
activities on marine mammals and to facilitate integration among
companies and other researchers, the following data should be obtained
and provided electronically in the final and comprehensive reports:
[cir] The location and time of each aerial or vessel-based sighting
or acoustic detection;
[[Page 49944]]
[cir] Position of the sighting or acoustic detection relative to
ongoing operations (i.e., distance from sightings to seismic operation,
drilling ship, support ship, etc.), if known;
[cir] The nature of activities at the time (e.g., seismic on/off);
[cir] Any identifiable marine mammal behavioral response (sighting
data should be collected in a manner that will not detract from the
PSO's ability to detect marine mammals); and
[cir] Any adjustments made to operating procedures.
In Section 4.9 of the 2011 panel report, the panelists discussed
improving take estimates and statistical inference into effects of the
activities. NMFS agreed that the following measures should be
incorporated into the 2012 4MP:
Reported results from all hypothesis tests should include
estimates of the associated statistical power.
Estimate and report uncertainty in all take estimates.
Uncertainty could be expressed by the presentation of confidence
limits, a minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, etc.;
the exact approach would be selected based on the sampling method and
data available.
Section 5.2 of the 2011 report contained recommendations specific
to ION's 2011 2D seismic survey monitoring plan. Of the recommendations
presented in this section, NMFS determined that the following should be
implemented for the 2012 season:
ION should test thermal imaging technologies during the
proposed activities.
Airguns should be turned off for two shots (i.e., 60
seconds) to provide sufficient time to record the background noise
associated with the vessels.
ION should deploy overwintering acoustic recorders within
their survey area during their eastward transit across the Alaskan
Beaufort to the Canadian Beaufort Sea early in the summer. The
recorders would monitor sounds during the summer, the seismic shoot,
and over the winter. ION should contract someone to return in 2012
(2013 in the case that the seismic survey is delayed to 2012) to
retrieve the instruments and analyze the data. These acoustic data
would provide some true baseline information to compare the occurrence,
distribution, and behavior of marine mammals at times when ION's
activities are occurring and when they are absent. To accomplish this,
ION should present a plan for an acoustic monitoring program to a NMFS-
approved expert for review. The plan should consider the best placement
of the instruments relative to ION's proposed activities, the expected
distribution and gradients in marine mammal distribution, and other
existing overwintering recorders. There are relatively few data on the
distribution and relative abundance of marine mammals in the Beaufort
Sea during ION's planned seismic survey.
The report should clearly compare authorized takes to the
level of actual estimated takes.
Sightability curves (detection functions) for PSOs should
be provided.
In addition, the panelists included a list of general
recommendations from the 2010 Peer-review Panel Report to be
implemented by operators in their 2011 open-water season activities.
NMFS agreed that the following recommendations should be implemented in
ION's 2012 monitoring plan (only those not mentioned previously in this
document are noted here):
Sightings should be entered and archived in a way that
enables immediate geospatial depiction to facilitate operational
awareness and analysis of risks to marine mammals. Real-time monitoring
is especially important in areas of seasonal migration or influx of
marine mammals. Various software packages for real-time data entry,
mapping, and analysis are available for this purpose.
Whenever possible, new observers should be paired with
experienced observers to avoid situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
Recommendations for Inclusion in Future Monitoring Plans
Section 3.5 of the 2010 report recommends methods for conducting
comprehensive monitoring of a large-scale seismic operation. One method
for conducting this monitoring recommended by panel members is the use
of passive acoustic devices. Additionally, Section 3.2 of the 2010
report encourages the use of such systems if aerial surveys will not be
used for real-time mitigation monitoring. NMFS acknowledges that there
are challenges involved in using this technology in conjunction with
seismic airguns in this environment, especially in real time. However,
NMFS recommends that ION work to help develop and improve this type of
technology for use in the Arctic (and use it once it is available and
effective), as it could be valuable both for real-time mitigation
implementation, as well as for archival data collection.
The panelists also recommend adding a tagging component to
monitoring plans. ``Tagging of animals expected to be in the area where
the survey is planned also may provide valuable information on the
location of potentially affected animals and their behavioral responses
to industrial activities. Although the panel recognized that such
comprehensive monitoring might be difficult and expensive, such an
effort (or set of efforts) reflects the complex nature of the challenge
of conducting reliable, comprehensive monitoring for seismic or other
relatively-intense industrial operations that ensonify large areas of
ocean.'' While this particular recommendation is not feasible for
implementation in 2012, NMFS recommends that ION consider adding a
tagging component to future seismic survey monitoring plans should ION
decide to conduct such activities in future years.
To the extent possible, NMFS recommends implementing the
recommendation contained in Section 4.1.6 of the 2010 report:
``Integrate all observer data with information from tagging and
acoustic studies to provide a more comprehensive description of the
acoustic environment during its survey.'' However, NMFS recognizes that
this integration process may take time to implement. Therefore, ION
should begin considering methods for the integration of the observer
data now if ION intends to apply for IHAs in the future.
In Section 4.7 of the 2011 report, the panelists stated that
advances in integrating data from multiple platforms through the use of
standardized data formats are needed to increase the statistical power
to assess potential effects. Therefore, the panelists recommended that
industry examine this issue and jointly propose one or several data
integration methods to NMFS at the Open Water Meeting in 2012 (in this
case, at the Open Water Meeting in 2013, since ION cancelled its
proposed 2011 operation). NMFS concurs with the recommendation and
encourages ION to collaborate with other companies to discuss data
integration methods to achieve these efforts and to present the results
of those discussions at the 2013 Open Water Meeting.
Other Recommendations in the Report
The panel also made several recommendations in 2010, which were not
discussed in the two preceding subsections. NMFS determined that many
of the recommendations were made beyond the bounds of what the panel
members were tasked to do. For example, the panel recommended that NMFS
begin a transition away from
[[Page 49945]]
using a single metric of acoustic exposure to estimate the potential
effects of anthropogenic sound on marine living resources. This is not
a recommendation about monitoring but rather addresses a NMFS policy
issue. NMFS is currently in the process of revising its acoustic
guidelines on a national scale. Section 3.7 of the 2010 report contains
several recommendations regarding comprehensive ecosystem assessments
and cumulative impacts. These are good, broad recommendations, however,
the implementation of these recommendations would not be the
responsibility solely of oil and gas industry applicants. The
recommendations require the cooperation and input of several groups,
including Federal, state, and local government agencies, members of
other industries, and members of the scientific research community.
NMFS will encourage the industry and others to build the relationships
and infrastructure necessary to pursue these goals, and incorporate
these recommendations into future MMPA authorizations, as appropriate.
Section 3.8 of the 2010 report makes a recommendation regarding data
sharing and reducing the duplication of seismic survey effort. While
this is a valid recommendation, it does not relate to monitoring or
address any of the six questions which the panel members were tasked to
answer.
For some of the recommendations, NMFS determined that additional
clarification was required by the panel members before NMFS could
determine whether or not applicants should incorporate them into the
monitoring plans. NMFS asked for additional clarification on some of
the recommendations regarding data collection and take estimate
calculations. In addition, NMFS asked the panel members for
clarification on the recommendation contained in Section 3.6 of the
2010 report regarding baseline studies.
Reporting Measures
Reporting
(1) SSV Report
A report on the preliminary results of the acoustic verification
measurements, including as a minimum the measured 190-, 180-, 160-, and
120-dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) radii of the airgun arrays will be submitted
within 120 hr after collection and analysis of those measurements at
the start of the field season. This report will specify the distances
of the exclusion zones that were adopted for the marine survey
activities.
(2) Field Reports
Throughout the survey program, the observers will prepare a report
each day or at such other intervals as the IHA may specify (if issued),
or ION may require summarizing the recent results of the monitoring
program. The field reports will summarize the species and numbers of
marine mammals sighted. These reports will be provided to NMFS and to
the survey operators.
(3) Technical Reports
The results of the vessel-based monitoring, including estimates of
``take by harassment'', will be presented in the 90-day and final
technical reports. Reporting will address the requirements established
by NMFS in the IHA (if issued). The technical report will include:
(a) Summaries of monitoring effort: total hours, total distances,
and distribution of marine mammals through the study period accounting
for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and detectability
of marine mammals;
(b) Methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all acoustic
characterization work and vessel-based monitoring;
(c) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals including sea state, number of
observers, and fog/glare;
(d) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine
mammal sightings including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender
categories, group sizes, and ice cover; and
(e) Analyses of the effects of survey operations:
Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect
detectability);
Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun
activity state;
Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun
activity state;
Distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun
activity state; and
Estimates of ``take by harassment''.
(4) Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
In addition to the reporting measures proposed by ION, NMFS will
require that ION notify NMFS' Office of Protected Resources and NMFS'
Stranding Network of sighting an injured or dead marine mammal in the
vicinity of marine survey operations. Depending on the circumstance of
the incident, ION shall take one of the following reporting protocols
when an injured or dead marine mammal is discovered in the vicinity of
the action area.
(a) In the unanticipated event that survey operations clearly cause
the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this
Authorization, such as an injury, serious injury or mortality (e.g.,
ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), ION shall
immediately cease survey operations and immediately report the incident
to the Supervisor of Incidental Take Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report must include the following
information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) The name and type of vessel involved;
(iii) The vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
(iv) Description of the incident;
(v) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the
incident;
(vi) Water depth;
(vii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(viii) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours
preceding the incident;
(ix) Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
(x) The fate of the animal(s); and
(xi) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is
available).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with ION to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. ION may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(b) In the event that ION discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph),
ION will immediately report the incident to the Supervisor of the
Incidental Take Program, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding
Coordinators. The report must include the same information identified
above. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of
the incident. NMFS will work with ION to
[[Page 49946]]
determine whether modifications in the activities are appropriate.
(c) In the event that ION discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not
associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (if
issued) (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to
advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), ION shall report the
incident to the Supervisor of the Incidental Take Program, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the
discovery. ION shall provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to
NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network. ION can continue its
operations under such a case.
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here
(military readiness activities), the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as:
any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential
to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A
harassment]; or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing,
breeding, feeding, or sheltering [Level B harassment]. For the most
part, only take by Level B behavioral harassment is anticipated as a
result of the proposed marine seismic survey. However, due to the
limited effectiveness of marine mammal monitoring during ice cover and
in darkness, NMFS has preliminarily determined that Level A takes of a
few individuals of marine mammals could occur if the animals remain
undetected within the exclusion zones for a prolonged period of time.
Although NMFS believes this is not very likely, NMFS is proposing to
authorize limited takes from Level A harassment in order to address the
uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of the proposed monitoring
measures in these conditions. Anticipated impacts to marine mammals are
associated with noise propagation from the seismic airgun(s) and the
icebreaking used during the seismic survey.
The full suite of potential impacts to marine mammals was described
in detail in the ``Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on
Marine Mammals'' section found earlier in this document. The potential
effects of sound from the proposed marine survey programs might include
one or more of the following: tolerance; masking of natural sounds;
behavioral disturbance; non-auditory physical effects; and, at least in
theory, temporary or permanent hearing impairment (Richardson et al.
1995). As discussed earlier in this document, the most common impact
will likely be from behavioral disturbance, including avoidance of the
ensonified area or changes in speed, direction, and/or diving profile
of the animal.
NMFS uses the 160 dB and 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) isopleths to
indicate the onset of Level B harassment by seismic airgun impulses and
by icebreaking noises, respectively. ION provided calculations for the
160-dB and 120-dB isopleths produced by these active acoustic sources
and then used those isopleths to estimate takes by harassment. NMFS
used the calculations to make preliminary findings under the MMPA. ION
provided a full description of the methodology used to estimate takes
by harassment in its IHA application (see ADDRESSES), which is also
described in the following sections.
ION has requested an authorization to take ten marine mammal
species by Level B harassment. These ten marine mammal species are:
beluga whale, harbor porpoise, bowhead whale, gray whale, humpback
whale, minke whale, bearded seal, ringed seal, spotted seal, and ribbon
seal. However, NMFS does not anticipate that humpback whales are likely
to be encountered during the season of ION's icebreaking seismic
survey. Therefore, NMFS determined that only nine of the species could
be affected and potentially taken by harassment. In addition, although
unlikely, NMFS determined that Level A takes of beluga whales, bowhead
whales, and ringed seals could also occur, as the proposed monitoring
and mitigation measures may not be 100% effective due to ice coverage
and long periods of darkness.
Basis for Estimating ``Take by Harassment''
As stated previously, it is current NMFS practice to estimate take
by Level A harassment for received levels above 180 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms)
for cetaceans and 190 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms) for pinnipeds, and take by
Level B harassment for all marine mammals under NMFS jurisdiction by
impulse sounds at a received level above 160 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms) and by
non-impulse sounds at a received level above 120 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms).
However, not all animals are equally affected by the same received
noise levels and, as described earlier, in most cases marine mammals
are not likely to be taken by Level A harassment (injury) when exposed
to received levels higher than 180 dB for a brief period of time.
For behavioral harassment, marine mammals will likely not show
strong reactions (and in some cases any reaction) until sounds are much
stronger than 160 or 120 dB (for impulse and continuous sounds,
respectively). Southall et al. (2007) provide a severity scale for
ranking observed behavioral responses of both free-ranging marine
mammals and laboratory subjects to various types of anthropogenic sound
(see Table 4 in Southall et al. (2007)). Tables 7, 9, and 11 in
Southall et al. (2007) outline the numbers of low-frequency cetaceans,
mid-frequency cetaceans, and pinnipeds in water, respectively, reported
as having behavioral responses to multi-pulses in 10-dB received level
increments. These tables illustrate that the more severe reactions did
not occur until sounds were much higher than 160 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms).
Anticipated takes would include ``takes by harassment'' involving
temporary changes in behavior (Level B harassment) and TTS (Level B
harassment). NMFS does not consider injury (Level A harassment) to be
likely, however, due to the limited effectiveness of monitoring and
mitigation measures for animals undetected under the ice and/or during
the long periods of darkness, a small amount of Level A harassment
takes are also proposed to be authorized. The sections below describe
methods used to estimate ``take by harassment'' and present estimates
of the numbers of marine mammals that might be affected during the
proposed seismic survey in the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The estimates are
based on data obtained during marine mammal surveys in the Beaufort Sea
and on estimates of the sizes of the areas where effects could
potentially occur. In some cases, these estimates were made from data
collected from regions and habitats that differed from the proposed
project area. Adjustments to reported population or density estimates
were made on a case by case basis to account for differences between
the source data and the available information on the distribution and
abundance of the species in the project area. This section provides
estimates of the number of potential ``exposures'' to impulsive sound
levels >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms), non-pulse sound levels >=120 dB
(rms) from icebreaking, and also includes estimates of exposures to
>=180 dB (rms) for cetaceans and >=190 dB (rms) for seals.
[[Page 49947]]
Although several systematic surveys of marine mammals have been
conducted in the southern Beaufort Sea during spring and summer, few
data (systematic or otherwise) are available on the distribution and
numbers of marine mammals during the early winter period of this
survey, particularly in the northern Beaufort Sea. The main sources of
distributional and numerical data used in deriving the estimates are
described in the next subsection. There is some uncertainty about how
representative those data are and the assumptions used below to
estimate the potential ``take by harassment''. However, the approach
used here is accepted by NMFS as the best available at this time. The
following estimates are based on a consideration of the number of
marine mammals that might be disturbed appreciably by ~7,250 line
kilometers (4,505 line miles) of seismic surveys across the Beaufort
Sea and, to a lesser extent, the northern Chukchi Sea.
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
This section describes the estimated densities of marine mammals
that may occur in the survey area. The area of water that may be
ensonified to various levels is described below in the section
Potential Number of ``Takes by Harassment.'' Although a marine mammal
may be exposed to icebreaking sounds 120 dB (rms) or airgun
sounds 160 dB (rms), this does not mean that it will
actually exhibit a disruption of behavioral patterns in response to the
sound source. Rather, the estimates provided here are simply the best
estimates of the number of animals that potentially could have a
behavioral modification due to the noise. However, not all animals
react to sounds at this low level, and many will not show strong
reactions (and in some cases any reaction) until sounds are much
stronger. There are several variables that determine whether or not an
individual animal will exhibit a response to the sound, such as the age
of the animal, previous exposure to this type of anthropogenic sound,
habituation, etc.
The survey has been designed to minimize interactions with marine
mammals by planning to conduct the work at times and in areas where the
relative density of marine mammals is expected to be quite low. The
survey will begin in offshore waters (>1,000 m [3,281 ft] deep) of the
eastern U.S. Beaufort Sea (east survey area) in early October. Weather
and ice permitting, the waters <1,000 m (3,281 ft) deep will not be
surveyed until mid-October and thereafter, in order to avoid migrating
bowhead whales. The western U.S. Beaufort Sea and north-eastern Chukchi
Sea (west survey area) is not expected to be surveyed until late
October through December.
Separate densities were calculated for habitats specific to
cetaceans and pinnipeds. For cetaceans, densities were estimated for
areas of water depth <200 m (656 ft), 200-1,000 m (656-3,281 ft), and
>1,000 m (3,281 ft), which approximately correspond to the continental
shelf, the continental slope, and the abyssal plain, respectively.
Separate densities of both cetacean and pinnipeds were also estimated
for the east and west survey areas within each water depth category.
However, pinniped densities in the west survey area and <200 m (656 ft)
water depth category were further sub-divided into <35 m (115 ft) and
35-200 m (115-656 ft) depth categories. This was done because the west
survey area is not expected to be surveyed until November-December, and
based on historic sea ice data (NOAA National Ice Center, available
online at www.natice.noaa.gov), it is expected that substantial amounts
of sea ice, including shorefast ice, will be present in the west survey
area at that time. Past studies have found that seal densities in ice-
covered areas of the Beaufort Sea are different where water depths are
<35 m (115 ft) and >35 m (Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al., 2004);
therefore, densities were calculated separately for these water depths.
The north-eastern Chukchi Sea is composed of mostly continental shelf
waters between 30 m (98 ft) and 200 m (656 ft) in depth, so only a
single density estimate for each marine mammal species was used in that
area. Since most marine mammals will be continuing their southerly
migration in November and early December, the same density estimates
for continental shelf waters in the west survey area of the Beaufort
Sea were used in the Chukchi Sea. When the seismic survey area is on
the edge of the range of a species at this time of year, it is assumed
that the average density along the seismic trackline will be 10%
(0.10x) the density determined from available survey data within the
main range. Density estimates for the Chukchi Sea during the period of
November-December were taken from the west survey density estimates at
the appropriate depth.
Detectability bias, quantified in part by f(0), is associated with
diminishing sightability with increasing lateral distance from the
survey trackline. Availability bias, g(0), refers to the fact that
there is <100% probability of sighting an animal that is present along
the survey trackline. Some sources used below took account of one or
both of these correction factors in reporting densities. When these
factors had not been accounted for, the best available correction
factors from similar studies and/or species were applied to reported
results. Details regarding the application of correction factors are
provided below for each species.
(1) Cetaceans
Beluga Whales: Beluga density estimates were calculated based on
aerial survey data collected in October in the eastern Alaskan Beaufort
Sea by the NMML (as part of the Bowhead Whale Aerial Survey Project
(BWASP) program funded by BOEM) in 2007-2010. They reported 31
sightings of 66 individual whales during 1,597 km (992 mi) of on-
transect effort over waters 200-2,000 m (656-6,562 ft) deep. An f(0)
value of 2.326 was applied and it was calculated using beluga whale
sightings data collected in the Canadian Beaufort Sea (Innes et al.
2002). A g(0) value of 0.419 was used that represents a combination of
ga(0) = 0.55 (Innes et al., 2002) and gd(0) = 0.762 (Harwood et al.,
1996). The resulting density estimate (0.1169 individuals/km\2\; Table
2 in this document) was applied to areas of 200-1,000 m (656 -3,281
ft). There were 3 sightings of 4 individual beluga whales during 7,482
km (4,649 mi) of on-transect effort over waters 0-200 m (0-656 ft) deep
during this same time period. Using the same f(0) and g(0) values from
above, the resulting density estimate for continental shelf waters (0-
200 m deep) is 0.0015 individuals/km\2\ (Table 2 in this document). The
density estimate for waters >1000 m (3,281 ft) deep was estimated as
40% of the 200-1,000 m (656-3,281 ft) density based on the relative
number of sightings in the two water depth categories. For all water
depth and survey area categories, the maximum beluga density estimates
represent the mean estimates multiplied by four to allow for chance
encounters with unexpected large groups of animals or overall higher
densities than expected.
Beluga density estimates for the west survey area, which is planned
to be surveyed beginning in November, represent the east survey area
estimates multiplied by 0.1 because the Beaufort Sea and north-eastern
Chukchi Sea is believed to be at the edge of the species' range in
November-December. Belugas typically migrate into the Bering Sea for
the winter (Allen and Angliss, 2011) and are not expected to be present
in the study area in high numbers in November-December. Satellite
tagging data support this and indicate belugas migrate out of the
Beaufort Sea in the
[[Page 49948]]
October-November period (Suydam et al., 2005).
Bowhead Whales: Bowhead whale density estimates were calculated
based on aerial survey data collected in the Beaufort Sea as part of
the BWASP program funded by BOEM. The average density estimate was
based on surveys in October 2007-2010 and the maximum density estimate
was based on surveys conducted in October 1997-2004. The earlier data
were used to calculate the maximum estimate because they include some
years of unusually high numbers of bowhead sightings in the western
Alaskan Beaufort Sea at that time of year. The 2007-2010 data included
25 on-transect sightings collected during 7,482 km (4,649 mi) of effort
over waters 0-200 m (0-656 ft) deep in the eastern Alaskan Beaufort
Sea. The 1997-2004 data included 147 on-transect sightings of 472
individual whales collected during 20,340 km (12,639 mi) of effort over
waters 0-200 m (0-656 ft) deep in the eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea. An
f(0) correction factor of 2.33 used in the density calculation was the
result of a weighted average of the f(0) values applied to each of the
flights (Richardson and Thomson, 2002). The multiplication of ga(0) =
0.144 and gd(0) = 0.505 correction factors reported in Richardson and
Thomson (2002) gave the g(0) value of 0.0727 used in the density
calculation. The resulting density estimates (0.0942 whales/km\2\ and
0.3719 whales/km\2\) represent the average and maximum densities,
respectively for October for areas of <200 m (656 ft) water depth, and
are referred to below as the reference density for bowhead whales.
Because bowhead whale density is typically higher in continental
shelf waters of the Beaufort Sea in early October, the survey has been
planned to start in the eastern U.S. Beaufort Sea in waters deeper than
1,000 m (3,281 ft; ice conditions permitting), where bowhead density is
expected to be much lower. Survey activity in shallower waters will
proceed from east to west starting later in October as bowhead whales
migrate west out of the Beaufort Sea. The nearshore lines in the east
survey area will be surveyed during late October. Bowhead density in
the east survey area in waters <200 m (656 ft) deep was estimated by
taking ten percent of the reference density above (Table 2 in this
document). This adjustment was based on data from Miller et al. (2002)
that showed a ~90% decrease in bowhead whale abundance in the eastern
Alaskan Beaufort Sea from early to late October.
Bowhead whale densities in intermediate (200-1,000 m [656-3,281
ft]) and deep (>1,000 m [3,281 ft]) water depths in the east survey
area are expected to be quite low. Ninety-seven percent of sightings
recorded by MMS aerial surveys 1997-2004 occurred in areas of water
depth <200 m (656 ft) (Treacy, 1998, 2000, 2002a, 2000b; Monnett and
Treacy, 2005). Therefore, density estimates for areas of water depth
200-1,000 m (656-3,281 ft) were estimated to be ~3% of the values for
areas with depth <200 m (656 ft). This is further supported by Mate et
al. (2000), who found that 87% of locations from satellite-tagged
bowhead whales occurred in areas of water depth <100 m (328 ft). In
areas with water depth >1,000 m (3,281 ft), ~4,225 km (2,625 mi) of
aerial survey effort occurred during October 1997-2004; however no
bowhead sightings were recorded. The effort occurred over eight years,
so it is unlikely that this result would have been influenced by ice
cover or another single environmental variable that might have affected
whale distribution in a given year. Therefore, a minimal density
estimate (0.0001 whales/km\2\) was used for areas with water depth
>1,000 m (3,281 ft).
Several sources were used to estimate bowhead whale density in the
west survey area, including the north-eastern Chukchi Sea, which is
expected to be surveyed beginning in late October or early November.
Mate et al. (2000) found that satellite-tagged bowhead whales in the
Beaufort Sea travelled at an average rate of 88 km (55 mi) per day. At
that rate, an individual whale could travel across the extent of the
east survey area in four days and across the entire east-west extent of
the survey area in ten days, if it did not stop to feed during its
migration, as bowhead whales have been observed to do earlier in the
year (Christie et al., 2010). Also, Miller et al. (2002) presented a
10-day moving average of bowhead whale abundance in the eastern
Beaufort Sea using data from 1979-2000 that showed a decrease of ~90%
from early to late October. Based on these data, it is expected that
almost all whales that had been in the east survey area during early
October would likely have migrated beyond the survey areas by November-
December. In addition, kernel density estimates and animal tracklines
generated from satellite-tagged bowhead whales, along with acoustic
monitoring data, suggest that few bowhead whales are present in the
proposed survey area in November (near Point Barrow), and no whales
were present in December (ADFG, 2010; Moore et al., 2010). Therefore,
density estimates for the <200 m (656 ft) and 200-1,000 m (656-3,281
ft) water depth categories in the west survey area were estimated to be
one tenth of those estimates for the east survey area. Minimal density
estimates (0.0001 whales/km\2\) were used for areas of water depth
>1,000 m (3,281 ft).
Other Cetaceans: Other cetacean species are not expected to be
present in the area at the time of the planned survey. These species,
including humpback and fin whales, typically migrate during autumn and
are expected to be south of the proposed survey area by the October-
December period. Gray whales have been detected near Point Barrow
during the period of the proposed project, and even throughout the
winter (Moore et al., 2006; Stafford et al., 2007). Authorization for
minimal takes of other cetacean species that are known to occur in the
Beaufort Sea during the summer have been requested in case of a chance
encounter of a few remaining individuals.
Table 2--Expected densities of cetaceans in the Arctic Ocean in October-December by water depth and survey area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species <200 m 200-1,000 m >1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beaufort East Survey Area:
Beluga whale................................................ 0.0015 0.1169 0.0468
Harbor porpoise............................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Bowhead whale............................................... 0.0094 0.0028 0.0001
Gray whale.................................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Minke whale................................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Beaufort West Survey Area:
Beluga whale................................................ 0.0002 0.0117 0.0047
Harbor porpoise............................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Bowhead whale............................................... 0.0009 0.0003 0.0001
[[Page 49949]]
Gray whale.................................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Minke whale................................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Chukchi Survey Area:
Beluga whale................................................ 0.0002 .............. ..............
Harbor porpoise............................................. 0.0001 .............. ..............
Bowhead whale............................................... 0.0009 .............. ..............
Gray whale.................................................. 0.0001 .............. ..............
Minke whale................................................. 0.0001 .............. ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Pinnipeds
In polar regions, most pinnipeds are associated with sea ice, and
typical census methods involve counting pinnipeds when they are hauled
out on ice. In the Beaufort Sea, surveys typically occur in spring when
ringed seals emerge from their lairs (Frost et al., 2004). Depending on
the species and study, a correction factor for the proportion of
animals hauled out at any one time may or may not have been applied
(depending on whether an appropriate correction factor was available
for the particular species and area). By applying a correction factor,
the total density of the pinniped species in an area can be estimated.
Only the animals in water would be exposed to the pulsed sounds from
the airguns; however, densities that are presented generally represent
either only the animals on the ice or all animals in the area.
Therefore, only a fraction of the pinnipeds present in areas where ice
is present (and of sufficient thickness to support hauled-out animals)
would be exposed to seismic sounds during the proposed seismic survey.
Individuals hauled out on ice in close proximity to the vessels are
likely to enter the water as a reaction to the passing vessels, and the
proportion that remain on the ice will likely increase with distance
from the vessels.
Ringed Seals: Ringed seal density for the east survey area for
waters <1,000 m (3,281 ft) deep was estimated using vessel-based data
collected in the Beaufort Sea during autumn (Sep-Oct) 2006-2008 and
reported by Savarese et al. (2010; Table 3 in this document).
Correction factors for sightability and availability were used when the
authors calculated the estimates, so no further adjustments were
required. For the east survey area for waters >1,000 m (3,281 ft) deep,
few data on seal distribution are available. Harwood et al. (2005)
recorded a ringed seal sighting in the Beaufort Sea in an area where
water depth was >1,000 m (3,281 ft) in September-October 2002 during an
oceanographic cruise. It is therefore possible that ringed seals would
occur in those areas, and their presence would likely be associated
with ephemeral prey resources. If a relatively warm surface eddy formed
that concentrated prey in offshore areas at depths that would be
possible for ringed seals to access, it is possible that seals would be
attracted to it. A warm eddy was found in the northern Beaufort Sea in
October 2002 in an area where water depth was >1,000 m (3,281 ft)
(Crawford, 2010), so it is possible that such an oceanographic feature
might develop again and attract seals offshore. However, it is unclear
whether such a feature would attract many seals, especially since the
marine mammal observers present on the ship in 2002 did not observe
very many seals associated with the offshore eddy. In the absence of
standardized survey data from deep-water areas, but with available data
suggesting densities are likely to be quite low, minimal density
estimates (0.0001 seals/km\2\) were used in areas where water depth is
>1,000 m (3,281 ft). For all water depth categories in the east survey
area, the maximum ringed seal density was assumed to be the mean
estimate multiplied by four to allow for chance encounters with
unexpected large groups of animals or overall higher densities than
expected.
Habitat zones and associated densities were defined differently in
the west survey area, which will be surveyed in November-December,
because more ice is expected to be encountered at that time than in
October (NOAA National Ice Center: www.natice.noaa.gov). The density
estimates for the west survey area were calculated using aerial survey
data collected by Frost et al. (2004) in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea
during the spring. A g(0) correction factor of 0.60 from tagging data
reported by Bengtson et al. (2005) was used to adjust all density
estimates from Frost et al. (2004) described below. Seal distribution
and density in spring, prior to breakup, are thought to reflect
distribution patterns established earlier in the year (i.e., during the
winter months; Frost et al., 2004). Density estimates were highest
(1.00-1.33 seals/km\2\) in areas of water depth 3-35 m (10-115 ft), and
decreased (0-0.77 seals/km\2\) in water >35 m (115 ft) deep. The mean
density estimate used for areas with water depth <35 m (Table 4 in this
document) was estimated using an average of the pack ice estimates
modeled by Frost et al. (2004). The maximum estimate for the same area
is the maximum observed density for areas of water depth 3-35 m (10-115
ft) in Frost et al. (2004). The mean density estimate used for areas
with 35-200 m (115-656 ft) water depth is the modeled value for water
depth >35 m (115 ft) from Frost et al. (2004). The maximum estimate is
the maximum observed density for areas with >35 m (115 ft) water depth
in Frost et al. (2004). Because ringed seal density tends to decrease
with increasing water depth (Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al., 2004),
ringed seal density was estimated to be minimal in areas of >200 m (656
ft) water depth.
In the Chukchi Sea, ringed seal densities were taken from offshore
aerial surveys of the pack ice zone conducted in spring 1999 and 2000
(Bengtson et al., 2005). The average density from those two years
(weighted by survey effort) was 0.4892 seals/km\2\. This value served
as the average density while the highest density from the two years
(0.8100 seals/km\2\ in 1999) was used as the maximum density.
Other Seal Species: Other seal species are expected to be less
frequent in the study area during the period of this survey. Bearded
and spotted seals would be present in the area during summer, and
possibly ribbon seals as well, but they generally migrate into the
southern Chukchi and Bering seas during fall (Allen and Angliss, 2011).
Few satellite-tagging studies have been conducted on these species in
the Beaufort Sea, winter surveys have not been conducted, and a few
bearded seals have been reported over the continental shelf in spring
prior to general breakup. However, three bearded seals tracked in 2009
moved
[[Page 49950]]
south into the Bering Sea along the continental shelf by November
(Cameron and Boveng, 2009). It is possible that some individuals,
bearded seals in particular, may be present in the survey area. In the
absence of better information from the published literature or other
sources that would indicate significant numbers of any of these species
might be present, minimal density estimates were used for all areas and
water depth categories for these species, with the estimates for
bearded seals assumed to be slightly higher than those for spotted and
ribbon seals (Tables 3 and 4 in this document).
Table 3--Expected Densities (/km\2\) of Pinnipeds in the East Survey Area of the U.S. Beaufort Sea in
October
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species <200 m 200-1,000 m >1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ringed seal..................................................... 0.0840 0.0840 0.0004
Bearded seal.................................................... 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004
Spotted seal.................................................... 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Ribbon seal..................................................... 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4--Expected Densities (/km\2\) of Pinnipeds in the Beaufort West and Chukchi Survey Areas of the
Arctic Ocean in November-December
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species <35 m 35-200 m >200 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beaufort West:
Ringed seal................................................. 1.9375 1.0000 0.0004
Bearded seal................................................ 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004
Spotted seal................................................ 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Ribbon seal................................................. 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Chukchi Sea:
Ringed seal................................................. .............. 0.4892 ..............
Bearded seal................................................ .............. 0.0004 ..............
Spotted seal................................................ .............. 0.0001 ..............
Ribbon seal................................................. .............. 0.0001 ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Number of Takes by Level B Behavioral Harassment
Numbers of marine mammals that might be present and potentially
taken are estimated below based on available data about mammal
distribution and densities at different locations and times of the year
as described above.
The number of individuals of each species potentially exposed to
received levels >=120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) or >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms), depending on the type of activity occurring, within each portion
of the survey area (east and west) and water depth category was
estimated by multiplying:
The anticipated area to be ensonified to >=120 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms) or >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) in each portion of the
survey area (east and west) and water depth category, by
the expected species density in that time and location.
Some of the animals estimated to be exposed, particularly migrating
bowhead whales, might show avoidance reactions before being exposed to
>=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). Thus, these calculations actually estimate
the number of individuals potentially exposed to >=160 dB (rms) that
would occur if there were no avoidance of the area ensonified to that
level.
(1) Potential Number of Takes by Seismic Airguns at Received Levels
>=160 dB
The area of water potentially exposed to received levels of airgun
sounds >=160 dB (rms) was calculated by using a GIS to buffer the
planned survey tracklines within each water depth category by the
associated modeled >=160 dB (rms) distances. The expected sound
propagation from the airgun array was modeled by JASCO Applied Research
(Zykov et al., 2010) and is expected to vary with water depth. Survey
tracklines falling within the <100 m (328 ft), 100-1,000 m (328-3,281
ft), and >1,000 m (3,281 ft) water depth categories were buffered by
distances of 27.8 km (17.3 mi), 42.2 km (26.2 mi), and 31.6 km (19.6
mi), respectively. The total area of water that would be exposed to
sound >160 dB (rms) on one or more occasions is estimated to be 209,752
km\2\. A breakdown by water depth classes used in association with
density estimates is presented in Table 5 in this document and Figure 2
of the IHA application.
Based on the operational plans and marine mammal densities
described above, the estimates of marine mammals potentially exposed to
sounds >=160 dB (rms) are presented in Table 5 in this document. For
species likely to be present, the requested numbers are calculated as
described above. For less common species, estimates were set to minimal
numbers to allow for chance encounters. Discussion of the number of
potential exposures is summarized by species in the following
subsections.
It is likely that some members of one endangered cetacean species
(bowhead whale) will be exposed to received sound levels >=160 dB (rms)
unless bowheads avoid the survey vessel before the received levels
reach 160 dB (rms). However, the late autumn timing and the design of
the proposed survey will minimize the number of bowheads and other
cetaceans that may be exposed to seismic sounds generated by this
survey. The best estimates of the number of whales potentially exposed
to >=160 dB (rms) are 282 and 4,315 for bowheads and belugas,
respectively (Table 5).
The ringed seal is the most widespread and abundant pinniped
species in ice-covered arctic waters, and there is a great deal of
variation in estimates of population size and distribution of these
marine mammals. Ringed seals account for the vast majority of marine
mammals expected to be encountered, and hence exposed to airgun sounds
with received levels >160 dB (rms) during the proposed marine survey.
It was estimated that ~60,293 ringed seals may be exposed to
[[Page 49951]]
marine survey sounds with received levels >160 dB (rms) if they do not
avoid the sound source. Other pinniped species are not expected to be
present in the proposed survey area in more than minimal numbers in
October-December; however, ION is requesting authorization for a small
number of harassment ``takes'' of species that occur in the area during
the summer months in case a few individuals are encountered (Table 5 in
this document).
It should be noted that there is no evidence that most seals
exposed to airgun pulses with received levels 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
are disturbed appreciably, and even at a received level of 180 dB (rms)
disturbance is not conspicuous (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). Therefore, for seals, the estimates of numbers exposed
to >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) greatly exceed the numbers of seals that
will actually be disturbed in any major or (presumably) biologically
significant manner.
Table 5--Estimates of the Possible Numbers of Marine Mammals Exposed to >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) During ION's
Proposed Seismic Program in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, October-December 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Water depth
------------------------------------------------ Total
<200 m 200-1,000 m >1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cetaceans
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga whale.................................... 43 1,195 3,077 4,215
Harbor porpoise................................. 9 2 10 21
Bowhead whale................................... 269 3 10 282
Gray whale...................................... 9 2 10 21
Minke whale..................................... 9 2 10 21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pinnipeds (Beaufort East)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<35 m 35-200 m >200 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ringed seal..................................... 1,794 805 25 2,624
Bearded seal.................................... 9 4 25 38
Spotted seal.................................... 2 1 6 9
Ribbon seal..................................... 2 1 6 9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pinnipeds (Beaufort West & Chukchi Sea)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ringed seal..................................... 16,969 40,682 18 57,669
Bearded seal.................................... 4 25 18 47
Spotted seal.................................... 1 6 5 12
Ribbon seal..................................... 1 6 5 12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Potential Number of Takes by Icebreaking at Received Levels >=120
dB
As discussed above, based on available information regarding sounds
produced by icebreaking in various ice regimes and the expected ice
conditions during the proposed survey, vessel sounds generated during
ice breaking are likely to have source levels between 175 and 185 dB re
1 [mu]Pa-m. As described above, we have assumed that seismic survey
activity will occur along all of the planned tracklines shown in Figure
1 of ION's IHA application. Therefore, received levels >=160 dB radius
of 26.7-42.2 km (16.6-26.2 mi; depending on water depth) to each side
of all of the survey lines was applied for the calculation. Assuming a
source level of 185 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m and using the 15logR for
calculating spreading loss of acoustic intensity, icebreaking sounds
may be >=120 dB out to a maximum distance of ~21.6 km (13.4 mi). Thus,
all sounds produced by icebreaking are expected to diminish below 120
dB re 1 [mu]Pa within the zone where we assume mammals will be exposed
to >=160 dB (rms) from seismic sounds. Exposures of marine mammals to
icebreaking sounds with received levels >=120 dB would effectively
duplicate or ``double-count'' animals already included in the estimates
of exposure to strong (>=160 dB) airgun sounds. The planned survey
lines cover a large extent of the U.S. Beaufort Sea, and seismic survey
activity along all those lines has been assumed in the estimation of
takes. Any non-seismic periods, when only icebreaking might occur,
would therefore result in fewer exposures than estimated from seismic
activities.
If refueling of the Geo Arctic is required during the survey and
the Polar Prince transits to and from Canadian waters to acquire
additional fuel for itself, an additional ~200 km (124 mi) of transit
may occur. Most of this transit would likely occur through ice in
offshore waters >200 m (656 ft) in depth. For estimation purposes we
have assumed 25% of the transit will occur in 200-1,000 m (656-3,281
ft) of water and the remaining 75% will occur in >1,000 m (3,281 ft) of
water. This results in an estimated ~2,160 km\2\ of water in areas 200-
1,000 m (656-3,281 ft) deep and 6,487 km\2\ in waters >1,000 m (3,281
ft) deep being ensonified to >=120 dB by icebreaking sounds. Using the
density estimates for the east survey area shown in Tables 2 and 3, the
estimated exposures of cetaceans and pinnipeds are shown in Table 6
here.
[[Page 49952]]
Table 6--Estimates of the Possible Numbers of Marine Mammals Exposed to >=120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) During
Icebreaking Activities Associated With the Preferred Alternative for Refueling During ION's Proposed Seismic
Program in the Beaufort Sea, October-December 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Water depth
Species -------------------------------- Total
200-1,000 m >1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga whale.................................................... 253 320 573
Harbor porpoise................................................. 0 1 1
Bowhead whale................................................... 1 1 2
Gray whale...................................................... 0 1 1
Minke whale..................................................... 0 1 1
Ringed seal..................................................... 181 3 184
Bearded seal.................................................... 1 3 4
Spotted seal.................................................... 0 1 1
Ribbon seal..................................................... 0 1 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the Polar Prince cannot return to port via Canadian waters, then
a transit of ~600 km (373 mi) from east to west across the U.S.
Beaufort would be necessary. Again, it is expected that most of this
transit would likely occur in offshore waters >200 m (656 ft) in depth.
For estimation purposes we have assumed 25% of the transit will occur
in 200-1,000 m (656-3,281 ft) of water and the remaining 75% will occur
in >1,000 m (3,281 ft) of water. This results in an estimated ~3,240
km\2\ of water in areas 200-1,000 m (656-3,281 ft) deep and 9,720 km\2\
in waters >1,000 m (3,281 ft) deep being ensonified to >=120 dB by
icebreaking sounds within each half of the U.S. Beaufort Sea, for a
total of 25,920 km\2\ ensonified across the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea.
Using the density estimates in Tables 2-3, estimated exposures of
cetaceans and pinnipeds are shown in Table 7 here.
Table 7--Estimates of the Possible Numbers of Marine Mammals Exposed to >=120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) During
Icebreaking Activities Associated With the Secondary Alternative for Refueling During ION's Proposed Seismic
Program in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, October-December 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Water depth
Species -------------------------------- Total
200-1,000 m >1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga whale.................................................... 417 500 917
Harbor porpoise................................................. 0 2 2
Bowhead whale................................................... 1 2 3
Gray whale...................................................... 0 2 2
Minke whale..................................................... 0 2 2
Ringed seal..................................................... 273 8 281
Bearded seal.................................................... 2 8 10
Spotted seal.................................................... 0 2 2
Ribbon seal..................................................... 0 2 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Number of Takes by Level B TTS and Level A Harassment
As noted previously, due to the limited effectiveness of monitoring
and mitigation measures for animals under ice cover and during long
lowlight hours, NMFS is proposing to authorize takes of marine mammals
by TTS (Level B harassment) and PTS (Level A harassment or injury) when
exposed to received noise levels above 180 and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
for prolonged period, although this is unlikely to occur. Therefore,
the result of the analysis is conservative in which animals are
estimated to be affected by receiving TTS or even PTS.
The methods used below for estimating the number of individuals
potentially exposed to sounds >180 or >190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms)
should therefore include an additional reduction to estimate the number
that may incur PTS, which is presumably a Level A take. For reasons
described here and further below, NMFS and ION do not anticipate that
marine mammals will be injured or harmed by the proposed project.
Only two cetacean species, beluga and bowhead, are likely to be
present in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea late in the survey period or where
extensive ice cover is present. Gray whale vocalizations have been
recorded throughout one winter (2003-2004) in the western Alaskan
Beaufort Sea near Pt. Barrow (Moore et al., 2006). However, the
presence of gray whales in October and November in the Alaskan Beaufort
Sea does not appear to be a regular occurrence or involve a significant
number of animals when it does occur. NMFS therefore does not
anticipate exposures of cetacean species, other than belugas or
bowheads, to received sound levels >=180 dB during periods of darkness
or in areas with extensive ice cover to occur.
Beluga whales have shown avoidance of icebreaking sounds at
relatively low received levels. In the Canadian Arctic, belugas showed
initial avoidance of icebreaking sounds at received levels from 94-105
dB in the 20-1,000 Hz band, although some animals returned to the same
location within 1-2 days and tolerated noise levels as high as 120 dB
in that band (Finley et al., 1990). Playback experiments of icebreaker
sounds resulted in 35% of beluga groups showing avoidance at received
levels between 78-84 dB in the \1/3\-octave band centered at 5,000 Hz,
or 8-14 dB above ambient levels (Richardson et al., 1995b). Based on
these results, it was estimated that reactions by belugas to an actual
icebreaker would likely occur at ~10 km (6.2 mi) under similar
[[Page 49953]]
conditions. Erbe and Farmer (2000) estimated that zones of disturbance
from icebreaking sounds could extend 19-46 km (12-28.6 mi) depending on
various factors. Erbe and Farmer (2000) also estimated that a beluga
whale would have to remain within 2 km (1.2 mi) of an icebreaker
backing and ramming for over 20 min to incur small TTS (4.8 dB), and
within 120 m for over 30 min to incur more significant TTS (12-18 dB).
Aerial and vessel based monitoring of seismic surveys in the
central Beaufort Sea showed significant avoidance of active airguns by
belugas. Results of the aerial monitoring suggested an area of
avoidance out to 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) around an active seismic source
with higher than expected sighting rates observed at distances 20-30 km
(12.4-18.6 mi) from the source. The nearest aerial ``transect'' beluga
sighting during seismic activity was at a distance of 7.8 km (4.8 mi).
Only seven beluga sightings were recorded from the survey vessel during
the entire study, three of which occurred during airgun activity. Two
of the seismic period sightings were made at the beginning of active
airgun periods and the other was during seismic testing of a limited
number of guns. These sightings occurred at distances between 1.54 km
and 2.51 km from the vessel. Similarly, few beluga whales were observed
near seismic surveys in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in 1996-1998
(Richardson 1999), although the beluga migration corridor is typically
well offshore of where most of the seismic survey occurred. Observers
on seismic and associated support vessels operating in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea during 2006-2008 seasons reported no beluga sightings
during seismic or non-seismic periods, suggesting avoidance of both
seismic and vessel sounds (Savarese et al., 2010). No mitigation
measures during seismic operations (power down or shut down of airgun
arrays) have been required as a result of beluga sightings during
surveys in the Chukchi or Beaufort seas in 2006-2009 (Ireland et al.,
2007a, 2007b; Patterson et al., 2007, Funk et al., 2008, Ireland et
al., 2009b, Reiser et al., 2010).
Based on the reported avoidance of vessel, icebreaking, and seismic
sounds by beluga whales, and the low and seasonally decreasing density
during the time of the proposed survey, the likelihood of beluga whales
occurring within the >=180 dB zone during the proposed project is
extremely low. A cautionary estimate that assumes 10% of belugas will
show no avoidance of the 180 dB zone results in an estimate of 23
beluga whales exposed to sounds >=180 dB (based on the densities
described above and the area of water that may be ensonified to >=180
dB) during the proposed project.
Bowhead whales have shown similar avoidance of vessel and seismic
sounds. Less information is available regarding avoidance of
icebreaking sounds; however, avoidance of the overall activity was
noted during intensive icebreaking around drill sites in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in 1992. Migrating bowhead whales appeared to avoid the
area of drilling and icebreaking by ~25 km (15.5 mi) (Brewer et al.,
1993). Also, monitoring of drilling activities in a previous year,
during which much less icebreaking occurred, showed avoidance by
migrating bowheads out to ~20 km (12.4 mi). Therefore, the relative
influence of icebreaking versus drilling sounds is difficult to
determine.
Similarly, migrating bowheads strongly avoided the area within ~20
km (12.4 mi) of nearshore seismic surveys, and less complete avoidance
extended to ~30 km (18.6 mi) (Miller et al., 1999). Only 1 bowhead was
observed from the survey vessel during the three seasons (1996-1998)
when seismic surveys continued into September. Bowheads not actively
engaged in migration have shown less avoidance of seismic operations.
During seismic surveys in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in late August and
early September bowhead whales appeared to avoid an area within ~2 km
(1.2 mi) of airgun activity (Miller and Davis, 2002) and sightings from
the survey vessel itself were common (Miller et al., 2005). Vessel-
based sightings showed a statistically significant difference of ~600 m
(1,969 ft) in the mean sighting distances of bowheads (relative to the
survey vessel) between periods with and without airgun activity. This,
along with significantly lower sighting rates of bowhead whales during
periods of airgun activity, suggests that bowheads still avoided close
approach to the area of seismic operation (Miller and Davis, 2002).
Results from vessel-based and aerial monitoring in the Alaskan Beaufort
Sea during 2006-2008 were similar to those described above (Funk et
al., 2010). Sighting rates from seismic vessels were significantly
lower during airgun activity than during non-seismic periods. Support
vessels reported 12 sightings of bowhead whales in areas where received
levels from seismic were >=160 dB (Savarese et al., 2010). Aerial
surveys reported bowhead whales feeding in areas where received levels
of seismic sounds were up to 160 dB. Bowheads were not observed in
locations with higher received levels (Christie et al., 2010). Based on
four direct approach experiments in northern Alaskan waters, Ljungblad
et al. (1988) reported total avoidance of seismic sounds at received
sound levels of 152, 165, 178, and 165 dB.
The available information summarized above suggests that bowhead
whales are very likely to avoid areas where received levels are >=180
dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). Again, making a cautionary assumption that as
many as 10% of bowheads may not avoid the 180 dB zone around the
airguns, we calculate that 6 individuals could be exposed to >=180 dB
(based on the densities described above and the area of water that may
be ensonified to >=180 dB). During seismic surveys in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in 2007 and 2008, 5 power downs of the full airgun array
were made due to sightings of bowhead or unidentified mysticete whales
(8 total individuals) within the >=180 dB exclusion zone. These
sightings occurred during >8000 km (4,971 mi) of survey effort in good
conditions plus additional effort in poor conditions (Savarese et al.,
2010), resulting in an estimated 0.625 sightings within the 180 dB
distance per 1,000 km (620 mi) of seismic activity. Even without
allowance for the reduced densities likely to be encountered in October
and especially November, or for the fact that observers will be on duty
during all daylight hours and will call for mitigation actions if
whales are sighted within or near the 180 dB distance, this rate would
suggest that fewer than 8 bowheads may occur within the >=180 dB zone
during the proposed survey.
For seals (principally ringed seals), the proportion exhibiting
avoidance is lower than for cetaceans, and thus the received level at
which avoidance becomes evident is higher. However, some survey results
have shown a statistically significant avoidance of the 190 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms) zone, and an assumption that numbers exposed to >=190 dB
could be calculated from ``non-seismic'' density data is not
inappropriate. Using similar reasoning as described above for
cetaceans, we have limited these estimates to ringed seals as the
presence of other pinniped species is very unlikely during the times
and locations when exposures to >=190 dB may have an increased
likelihood of occurrence.
Monitoring work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001
provided considerable information regarding the behavior of seals
exposed to seismic pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson,
2002). The combined results suggest that some seals avoid the immediate
area around seismic vessels. In most survey years, ringed seal
sightings averaged somewhat farther away from the seismic vessel
[[Page 49954]]
when the airguns were operating than when they were not (Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). Also, seal sighting rates at the water surface were
lower during airgun array operations than during no-airgun periods in
each survey year except 1997. However, the avoidance movements were
relatively small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to (at most) a few
hundreds of meters, and many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656
ft) of the trackline as the operating airgun array passed by.
During more recent seismic surveys in the Arctic (2006-2009),
Reiser et al. (2009) also reported a tendency for localized avoidance
of areas immediately around the seismic source vessel along with
coincident increased sighting rates at support vessels operating 1-2 km
(0.62-1.2 mi) away. However, pinnipeds were sighted within the 190 dB
zone around the operating airguns more frequently than were cetaceans
within the 180 dB zone. Assuming that 25% of the ringed seals
encountered may not avoid the 190 dB zone as the airguns approach, we
calculate that ~277 individuals could be exposed to >=190 dB (based on
the densities described above and the area of water that may be
ensonified to >=190 dB). As an alternative estimate, during the same
>8,000 km (4,971 mi) of monitoring effort in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea
reported above regarding bowhead whales, 42 observations of seals
within the 190 dB zone caused power downs of the airguns. This was
~5.25 power downs per 1,000 km (620 mi) of seismic survey effort. Even
without allowance for the reduced densities of seals likely to be
encountered in October-November or for the fact that observers will be
on duty during all daylight hours and will call for mitigation actions
if necessary, this rate would suggest that as many as 38 seals may
occur within the >=190 dB zone during the proposed survey.
However, as stated earlier, in most circumstances marine mammals
would avoid areas where intense noise could cause injury, including
PTS. Although approximately 23 beluga whales, 8 bowhead whales, and 38
seals (presumably all ringed seals) could theoretically be exposed to
received levels above 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (for whales) and 190 dB re
1 [micro]Pa (for seals), most of them are likely to avoid these areas
of intense noise and would not incur TTS or PTS (injury). In the
unlikely case a small number of individuals animals did not avoid the
intense noise, then TTS or even PTS could occur. Assuming that 10% of
the individuals that were initially exposed to received levels above
180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (for beluga and bowhead whales) and 190 dB re 1
[micro]Pa (for ringed seals) do not vacate the area, and subsequent
exposure leads to some degree of PTS, then approximately 3 beluga
whales, 1 bowhead whale, and 4 ringed seals could be taken by Level A
harassment. However, NMFS considers this estimate to be very
conservative as explained above.
Estimated Take Conclusions
Cetaceans--Effects on cetaceans are generally expected to be
restricted to avoidance of an area around the seismic survey and short-
term changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition of ``Level
B harassment,'' and possibly mild TTS or PTS (which would be considered
``Level A harassment''), though not very likely.
Using the 160 dB (for pulse) and 120 dB (for non-pulse) criteria,
the average estimates of the numbers of individual cetaceans exposed to
sounds >=160 dB and 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) represent varying
proportions of the populations of each species in the Beaufort Sea and
adjacent waters. For species listed as ``Endangered'' under the ESA,
the estimates include approximately 284 bowheads. This number is
approximately 1.86% of the Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort population of
>15,233 assuming 3.4% annual population growth from the 2001 estimate
of >10,545 animals (Zeh and Punt 2005). For other cetaceans that might
occur in the vicinity of the marine seismic survey in the Chukchi Sea,
they also represent a very small proportion of their respective
populations. The average estimates of the number of beluga whales,
harbor porpoises, gray whales, and minke whales that might be exposed
to >=160 dB and 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) are 5,232, 23, 23, and 23,
when the secondary alternative for refueling is being considered. These
numbers represent 13.33%, 0.05%, 0.12%, and 1.87% of these species'
respective populations in the proposed action area. If ION selects the
preferred alternative for refueling, the estimated takes for beluga
would be reduced to 4,888 animals, or 12.45% of the population.
Seals--A few seal species are likely to be encountered in the study
area, but ringed seal is by far the most abundant in this area. The
average estimates of the numbers of individuals exposed to sounds at
received levels >=160 dB and 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) during the
proposed icebreaking seismic survey are as follows: ringed seals
(60,574), bearded seals (95), spotted seals (23), and ribbon seals
(23), when the secondary alternative for refueling is being considered.
These numbers represent 24.33%, 0.04%, 0.04%, and 0.05% of Alaska
stocks of ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals. If ION selects
the preferred alternative for refueling, the estimated takes for
ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals would drop to 60,477, 89,
22, and 22, respectively, which in turn represent 24.29%, 0.04%, 0.04%,
0.04% of Alaska stocks of these species.
Negligible Impact and Small Numbers Analysis and Preliminary
Determination
NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as `` * *
* an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.'' In making a negligible impact determination,
NMFS considers a variety of factors, including but not limited to: (1)
The number of anticipated mortalities; (2) the number and nature of
anticipated injuries; (3) the number, nature, intensity, and duration
of Level B harassment; and (4) the context in which the takes occur.
Most of the takes from ION's proposed icebreaking seismic surveys
are expected to be Level B behavioral harassment. It is possible,
however, that TTS (Level B harassment) and even PTS (Level A
harassment) could occur if monitoring measures are not effective due to
extensive ice coverage and prolonged periods of darkness. Although it
is possible that some individual marine mammals may be exposed to
sounds from marine survey activities more than once, this is not
expected to happen extensively since both the animals and the survey
vessels will be moving constantly in and out of the survey areas.
Therefore, the degrees of TTS and PTS, if incurred, are expected to be
minor (low intensity--a few dBs of loss at certain frequencies), and
the TTS is expected to be brief (minutes to hours) before full
recovery. No serious injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur
as a result of the proposed seismic survey, and none are proposed to be
authorized.
Of the nine marine mammal species likely to occur in the proposed
marine survey area, only the bowhead whale is listed as endangered
under the ESA. These species are also designated as ``depleted'' under
the MMPA. Despite these designations, the Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort stock
of bowheads has been increasing at a rate of 3.4 percent annually for
nearly a decade (Allen and Angliss, 2010). Additionally, during the
2001 census, 121 calves were counted, which was the highest yet
recorded. The
[[Page 49955]]
calf count provides corroborating evidence for a healthy and increasing
population (Allen and Angliss, 2010). There is no critical habitat
designated in the U.S. Arctic for the bowhead whale. Certain stocks or
populations of gray and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as
endangered or are proposed for listing under the ESA; however, none of
those stocks or populations occur in the proposed activity area. On
December 10, 2010, NMFS published a notice of proposed threatened
status for subspecies of the ringed seal (75 FR 77476) and a notice of
proposed threatened and not warranted status for subspecies and
distinct population segments of the bearded seal (75 FR 77496) in the
Federal Register. Neither of these two ice seal species is currently
considered depleted under the MMPA.
Level B Behavioral Harassment
Most of the bowhead whales encountered during the summer will
likely show overt disturbance (avoidance) only if they receive airgun
sounds with levels >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms). Odontocete reactions to
seismic energy pulses are usually assumed to be limited to shorter
distances from the airgun(s) than are those of mysticetes, probably in
part because odontocete low-frequency hearing is assumed to be less
sensitive than that of mysticetes. However, at least when in the
Canadian Beaufort Sea in summer, belugas appear to be fairly responsive
to seismic energy, with few being sighted within 6-12 mi (10-20 km) of
seismic vessels during aerial surveys (Miller et al., 2005). Both
belugas and bowhead whales are expected to occur in much smaller
numbers in the vicinity of the proposed seismic survey area during the
proposed survey. In addition, due to the constant moving of the seismic
survey vessel, the duration of the noise exposure of cetaceans to
seismic impulses would be brief. For the same reason, it is unlikely
that any individual animal would be exposed to high received levels
multiple times.
Taking into account the mitigation measures that are planned,
effects on cetaceans are generally expected to be restricted to
avoidance of a limited area around the survey operation and short-term
changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition of ``Level B
harassment,'' with only limited potential occurrences of TTS (Level B
harassment) and PTS (Level A harassment).
Furthermore, the estimated numbers of animals potentially exposed
to sound levels sufficient to cause appreciable disturbance are small
percentages of the population sizes in the Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort
seas, as described above.
Finally, as discussed above, since ION is not likely to start its
proposed in-ice seismic survey until early October when most of the
cetaceans (especially bowhead whales) have moved out of the area, the
actual take numbers are expected to be much lower.
The many reported cases of apparent tolerance by cetaceans of
seismic exploration, vessel traffic, and some other human activities
show that co-existence is possible. Mitigation measures such as
controlled vessel speed, dedicated PSOs, non-pursuit, and shutdowns or
power downs when marine mammals are seen within defined ranges will
further reduce short-term reactions and minimize any effects on hearing
sensitivity. In all cases, the effects are expected to be short-term,
with no lasting biological consequence.
Some individual pinnipeds may be exposed to sound from the proposed
marine surveys more than once during the time frame of the project.
However, as discussed previously, due to the constant moving of the
survey vessel, the probability of an individual pinniped being exposed
multiple times is much lower than if the source is stationary.
Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the exposure of
pinnipeds to sounds produced by the proposed marine seismic survey in
the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas is mostly expected to result in no more
than Level B harassment and is anticipated to have no more than a
negligible impact on the animals.
The estimated Level B behavioral takes proposed to be authorized
represent up to 12.45% of the Beaufort Sea population of approximately
39,258 beluga whales (Allen and Angliss, 2010), up to 0.04% of Bering
Sea stock of approximately 48,215 harbor porpoises, 0.12% of the
Eastern North Pacific stock of approximately 19,126 gray whales, 1.86%
of the Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort population of 15,233 individuals
assuming 3.4 percent annual population growth from the 2001 estimate of
10,545 animals (Zeh and Punt, 2005), and 1.78% of the Alaska stock of
approximately 1,233 minke whales. The take estimates presented for
ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon seals represent up to 24.29, 0.04,
0.04, and 0.04 percent of U.S. Arctic stocks of each species,
respectively. These estimates represent the percentage of each species
or stock that could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment if each
animal is taken only once. It may seem that a large number of ringed
seal (up to 24.29%) would be taken as a result of the proposed seismic
survey activity. It is important to note that the population densities
for marine mammals within the proposed survey area are overestimated
for the season of the seismic survey due to the lack of realistic data,
and that the number of ringed seals that would occur in the project
area during the proposed survey period is expected to be much lower.
Therefore, far fewer ringed seals are actually expected to be taken as
a result of ION's proposed icebreaking seismic survey in the Beaufort
Sea. Furthermore, it is likely that individual animals could be taken
multiple times and be counted as different individuals, thus inflating
the percentage of unique individuals that would be affected. Finally,
as discussed earlier, the effects to marine mammals that would result
from Level B behavioral harassment are expected to be minor and brief,
and mostly involve animals temporarily changing their behavior and
vacating the proximity of the survey area briefly as the survey vessel
and icebreaker approach. Marine mammals are expected to resume their
normal activities and reoccupy the area as soon as the vessels move
away. Additionally, since the proposed icebreaking seismic survey is
planned outside the time when ice seals are giving birth, no impacts on
pups are expected. Therefore, although the number of ringed seals that
could be affected by the proposed seismic survey seems high, these
effects are not expected to be biologically significant on either the
individual or population level for this species. In addition, the
mitigation and monitoring measures (described previously in this
document) proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are expected to
further reduce any potential disturbance to marine mammals.
Hearing Impairment (TTS, Level B Harassment, or PTS, Level A
Harassment)
Most cetaceans (and particularly Arctic cetaceans) show relatively
high levels of avoidance when received sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB
re 1 [mu]Pa (rms), and it is uncommon to sight Arctic cetaceans within
the 180 dB radius, especially for prolonged duration. Results from
monitoring programs associated with seismic activities in the Arctic
have shown significant responses by cetaceans at levels much lower than
180 dB. These results have been used by agencies to support monitoring
requirements within distances where received levels fall below 160 dB
and even 120 dB. Thus, very few animals would be exposed to sound
levels of 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
[[Page 49956]]
regardless of detectability by PSOs. Avoidance varies among individuals
and depends on their activities or reasons for being in the area, and
occasionally a few individual arctic cetaceans will tolerate sound
levels above 160 dB. Tolerance of levels above 180 dB is infrequent,
regardless of the circumstances. Therefore, a calculation of the number
of cetaceans potentially exposed to >180 dB that is based simply on
density would be a gross overestimate of the actual numbers exposed to
180 dB. Such calculations would be misleading unless avoidance response
behaviors were taken into account to estimate what fraction of those
originally present within the soon-to-be ensonified to >180 dB zone (as
estimated from density) would still be there by the time levels reach
180 dB.
It is estimated that up to 1 bowhead whale and 3 beluga whales
could be exposed to received noise levels above 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms), and 4 ringed seals could be exposed to received noise levels
above 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for durations long enough to cause TTS
if the animals are not detected in time to have mitigation measures
implemented (or even PTS if such exposures occurred repeatedly). The
potential takes of marine mammals by TTS (Level B harassment), or,
potentially PTS (Level A harassment) if exposed for a long enough time
or repeatedly represent 0.0068%, 0.0076%, and 0.0016% of bowhead whale,
beluga whale, and ringed seal populations, respectively. None of the
other species are expected to be exposed to received sound levels
anticipated to cause TTS or PTS.
Marine mammals that are taken by TTS are expected to receive minor
(in the order of several dBs) and brief (minutes to hours) temporary
hearing impairment because (1) animals are not likely to remain for
prolonged periods within high intensity sound fields, and (2) both the
seismic vessel and the animals are constantly moving, and it is
unlikely that the animal will be moving along with the vessel during
the survey. Although repeated experience to TTS could result in PTS
(injury or Level A harassment), for the same reasons discussed above,
even if marine mammals experience PTS, the degree of PTS is expected to
be mild, resulting in a few dB elevation of hearing threshold.
Therefore, even if a few marine mammals receive TTS or PTS, the degree
of these effects are expected to be minor and, in the case of TTS,
brief, and are not expected to be biologically significant for the
population or species.
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed
previously in this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat''
section). Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of
marine mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to
not affect rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in the
area. Based on the vast size of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by
marine mammals occurs versus the localized area of the marine survey
activities, any missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area
would be minor based on the fact that other feeding areas exist
elsewhere. For bowhead whales, the majority of the population would
have migrated past many of the feeding areas of the central Beaufort
Sea prior to the initiation of activities by ION.
The effects of icebreaking activity are not expected to result in
significant modification to marine habitat. Although it is expected
that the ice coverage would be 8/10th to 10/10th, the ice in the
proposed project area is loose annual ice during the time of the
proposed in-ice seismic survey activity. Therefore, ice floes being
broken and pushed aside from the icebreaker are expected to rejoin
behind the seismic survey path. In addition, no ice seal lairs are
expected during the period of ION's proposed in-ice seismic survey in
the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that ION's proposed 2010 in-ice
seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas may result in the
incidental take of small numbers of marine mammals, by Level A and
Level B harassment only, and that the total taking from the seismic
surveys will have a negligible impact on the affected species or
stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Preliminary Determination
NMFS has preliminarily determined that ION's proposed 2010 in-ice
marine seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of species or stocks for
taking for subsistence uses. This preliminary determination is
supported by information contained in this document and ION's POC. ION
has adopted a spatial and temporal strategy for its Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas in-ice seismic survey operations that is intended to avoid
subsistence activities. ION plans to start its seismic survey after the
fall bowhead harvests have concluded for the communities of Kaktovik
and Nuiqsut, and its seismic survey is expected to occur far offshore
from regular ringed seal hunts. Although hunting may still be occurring
in Barrow, ION has agreed to work in the eastern part of the survey
area first so as not to overlap with hunting areas used by hunters in
Barrow. The late November bowhead harvests on St. Lawrence Island
should not be affected by ION's vessel transits through the Bering
Strait at the conclusion of the survey in early to mid-December. No
other subsistence activity is expected to occur during ION's proposed
seismic survey period.
Based on the measures described in ION's POC, the proposed
mitigation and monitoring measures (described earlier in this
document), and the project design itself, NMFS has determined
preliminarily that there will not be an unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from ION's icebreaking marine seismic survey in the
Beaufort and Chukchi Seas.
Proposed Incidental Harassment Authorization
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
issued).
1. This Authorization is valid from October 1, 2012, through
December 15, 2012.
2. This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with
in-ice seismic surveys and related activities in the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas, as indicated in Figure 1 of ION's IHA application.
3. (a) The species authorized for incidental harassment takings,
Level B harassment only, are:
Beluga whales (Delphinapterus leucas);
Harbor porpoises (Phocoena phocoena);
Bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus);
Gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus);
Minke whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata);
Bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus);
Spotted seals (Phoca largha);
Ringed seals (P. hispida); and
Ribbon seals (P. fasciata).
(b) The species authorized for incidental harassment taking, Level
A harassment, are:
One individual of bowhead whale;
Three individuals of beluga whale; and
[[Page 49957]]
Four individuals of ringed seal.
(c) The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the
following acoustic sources and from the following activities:
(i) 28 Sercel G-gun airguns, of which 26 are active with a total
discharge volume of 4,450 in\3\.
(ii) Individual airgun sizes range from 70 to 380 in\3\.
(d) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under
this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to
the Alaska Regional Administrator (907-586-7221) or his designee in
Anchorage (907-271-3023), National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, at (301) 427-8401, or his designee (301-427-8418).
4. The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at
least 48 hours prior to the start of collecting seismic data (unless
constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in which case
notification shall be made as soon as possible).
5. Prohibitions
(a) The taking, by incidental harassment only, is limited to the
species listed under conditions 3(a) and (b) above. The taking by
serious injury or death of these species or the taking by harassment,
injury or death of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and
may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this
Authorization.
(b) The taking of any marine mammal is prohibited whenever the
required source vessel protected species observers (PSOs), required by
condition 7(a)(i), are not onboard in conformance with condition
7(a)(i) of this Authorization.
6. Mitigation
(a) Exclusion Zones
(i) Establish and monitor with trained Protected Species Observers
(PSOs) a preliminary exclusion zone for cetaceans and pinnipeds
surrounding the airgun array on the source vessel where the received
level would be 180 dB (for cetaceans) and 190 dB (for pinnipeds) re 1
[micro]Pa (rms), respectively. For purposes of the sound source
verification test, described in condition 7(d)(i), the modeled
exclusion zones at areas of different depth are shown in Table 1 below.
Table 1--Marine Mammal Exclusion Zones for Specific Categories Based on the Water Depth
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exclusion and disturbance zones (meters)
-----------------------------------------------
rms (dB re. 1 [mu]Pa) Less than 100 More than
m 100 m- 1,000 m 1,000 m
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190............................................................. 600 180 180
180............................................................. 2,850 660 580
160............................................................. 27,800 42,200 31,600
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Immediately upon completion of data analysis of the sound
source verification measurements required under condition 7(d)(i)
below, the new 180-dB and 190-dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) marine mammal
exclusion zones shall be established based on the sound source
verification.
(b) Speed or Course Alteration
(i) If a marine mammal (in water) is detected outside the exclusion
zone and, based on its position and the relative motion, is likely to
enter the exclusion zone, the vessel's speed and/or direct course shall
be changed in a manner that also minimizes the effect on the planned
objectives when such a maneuver is safe.
(ii) Avoid concentrations or groups of whales by all vessels in
transient under the direction of ION. Operators of vessels should, at
all times, conduct their activities at the maximum distance possible
from such concentrations of whales.
(iii) All vessels during transient shall be operated at speeds
necessary to ensure no physical contact with whales occurs. If any
barge or transit vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed
bowhead whales, the vessel operator shall take reasonable precautions
to avoid potential interaction with the bowhead whales by taking one or
more of the following actions, as appropriate:
(A) Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards
(900 feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
(B) Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
(C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
(D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction; and
(E) Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
(iv) When weather conditions require, such as when visibility
drops, adjust vessel speed accordingly to avoid the likelihood of
injury to whales.
(v) In the event that any aircraft (such as helicopters) are used
to support the planned survey, the mitigation measures below would
apply:
(A) Under no circumstances, other than an emergency, shall aircraft
be operated at an altitude lower than 1,000 feet above sea level (ASL)
when within 0.3 mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
(B) Helicopters shall not hover or circle above or within 0.3 mile
(0.5 km) of groups of whales.
(c) Ramp-up:
(i) A ramp up, following a cold start, can be applied if the
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp up from a cold start cannot begin.
(ii) Ramp up procedures from a cold start shall be delayed if a
marine mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone during the 30-minute
period prior to the ramp up. The delay shall last until the marine
mammal(s) has been observed to leave the exclusion zone or until the
animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes
applies to small toothed whales and pinnipeds, while a 30 minute
observation period applies to baleen whales and large toothed whales.
(iii) A ramp up, following a shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown occurred has been observed to leave
the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted for at least
15 minutes (small toothed whales and pinnipeds) or 30 minutes (baleen
whales and large toothed whales).
[[Page 49958]]
(iv) If, for any reason, electrical power to the airgun array has
been discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up
procedures shall be implemented. Only if the PSO watch has been
suspended, a 30-minute clearance of the exclusion zone is required
prior to commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a ramp-up.
(v) The seismic operator and PSOs shall maintain records of the
times when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
(d) Power-down/Shutdown:
(i) The airgun array shall be immediately powered down whenever a
marine mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the applicable
exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the applicable
exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun.
(ii) If a marine mammal is already within the exclusion zone when
first detected, the airguns shall be powered down immediately.
(iii) Following a power-down, ramp up to the full airgun array
shall not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion
zone. The animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone
if it is visually observed to have left the exclusion zone of the full
array, or has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes (pinnipeds
or small toothed whales) or 30 minutes (baleen whales or large toothed
whales).
(iv) If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the 190
or 180 dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun, the airgun array shall be shutdown.
(v) If a marine mammal on ice is detected by PSOs within the
exclusion zones it will be watched carefully in case it enters the
water. In the event the animal does enter the water and is within an
applicable exclusion zone of the airguns during seismic operations, a
power down or other necessary mitigation measures shall immediately be
implemented.
(vi) Airgun activity shall not resume until the marine mammal has
cleared the exclusion zone of the full array. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the exclusion zone as described above under
ramp up procedures.
(e) Poor Visibility Conditions:
(i) If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or darkness,
the full 180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot
commence a ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
(ii) If one or more airguns have been operational before nightfall
or before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can remain
operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. In this
case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine mammals will be
alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have moved away.
(iii) Airguns shall not be fired during long transits when
exploration activities are not occurring, including the common firing
of one airgun (also referred to as the ``mitigation gun'' in past
IHAs). This does not apply to turns when starting a new track line.
(f) Mitigation Measures for Subsistence Activities:
(i) ION shall fully implement the following measures, consistent
with the 2012 Plan of Cooperation (COP), in order to avoid having an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of marine mammal species
or stocks for taking for subsistence uses:
(A) Schedule the seismic survey so that seismic operations in the
eastern survey area do not begin until October 1, 2012, or the
completion of Kaktovik bowhead whaling, whichever is later;
(B) Schedule the seismic survey so that seismic operations in the
western survey area do not begin until completion of Barrow fall
bowhead whaling (expected to be approximately November 1, 2012).
(C) Plan the survey to proceed from the eastern to western U.S.
Beaufort Sea to avoid, as much as possible, any remaining migratory
animals and associated subsistence activities.
(ii) ION shall maintain a Communication Center (Com Center) that is
staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, during the seismic survey
operational window.
(iii) Vessels shall report in to the Com Center a minimum of every
6 hours and provide information about the vessel's location, speed, and
direction. The Com Center shall be notified if there is any significant
change in plans or any potentially unsafe or unanticipated conditions
(e.g., weather, ice conditions).
7. Monitoring:
(a) Daytime Vessel Monitoring:
(i) Protected Species Observers (PSOs): The holder of this
Authorization must designate biologically-trained, on-site individuals
(PSOs) to be onboard the source vessel and icebreaker, who are approved
in advance by NMFS, to conduct the visual monitoring programs required
under this Authorization and to record the effects of seismic surveys
and the resulting noise on marine mammals.
(A) PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat observers and experienced
field biologists. An experienced field crew leader will supervise the
PSO team onboard the survey vessel. New observers shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
(B) Crew leaders and most other biologists serving as observers in
2012 will be individuals with experience as observers during recent
seismic or shallow hazards monitoring projects in Alaska, the Canadian
Beaufort, or other offshore areas in recent years.
(C) PSOs shall complete a two or three-day training session on
marine mammal monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the
anticipated start of the 2012 open-water season. The training
session(s) will be conducted by qualified marine mammalogists with
extensive crew-leader experience during previous vessel-based
monitoring programs. A marine mammal observers' handbook, adapted for
the specifics of the planned survey program will be reviewed as part of
the training.
(D) If there are Alaska Native PSOs, the PSO training that is
conducted prior to the start of the survey activities shall be
conducted with both Alaska Native PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained
at the same time in the same room. There shall not be separate training
courses for the different PSOs.
(E) Crew members should not be used as primary PSOs because they
have other duties and generally do not have the same level of
expertise, experience, or training as PSOs, but they could be stationed
on the fantail of the vessel to observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array and implement a rampdown or shutdown if a
marine mammal enters the exclusion zone (or exclusion zone).
(F) If crew members are to be used as PSOs, they shall go through
some basic training consistent with the functions they will be asked to
perform. The best approach would be for crew members and PSOs to go
through the same training together.
(G) PSOs shall be trained using visual aids (e.g., videos, photos),
to help them identify the species that they are likely to encounter in
the conditions under which the animals will likely be seen.
(H) ION shall train its PSOs to follow a scanning schedule that
consistently distributes scanning effort according to the purpose and
need for observations. For example, the schedule might call for 60% of
scanning effort to be directed toward the near field and 40% at the far
field. All PSOs should follow the same schedule to ensure consistency
in their scanning efforts.
(i) PSOs shall be trained in documenting the behaviors of marine
[[Page 49959]]
mammals. PSOs should simply record the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting, approaching or moving away
from vessels) and relative location of the observed marine mammals.
(ii) PSOs shall be on duty for four (4) consecutive hours or less,
although more than one four-hour shift per day is acceptable, with a
maximum of 12 hours of watch time per PSO.
(iii) Three PSOs shall be stationed aboard the icebreaker Polar
Prince to take advantage of this forward operating platform and provide
advanced notice of marine mammals to the PSOs on the survey vessel.
Three PSOs shall be stationed aboard the survey vessel Geo Arctic to
monitor the exclusion zones centered on the airguns and to request
mitigation actions when necessary.
(iv) At all times, the crew must be instructed to keep watch for
marine mammals. If any are sighted, the bridge watch-stander must
immediately notify the PSO(s) on-watch. If a marine mammal is within or
closely approaching its designated exclusion zone, the seismic acoustic
sources must be immediately powered down or shutdown (in accordance
with condition 6(d) above).
(v) Observations by the PSOs on marine mammal presence and activity
shall begin a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the estimated time that
the seismic source is to be turned on and/or ramped-up.
(vi) PSO(s) shall watch for marine mammals from the best available
vantage point on the survey vessels, typically the bridge. The
observer(s) shall scan systematically with the unaided eye and 7 x 50
reticle binoculars, supplemented during good visibility conditions with
20 x 60 image-stabilized Zeiss Binoculars or Fujinon 25 x 150 ``Big-
eye'' binoculars, a thermal imaging (FLIR) camera, and night-vision
equipment when needed.
(vii) When marine mammal is sighted, information to be recorded by
PSOs shall include the following information:
(A) species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable),
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if
determinable), bearing and distance from observer, apparent reaction to
activities (e.g., none, avoidance, approach, etc.), closest point of
approach, and pace;
(B) additional details for any unidentified marine mammal or
unknown observed;
(C) time, location, speed, and activity of the vessel, sea state,
ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and
(D) the positions of other vessel(s) in the vicinity of the
observer location.
(viii) The ship's position, speed of the vessel, water depth, sea
state, ice cover, visibility, airgun status (ramp up, mitigation gun,
or full array), and sun glare shall be recorded at the start and end of
each observation watch, every 30 minutes during a watch, and whenever
there is a change in any of those variables.
(ix) ION shall work with its observers to develop a means for
recording data that does not reduce observation time significantly.
(x) PSOs shall attempt to maximize the time spent looking at the
water and guarding the exclusion radii. They shall avoid the tendency
to spend too much time evaluating animal behavior or entering data on
forms, both of which detract from their primary purpose of monitoring
the exclusion zone.
(xi) PSOs shall understand the importance of classifying marine
mammals as ``unknown'' or ``unidentified'' if they cannot identify the
animals to species with confidence. In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the animal had a dorsal fin.
(xii) Additional details about unidentified marine mammal
sightings, such as ``blow only'', mysticete with (or without) a dorsal
fin, ``seal splash'', etc., shall be recorded.
(b) At Night and Poor Visibility Visual Monitoring
(i) Night-vision equipment (Generation 3 binocular image
intensifiers, or equivalent units) shall be available for use at night
and poor visibility if visual monitoring is conducted.
(ii) A forward looking thermal imaging (FLIR) camera system mounted
on a high point near the bow of the icebreaker shall also be available
to assist with detecting the presence of seals and polar bears on ice
and in the water ahead of the airgun array.
(iii) FLIR and NVD Monitoring Protocols
All PSOs shall monitor for marine mammals according to the
procedures outlined in the Marine Mammal Observer handbook.
One PSO will be responsible for monitoring the FLIR system
(IR-PSO) during most darkness and twilight periods. The on-duty IR-PSO
shall monitor the IR display and alternate between the two search
methods described below. If a second PSO is on watch, they shall scan
the same area as the FLIR using the NVDs for comparison. The two PSOs
shall coordinate what area is currently being scanned.
The IR-PSO should rotate between the search methods (see
below) every 30 minutes in the following routine:
[cir] 00:00-00:30: Method I
[cir] 00:30-01:00: Method II, Port side
[cir] 01:00-01:30: Method I
[cir] 01:30-02:00: Method II, Starboard side
(iv) FLIR and NVD Search Methods
(A) Method I: Set the horizontal tilt of the camera to an angle
that provides an adequate view out in front of the vessel and also
provides good resolution to potential targets. Pan back and forth
across the forward 180[deg] of the vessels heading at a slow-scanning
rate of approximately 1-2[deg]/sec, as one would with binoculars.
(B) Method II: Set the horizontal tilt of the camera to an angle
that provides an adequate view out in front of the vessel, and then set
the camera at a fixed position that creates a swath of view off the bow
and to one side of the vessel.
(c) Field Data-Recording, Verification, Handling, and Security
(i) PSOs shall record their observations onto datasheets or
directly into handheld computers. During periods between watches and
periods when operations are suspended, those data shall be entered into
a laptop computer running a custom computer database.
(ii) The accuracy of the data entry shall be verified in the field
by computerized validity checks as the data are entered, and by
subsequent manual checking of the database printouts.
(iii) Quality control of the data shall be facilitated by
(A) The start-of-season training session,
(B) Subsequent supervision by the onboard field crew leader, and
(C) Ongoing data checks during the field season.
(iv) Data shall be backed up regularly onto CDs and/or USB disks,
and stored at separate locations on the vessel.
(v) Observation effort data shall be designed to capture the amount
of PSO effort itself, environmental conditions that impact an
observer's ability to detect marine mammals, and the equipment and
method of monitoring being employed. These data shall be collected
every 30 minutes or when an effort variable changes (e.g., change in
the equipment or method being used to monitor, on/off-signing PSO,
etc.), and shall be linked to sightings data.
[[Page 49960]]
(vi) Effort and sightings data forms shall also include fields to
capture information specific to monitoring in darkness and to more
accurately describe the observation conditions. These fields include
the following:
(A) Observation Method: FLIR, NVD, spotlight, eye (naked eye or
regular binoculars), or multiple methods. This data is collected every
30 minutes with the Observer Effort form and with every sighting.
(B) Cloud Cover: Percentage. This can impact lighting conditions
and reflectivity.
(C) Precipitation Type: Fog, rain, snow, or none.
(D) Precipitation Reduced Visibility: Confirms whether or not
visibility is reduced due to precipitation. This will be compared to
the visibility distance ( km) to determine when visibility is
reduced due to lighting conditions versus precipitation.
(E) Daylight Amount: Daylight, twilight, dark. The addition of the
twilight field has been included to record observation periods where
the sun has set and observation distances may be reduced due to lack of
light.
(F) Light Intensity: Recorded in footcandles (fc) using an incident
light meter. This procedure was added to quantify the available light
during twilight and darkness periods and may allow for light-intensity
bins to be used during analysis.
(d) Acoustic Monitoring
(i) Sound Source Verification
(A) ION shall use measurements of the same airgun source taken in
the Canadian Beaufort Sea in 2010, along with sound velocity
measurements taken in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea at the start of the 2012
survey to update the propagation model and estimate new exclusion
zones.
(B) Sound source verification shall consist of distances where
broadside and endfire directions at which broadband received levels
reach 190, 180, 170, 160, and 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for the airgun
array(s). The configurations of airgun arrays shall include at least
the full array and the operation of a single source that will be used
during power downs.
(C) The test results shall be reported to NMFS within 5 days of
completing the test.
(ii) Seismic Hydrophone Streamer Recordings of Vessel Sounds: ION
shall use the hydrophones in the seismic streamer to monitor the
icebreaker noise.
(A) Once every hour the airguns would not be fired at 2 consecutive
intervals and instead a period of background sounds would be recorded,
including the sounds generated by the vessels.
(B) In order to estimate sound energy over a larger range of
frequencies, results from previous measurements of icebreakers could be
generalized and added to the data collected during this project.
(iii) Over-Winter Acoustic Recorders
(A) ION shall collaborate with other industry operators to deploy
acoustics recorders in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in fall of 2012, to be
retrieved during the 2013 open-water season.
(B) Acoustic data from the over-winter recorders shall be analyzed
to address the following objectives:
Characterize the sounds and propagation distances produced
by Ion's source vessel, icebreaker, and airguns on and to the edge of
the U.S. Beaufort Sea shelf,
Characterize ambient sounds and marine mammal calls during
October and November to assess the relative effect of ION's seismic
survey on the background conditions, and to characterize marine mammal
calling behavior, and
Characterize ambient sound and enumerate marine mammal
calls through acoustic sampling of the environment form December 2012
through July 2013, when little or no anthropogenic sounds are expected.
8. Reporting:
(a) Sound Source Verification Report: A report on the preliminary
results of the acoustic verification measurements, including as a
minimum the measured 190-, 180-, 160-, and 120-dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
radii of the airgun arrays will be submitted within 120 hr after
collection and analysis of those measurements at the start of the field
season. This report shall specify the distances of the exclusion zones
that were adopted for the marine survey activities.
(b) Field Reports: Throughout the survey program, the observers
shall prepare a report each day or at such other interval as the IHA
(if issued), or ION may require summarizing the recent results of the
monitoring program. The field reports shall summarize the species and
numbers of marine mammals sighted. These reports shall be provided to
NMFS and to the survey operators.
Technical Reports
(c) Technical Report: The Results of the vessel-based monitoring,
including estimates of ``take by harassment'', shall be presented in
the 90-day and final technical reports. Reporting will address the
requirements established by NMFS in the IHA (if issued). The technical
report will include:
(i) Summaries of monitoring effort: Total hours, total distances,
and distribution of marine mammals through the study period accounting
for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and detectability
of marine mammals;
(ii) Methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all
acoustic characterization work and vessel-based monitoring;
(iii) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals including sea state, number of
observers, and fog/glare;
(iv) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine
mammal sightings including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender
categories, group sizes, and ice cover; and
(v) Analyses of the effects of survey operations:
Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect
detectability);
Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun
activity state;
Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun
activity state;
Distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun
activity state; and
Estimates of ``take by harassment''.
(vi) To better assess impacts to marine mammals, data analysis
should be separated into periods when a seismic airgun array (or a
single airgun) is operating and when it is not. Final and comprehensive
reports to NMFS should summarize and plot: (A) Data for periods when a
seismic array is active and when it is not; and (B) The respective
predicted received sound conditions over fairly large areas (tens of
km) around operations.
(vii) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect
detectability), such as: (A) Initial sighting distances versus airgun
activity state; (B) closest point of approach versus airgun activity
state; (C) observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun
activity state; (D) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun
activity state; (E) distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun
activity state; and (F) estimates of take by harassment.
(viii) Reported results from all hypothesis tests should include
[[Page 49961]]
estimates of the associated statistical power when practicable.
(ix) Estimate and report uncertainty in all take estimates.
Uncertainty could be expressed by the presentation of confidence
limits, a minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, etc.;
the exact approach would be selected based on the sampling method and
data available.
(x) The report should clearly compare authorized takes to the level
of actual estimated takes.
(xi) The draft report will be subject to review and comment by
NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final
report prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered
the final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has
not provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of
the draft report.
9. Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
(a) In the unanticipated event that survey operations clearly cause
the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this
Authorization, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury
or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or
entanglement), ION shall immediately cease survey operations and
immediately report the incident to the Supervisor of Incidental Take
Program, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The report must include the following
information:
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
(ii) The name and type of vessel involved;
(iii) The vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
(iv) Description of the incident;
(v) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the
incident;
(vi) Water depth;
(vii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(viii) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours
preceding the incident;
(ix) Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
(x) The fate of the animal(s); and
(xi) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is
available).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with ION to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. ION may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(b) In the event that ION discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph),
ION will immediately report the incident to the Supervisor of the
Incidental Take Program, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401, and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS Alaska
Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
Barabara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The report must include the same
information identified in Condition 10(a) above. Activities may
continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS
will work with ION to determine whether modifications in the activities
are appropriate.
(c). In the event that ION discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not
associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 3
of this Authorization (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with
moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), ION shall
report the incident to the Supervisor of the Incidental Take Program,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
at 301-427-8401, and/or by email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators
(Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), within 24 hours
of the discovery. ION shall provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to
NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network. ION can continue its
operations under such a case.
10. Activities related to the monitoring described in this
Authorization do not require a separate scientific research permit
issued under section 104 of the Marine Mammal Protection Act.
11. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or
stocks for subsistence uses.
12. A copy of this Authorization and the Incidental Take Statement
must be in the possession of each seismic vessel operator taking marine
mammals under the authority of this Incidental Harassment
Authorization.
13. ION is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the
Incidental Take Statement corresponding to NMFS' Biological Opinion.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
The bowhead whale is the only marine mammal species currently
listed as endangered under the ESA that could occur during ION's
proposed in-ice seismic survey period. The Beringia DPS of the Alaska
stock of bearded seals and the Arctic stock of ringed seals are
proposed for listing as threatened under the ESA. Final decisions
concerning the listing of these species are pending.
NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation
with NMFS' Protected Resources Division under section 7 of the ESA on
the issuance of an IHA to ION under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
for this activity. Consultation will be concluded prior to a
determination on the issuance of an IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
NMFS is currently preparing an Environmental Assessment, pursuant
to NEPA, to determine whether or not this proposed activity may have a
significant effect on the human environment. This analysis will be
completed prior to the issuance or denial of the IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
authorize the take of marine mammals incidental to ION's 2012 in-ice
seismic survey in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated.
Dated: August 13, 2012.
Helen M. Golde,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2012-20173 Filed 8-16-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P